技术领域Technical Field
本发明涉及发信器技术领域，特别是涉及传送带有压力信息的电信号的触控笔与其操作方法。The present invention relates to the technical field of transmitters, and in particular to a touch pen for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information and an operating method thereof.
背景技术Background technique
触控面板或触控屏幕是现代重要的人机接口，除了用于侦测靠近或接触人体之外，触控面板也用于侦测近接的笔状物或称触控笔的笔尖，以利于使用者较精确地控制笔尖触控的轨迹。Touch panels or touch screens are important modern human-machine interfaces. In addition to detecting the proximity or contact with the human body, touch panels are also used to detect the proximity of a pen-like object or the tip of a stylus, so that users can more accurately control the trajectory of the pen tip touch.
笔状物可以利用笔尖来主动发出电信号，在本发明中称之为主动触控笔。当笔尖近接触控面板时，触控面板上的电极受到电信号的影响而有电磁响应。可以借由侦测上述电信号相应的电磁响应，而侦测到有触控笔近接该感测电极，并且得知笔尖和触控面板的相对位置。The pen-like object can use the pen tip to actively send out an electrical signal, which is referred to as an active stylus in the present invention. When the pen tip approaches the touch panel, the electrodes on the touch panel are affected by the electrical signal and have an electromagnetic response. By detecting the electromagnetic response corresponding to the electrical signal, it can be detected that the stylus is close to the sensing electrode, and the relative position of the pen tip and the touch panel can be known.
据此，亟需一种能够主动将所受压力准确地发出电信号的主动触控笔。Therefore, there is an urgent need for an active stylus that can actively and accurately send out an electrical signal according to the pressure it receives.
从以上描述可以清楚地知悉现有技术仍然具有缺点。为了解决上述问题，长久以来的努力皆未成功。普通的产品与方法均无法提供适当的结构与方法。因此，业界需要一种新的技术来解决上述的问题。It can be clearly known from the above description that the prior art still has shortcomings. In order to solve the above problems, long-term efforts have not been successful. Ordinary products and methods cannot provide appropriate structures and methods. Therefore, the industry needs a new technology to solve the above problems.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种触控笔，其可以传送能精确表示触控笔所受压力的电信号。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a stylus pen that can transmit an electrical signal that can accurately represent the pressure applied to the stylus pen.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种传送携带压力信息的电信号的触控笔，包含：具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件，其中该第一元件用于接收以第一虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；具有固定阻抗的第二元件，其中该第二元件用于接收以第二虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；以及导电笔尖段，其用于：同时自该第一元件接收该第一信号以及自该第二元件接收该第二信号；以及传送包含该第一信号与该第二信号的电信号，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a stylus pen for transmitting an electrical signal carrying pressure information, comprising: a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure, wherein the first element is used to receive a first signal encoded with a first virtual random number; a second element having a fixed impedance, wherein the second element is used to receive a second signal encoded with a second virtual random number; and a conductive pen tip segment, which is used to: simultaneously receive the first signal from the first element and the second signal from the second element; and transmit an electrical signal including the first signal and the second signal, wherein the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了在该触控笔上提供该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码，该触控笔还包含控制器，用于：根据该第一虚拟随机数码产生该第一信号；根据该第二虚拟随机数码产生该第二信号；传送该第一信号至该第一元件；以及传送该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number on the stylus, the stylus further includes a controller for: generating the first signal according to the first virtual random number; generating the second signal according to the second virtual random number; transmitting the first signal to the first element; and transmitting the second signal to the second element.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该触控笔还包含：连接至该控制器的至少一个笔上传感器。该控制器还用于：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该第一虚拟随机数码产生第一数据码；以及传送该第一数据码至该第一元件。该第一元件还用于：自该控制器接收该第一数据码。该导电笔尖段还用于：自该第一元件接收该第一数据码；以及传送该第一数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the stylus pen further comprises: at least one sensor on the stylus pen connected to the controller. The controller is further configured to: generate a data code according to the state of the at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generate a first data code according to the data code and the first pseudo random number; and transmit the first data code to the first element. The first element is further configured to: receive the first data code from the controller. The conductive tip segment is further configured to: receive the first data code from the first element; and transmit the first data code.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该触控笔还包含：连接至该控制器的至少一个笔上传感器。该控制器还用于：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该第二虚拟随机数码产生第二数据码；以及传送该第二数据码至该第二元件。该第二元件还用于：自该控制器接收该第二数据码。该导电笔尖段还用于：自该第二元件接收该第二数据码；以及传送该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the stylus pen further comprises: at least one sensor on the stylus pen connected to the controller. The controller is further configured to: generate a data code according to the state of the at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generate a second data code according to the data code and the second pseudo random number; and transmit the second data code to the second element. The second element is further configured to: receive the second data code from the controller. The conductive pen tip segment is further configured to: receive the second data code from the second element; and transmit the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了要与触控面板的触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该控制器还用于：自电子装置接收同步信号；以及在接收到该同步信号之后，执行该产生步骤与该传送步骤。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize with the receiving procedure of the touch processing device of the touch panel, the controller is further used to: receive a synchronization signal from the electronic device; and after receiving the synchronization signal, execute the generating step and the transmitting step.
在一实施例中，为了要与该触控笔近接的该触控面板的该触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该控制器耦合至该导电笔尖段以接收该同步信号，该同步信号是由该电子装置的触控面板的电极所发出。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel to which the stylus is in close contact, the controller is coupled to the conductive pen tip segment to receive the synchronization signal, which is emitted by the electrode of the touch panel of the electronic device.
在一实施例中，为了当在触控面板上操作多只触控笔时避免虚拟随机数码的冲突，该触控笔还包含人机接口以供用户输入虚拟随机数码，其中该控制器还用于自该人机接口接收设定指令，其指定该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码的组合。In one embodiment, in order to avoid conflicts of virtual random numbers when operating multiple styluses on a touch panel, the stylus also includes a human-machine interface for a user to input a virtual random number, wherein the controller is also used to receive a setting instruction from the human-machine interface, which specifies a combination of the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了提供虚拟随机数码信息给用户，该触控笔包含下列连接至该控制器的装置之一，以指示该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码的组合：视效指示器；以及音效指示器。In one embodiment, in order to provide virtual random digital information to the user, the stylus includes one of the following devices connected to the controller to indicate the combination of the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number: a visual indicator; and a sound indicator.
在一实施例中，为了触控处理装置与有线触控笔之间的有线连接，该触控笔还包含：第一信号电路，耦合至该第一元件与触控处理装置，用于自该触控处理装置传播该第一信号至该第一元件；以及第二信号电路，耦合至该第二元件与该触控处理装置，用于自该触控处理装置传播该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the touch processing device and the wired stylus, the stylus further includes: a first signal circuit coupled to the first element and the touch processing device, for transmitting the first signal from the touch processing device to the first element; and a second signal circuit coupled to the second element and the touch processing device, for transmitting the second signal from the touch processing device to the second element.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该触控笔还包含：用于接收该第一信号的第三开关；以及具有固定阻抗的第三元件，耦合至该第三开关与该导电笔尖段，其中该第三开关可选择性地开路或闭路，当该第三开关闭路时，该第一信号经由该第三开关与该第三元件传播自该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the stylus further includes: a third switch for receiving the first signal; and a third element with a fixed impedance, coupled to the third switch and the conductive pen tip segment, wherein the third switch can be selectively opened or closed, and when the third switch is closed, the first signal is transmitted from the conductive pen tip segment via the third switch and the third element.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该触控笔还包含：用于接收该第二信号的第四开关；以及具有固定阻抗的第四元件，耦合至该第四开关与该导电笔尖段，其中该第四开关可选择性地开路或闭路，当该第四开关闭路时，该第二信号经由该第四开关与该第四元件传播自该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the stylus further includes: a fourth switch for receiving the second signal; and a fourth element with a fixed impedance, coupled to the fourth switch and the conductive pen tip segment, wherein the fourth switch can be selectively opened or closed, and when the fourth switch is closed, the second signal is transmitted from the conductive pen tip segment via the fourth switch and the fourth element.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种自触控笔传送携带压力信息的电信号的方法，包含：由具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件接收以第一虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；由具有固定阻抗的第二元件接收以第二虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；由导电笔尖段同时自该第一元件接收该第一信号以及自该第二元件接收该第二信号；以及由该导电笔尖段传送包含该第一信号与该第二信号的电信号，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a method for transmitting an electrical signal carrying pressure information from a stylus, comprising: receiving a first signal encoded with a first virtual random number by a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure; receiving a second signal encoded with a second virtual random number by a second element having a fixed impedance; receiving the first signal from the first element and the second signal from the second element simultaneously by a conductive pen tip segment; and transmitting an electrical signal including the first signal and the second signal by the conductive pen tip segment, wherein the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了在该触控笔上提供该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码，该方法还包含：根据该第一虚拟随机数码产生该第一信号；根据该第二虚拟随机数码产生该第二信号；传送该第一信号至该第一元件；以及传送该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number on the stylus, the method further includes: generating the first signal according to the first virtual random number; generating the second signal according to the second virtual random number; transmitting the first signal to the first element; and transmitting the second signal to the second element.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该第一虚拟随机数码产生第一数据码；传送该第一数据码至该第一元件；由该第一元件传送该第一数据码至该导电笔尖段；以及由该导电笔尖段传送该第一数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of a sensor on the stylus pen, the method further includes: generating a data code based on the state of at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generating a first data code based on the data code and the first pseudo random number; transmitting the first data code to the first element; transmitting the first data code from the first element to the conductive pen tip segment; and transmitting the first data code from the conductive pen tip segment.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该第二虚拟随机数码产生第二数据码；传送该第二数据码至该第二元件；由该第二元件传送该第二数据码至该导电笔尖段；以及由该导电笔尖段传送该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the method further includes: generating a data code based on the state of at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generating a second data code based on the data code and the second pseudo random number; transmitting the second data code to the second element; transmitting the second data code from the second element to the conductive pen tip segment; and transmitting the second data code from the conductive pen tip segment.
在一实施例中，为了要与触控面板的触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该方法还包含：自电子装置接收同步信号；以及在接收到该同步信号之后，执行该产生步骤与该传送步骤。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize with the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel, the method further includes: receiving a synchronization signal from the electronic device; and after receiving the synchronization signal, executing the generating step and the transmitting step.
在一实施例中，为了要与该触控笔近接的该触控面板的该触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该同步信号是由该电子装置的触控面板的电极所发出。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel to which the stylus is in close contact, the synchronization signal is sent by the electrodes of the touch panel of the electronic device.
在一实施例中，为了当在触控面板上操作多只触控笔时避免虚拟随机数码的冲突，该方法还包含：自该人机接口接收设定指令，其指定该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码的组合。In one embodiment, in order to avoid conflicts of virtual random numbers when multiple styluses are operated on the touch panel, the method further includes: receiving a setting instruction from the human-machine interface, which specifies a combination of the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了提供虚拟随机数码信息给用户，该方法还包含下列步骤其中之一：令该触控笔的视效指示器指示该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码的组合；以及令该触控笔的音效指示器指示该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码的该组合。In one embodiment, in order to provide virtual random digital information to the user, the method further includes one of the following steps: allowing the visual indicator of the stylus to indicate the combination of the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number; and allowing the sound indicator of the stylus to indicate the combination of the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number.
在一实施例中，为了触控处理装置与有线触控笔之间的有线连接，该方法还包含：由第一信号电路自该触控处理装置接收该第一信号；由该第一信号电路传播该第一信号至该第一元件；由第二信号电路自该触控处理装置接收该第二信号；以及由该第二信号电路传播该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, for a wired connection between a touch processing device and a wired stylus, the method further includes: receiving the first signal from the touch processing device by a first signal circuit; propagating the first signal to the first element by the first signal circuit; receiving the second signal from the touch processing device by a second signal circuit; and propagating the second signal to the second element by the second signal circuit.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该方法还包含：选择性地由具有固定阻抗的第三元件接收该第一信号；以及选择性地由该第三元件传送该第一信号至该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the method further includes: selectively receiving the first signal by a third element having a fixed impedance; and selectively transmitting the first signal to the conductive tip segment by the third element.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该方法还包含：选择性地由具有固定阻抗的第四元件接收该第二信号；以及选择性地由该第四元件传送该第二信号至该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the method further includes: selectively receiving the second signal by a fourth element having a fixed impedance; and selectively transmitting the second signal to the conductive tip segment by the fourth element.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种触控处理装置，用于接收由第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号，包含：感测电路，用于自触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；以及处理器，耦合至该感测电路，用于：根据第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for receiving an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by a first stylus, comprising: a sensing circuit for receiving the electrical signal from some electrodes of a touch panel; and a processor coupled to the sensing circuit for: de-spreading a first preamble code of the received signal according to a first virtual random number; de-spreading a second preamble code of the received signal according to a second virtual random number; and calculating the pressure information based on a first signal strength ratio of a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble code, the second part includes the second preamble code, and the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了触发该触控笔同步地传送电信号，该触控处理装置还包含耦合至该触控面板的该些电极的驱动电路，其中该处理器还用于：在该接收步骤被执行之前，令该驱动电路通过该触控面板的该些电极传送灯塔信号。In one embodiment, in order to trigger the stylus to synchronously transmit electrical signals, the touch processing device also includes a driving circuit coupled to the electrodes of the touch panel, wherein the processor is also used to: before the receiving step is executed, enable the driving circuit to transmit a lighthouse signal through the electrodes of the touch panel.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码，其中该第一数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is further used to: decode the first data code of the received signal according to the first pseudo random number, wherein the first data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码，其中该第二数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is further used to: decode a second data code of the received signal according to the second pseudo random number, wherein the second data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了正确地接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to correctly receive the state of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is also used to: decode the first data code of the received signal according to the first virtual random digital number; decode the second data code of the received signal according to the second virtual random digital number; and when the first data code is the same as the second data code, determine the data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了在较长的传送中接收更平滑与更平均的压力信息，该第一部分还包含该第一数据码，该第二部分包含该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to receive smoother and more average pressure information in a longer transmission, the first portion further includes the first data code, and the second portion includes the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了更快地同步该触控笔的传送，该处理器还用于：耦合该触控面板的至少两条第二电极作为同步通道，其中该第一前置码与该第二前置码的解展频步骤是对该同步通道所接收的该接收信号上进行，以分别取得第一同步信息与第二同步信息，其中该些条第二电极彼此平行。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the transmission of the stylus more quickly, the processor is also used to: couple at least two second electrodes of the touch panel as a synchronization channel, wherein the de-spreading step of the first preamble code and the second preamble code is performed on the received signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain the first synchronization information and the second synchronization information respectively, wherein the second electrodes are parallel to each other.
在一实施例中，为了利用同步信息以正确地与快速地接收触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该第一虚拟随机数码与该第一同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第一数据码的译码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码与该第二同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第二数据码的译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态，其中多条该第一电极彼此平行，且该多条第一电极与该些条第二电极交会。In one embodiment, in order to utilize synchronization information to correctly and quickly receive the state of a sensor on the stylus, the processor is further used to: decode the first data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the first virtual random number and the first synchronization information; decode the second data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the second virtual random number and the second synchronization information; and determine a data code when the first data code is the same as the second data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus, wherein a plurality of the first electrodes are parallel to each other, and the plurality of first electrodes intersect with the second electrodes.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该处理器还用于：根据第三虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第三前置码进行解展频；根据第四虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第四前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第三部分与第四部分的第二信号强度比例来计算第二触控笔的压力信息，其中该第三部分包含该第三前置码，该第四部分包含该第四前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码、该第二虚拟随机数码、该第三虚拟随机数码、与该第四虚拟随机数码彼此正交。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the processor is further used to: de-spread a third preamble of the received signal according to a third virtual random digital number; de-spread a fourth preamble of the received signal according to a fourth virtual random digital number; and calculate pressure information of the second stylus according to a second signal strength ratio of a third part and a fourth part of the received signal, wherein the third part includes the third preamble, and the fourth part includes the fourth preamble, and wherein the first virtual random digital number, the second virtual random digital number, the third virtual random digital number, and the fourth virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other.
在一实施例中，为了在有线触控笔与该触控处理装置之间提供有线连接，该触控处理装置还包含触控笔接口，耦合至该第一触控笔的第一信号电路与第二信号电路，其中该处理器耦合至该触控笔接口，还用于：根据该第一虚拟随机数码产生该第一前置码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码产生该第二前置码；以及通过该触控笔接口分别将该第一前置码与该第二前置码分别传送至该第一信号电路与该第二信号电路。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the wired stylus and the touch processing device, the touch processing device further includes a stylus interface coupled to the first signal circuit and the second signal circuit of the first stylus, wherein the processor is coupled to the stylus interface and is also used to: generate the first preamble code based on the first virtual random number; generate the second preamble code based on the second virtual random number; and transmit the first preamble code and the second preamble code to the first signal circuit and the second signal circuit respectively through the stylus interface.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔的开关状态，该处理器还用于：根据该接收信号的该第一部分与该第二部分的该第一信号强度比例，来计算该第一触控笔的开关状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the switch state of the stylus pen, the processor is further configured to: calculate the switch state of the first stylus pen according to the first signal strength ratio of the first part and the second part of the received signal.
在一实施例中，为了同时连接到多只有线触控笔，该触控笔接口还耦接到第二触控笔的第三信号电路与第四信号电路。连接到该触控笔接口的该处理器还用于：根据第三虚拟随机数码产生第三前置码；根据第四虚拟随机数码产生第四前置码；以及通过该触控笔接口分别传送该第三前置码与该第四前置码至该第三信号电路与该第四信号电路，其中该第一虚拟随机数码、该第二虚拟随机数码、该第三虚拟随机数码、与该第四虚拟随机数码彼此正交。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously connect to multiple wired styluses, the stylus interface is further coupled to a third signal circuit and a fourth signal circuit of a second stylus. The processor connected to the stylus interface is further used to: generate a third preamble code according to a third virtual random number; generate a fourth preamble code according to a fourth virtual random number; and transmit the third preamble code and the fourth preamble code to the third signal circuit and the fourth signal circuit respectively through the stylus interface, wherein the first virtual random number, the second virtual random number, the third virtual random number, and the fourth virtual random number are orthogonal to each other.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供用于接收由第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号的方法，包含：通过触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；根据第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a method for receiving an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by a first stylus, comprising: receiving the electrical signal through some electrodes of a touch panel; de-spreading a first preamble code of the received signal according to a first virtual random number; de-spreading a second preamble code of the received signal according to a second virtual random number; and calculating the pressure information based on a first signal strength ratio of a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble code, the second part includes the second preamble code, and the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了触发该触控笔同步地传送电信号，该方法还包含：在该接收步骤被执行之前，令该驱动电路通过该触控面板的该些电极传送灯塔信号。In one embodiment, in order to trigger the stylus to synchronously transmit an electrical signal, the method further includes: before the receiving step is executed, causing the driving circuit to transmit a beacon signal through the electrodes of the touch panel.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码，其中该第一数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding a first data code of the received signal according to the first pseudo random number, wherein the first data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码，其中该第二数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the state of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding a second data code of the received signal according to the second pseudo random number, wherein the second data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了正确地接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to correctly receive the state of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding a first data code of the received signal according to the first virtual random digital number; decoding a second data code of the received signal according to the second virtual random digital number; and when the first data code is the same as the second data code, determining a data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了在较长的传送中接收更平滑与更平均的压力信息，该第一部分还包含该第一数据码，该第二部分还包含该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to receive smoother and more average pressure information in a longer transmission, the first portion further includes the first data code, and the second portion further includes the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了更快地同步该触控笔的传送，该方法包含：耦合该触控面板的至少两条第二电极作为同步通道，其中该第一前置码与该第二前置码的解展频步骤是对该同步通道所接收的该接收信号上进行，以分别取得第一同步信息与一第二同步信息，其中该些条第二电极彼此平行。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the transmission of the stylus pen more quickly, the method includes: coupling at least two second electrodes of the touch panel as a synchronization channel, wherein the de-spreading step of the first preamble code and the second preamble code is performed on the received signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain a first synchronization information and a second synchronization information respectively, wherein the second electrodes are parallel to each other.
在一实施例中，为了利用同步信息以正确地与快速地接收触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该第一虚拟随机数码与该第一同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第一数据码的译码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码与该第二同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第二数据码的译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态，其中多条该第一电极彼此平行，且该多条第一电极与该些条第二电极交会。In one embodiment, in order to utilize synchronization information to correctly and quickly receive the state of a sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding the first data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the first virtual random number and the first synchronization information; decoding the second data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the second virtual random number and the second synchronization information; and determining a data code when the first data code is the same as the second data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus, wherein a plurality of the first electrodes are parallel to each other, and the plurality of first electrodes intersect with the second electrodes.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该方法还包含：根据第三虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第三前置码进行解展频；根据第四虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第四前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第三部分与第四部分的第二信号强度比例来计算第二触控笔的压力信息，其中该第三部分包含该第三前置码，该第四部分包含该第四前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码、该第二虚拟随机数码、该第三虚拟随机数码、与该第四虚拟随机数码彼此正交。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the method further includes: de-spreading a third preamble of the received signal according to a third virtual random digital number; de-spreading a fourth preamble of the received signal according to a fourth virtual random digital number; and calculating pressure information of the second stylus according to a second signal strength ratio of a third part and a fourth part of the received signal, wherein the third part includes the third preamble, and the fourth part includes the fourth preamble, and wherein the first virtual random digital number, the second virtual random digital number, the third virtual random digital number, and the fourth virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other.
在一实施例中，为了在有线触控笔与该触控处理装置之间提供有线连接，该方法还包含：根据该第一虚拟随机数码产生该第一前置码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码产生该第二前置码；以及分别将该第一前置码与该第二前置码分别传送至该第一信号电路与该第二信号电路。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the wired stylus and the touch processing device, the method further includes: generating the first preamble code based on the first virtual random digital number; generating the second preamble code based on the second virtual random digital number; and transmitting the first preamble code and the second preamble code to the first signal circuit and the second signal circuit respectively.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔的开关状态，该方法还包含：根据该接收信号的该第一部分与该第二部分的该第一信号强度比例，来计算该第一触控笔的开关状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the switch state of the stylus pen, the method further includes: calculating the switch state of the first stylus pen according to the first signal strength ratio of the first part and the second part of the received signal.
在一实施例中，为了同时连接多只有线触控笔，该方法还包含：根据第三虚拟随机数码产生第三前置码进行解展频；根据第四虚拟随机数码产生第四前置码进行解展频；以及分别传送该第三前置码与该第四前置码至第二触控笔的第三信号电路与第四信号电路，其中该第一虚拟随机数码、该第二虚拟随机数码、该第三虚拟随机数码、与该第四虚拟随机数码彼此正交。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously connect multiple wired styluses, the method further includes: generating a third preamble code based on a third virtual random digital number for de-spreading; generating a fourth preamble code based on a fourth virtual random digital number for de-spreading; and transmitting the third preamble code and the fourth preamble code to a third signal circuit and a fourth signal circuit of the second stylus, respectively, wherein the first virtual random digital number, the second virtual random digital number, the third virtual random digital number, and the fourth virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种触控系统，其包含触控面板；第一触控笔；以及用于接收由该第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号的触控处理装置。该触控处理装置包含：感测电路，用于自该触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；以及处理器，耦合至该感测电路，用于：根据第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, which includes a touch panel; a first stylus; and a touch control processing device for receiving an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by the first stylus. The touch control processing device includes: a sensing circuit for receiving the electrical signal from some electrodes of the touch panel; and a processor coupled to the sensing circuit for: de-spreading a first preamble of the received signal according to a first virtual random number; de-spreading a second preamble of the received signal according to a second virtual random number; and calculating the pressure information according to a first signal strength ratio of a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble, the second part includes the second preamble, and the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，该触控笔包含：具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件，其中该第一元件用于接收以第一虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；具有固定阻抗的第二元件，其中该第二元件用于接收以第二虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；以及导电笔尖段，其用于：同时自该第一元件接收该第一信号以及自该第二元件接收该第二信号；以及传送包含该第一信号与该第二信号的电信号，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。In one embodiment, the stylus pen includes: a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure, wherein the first element is used to receive a first signal encoded by a first virtual random number; a second element having a fixed impedance, wherein the second element is used to receive a second signal encoded by a second virtual random number; and a conductive pen tip segment, which is used to: simultaneously receive the first signal from the first element and the second signal from the second element; and transmit an electrical signal including the first signal and the second signal, wherein the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种传送携带压力信息的电信号的触控笔，包含：具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件，其中该第一元件用于在第一时段接收以虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；具有固定阻抗的第二元件，其中该第二元件用于在第二时段接收以该虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；以及导电笔尖段，其用于：在该第一时段自该第一元件接收该第一信号；在该第二时段自该第二元件接收该第二信号；在第一时段传送包含该第一信号的该电信号；以及在第二时段传送包含该第二信号的该电信号，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a stylus pen for transmitting an electrical signal carrying pressure information, comprising: a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure, wherein the first element is used to receive a first signal encoded with a virtual random number in a first time period; a second element having a fixed impedance, wherein the second element is used to receive a second signal encoded with the virtual random number in a second time period; and a conductive pen tip segment, which is used to: receive the first signal from the first element in the first time period; receive the second signal from the second element in the second time period; transmit the electrical signal containing the first signal in the first time period; and transmit the electrical signal containing the second signal in the second time period, wherein the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了在该触控笔上提供该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码，该触控笔还包含控制器，用于：根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第一信号；根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第二信号；传送该第一信号至该第一元件；以及传送该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number on the stylus, the stylus further includes a controller for: generating the first signal according to the virtual random number; generating the second signal according to the virtual random number; transmitting the first signal to the first element; and transmitting the second signal to the second element.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该触控笔还包含：连接至该控制器的至少一个笔上传感器。该控制器还用于：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该虚拟随机数码产生第一数据码；以及传送该第一数据码至该第一元件。该第一元件还用于：在该第一时段自该控制器接收该第一数据码。该导电笔尖段还用于：自该第一元件接收该第一数据码；以及传送该第一数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the stylus pen further comprises: at least one sensor on the stylus pen connected to the controller. The controller is further used to: generate a data code according to the state of the at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generate a first data code according to the data code and the pseudo random number; and transmit the first data code to the first element. The first element is further used to: receive the first data code from the controller during the first time period. The conductive pen tip segment is further used to: receive the first data code from the first element; and transmit the first data code.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该触控笔还包含：连接至该控制器的至少一个笔上传感器。该控制器还用于：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该第二虚拟随机数码产生第二数据码；以及传送该第二数据码至该第二元件。该第二元件还用于：在该第二时段自该控制器接收该第二数据码。该导电笔尖段还用于：自该第二元件接收该第二数据码；以及传送该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the stylus pen further comprises: at least one sensor on the stylus pen connected to the controller. The controller is further used to: generate a data code according to the state of the at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generate a second data code according to the data code and the second pseudo random number; and transmit the second data code to the second element. The second element is further used to: receive the second data code from the controller during the second time period. The conductive pen tip segment is further used to: receive the second data code from the second element; and transmit the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了要与触控面板的触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该控制器还用于：自电子装置接收同步信号；以及在接收到该同步信号之后，执行该产生步骤与该传送步骤。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize with the receiving procedure of the touch processing device of the touch panel, the controller is further used to: receive a synchronization signal from the electronic device; and after receiving the synchronization signal, execute the generating step and the transmitting step.
在一实施例中，为了要与该触控笔近接的该触控面板的该触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该控制器耦合至该导电笔尖段以接收该同步信号，该同步信号是由该电子装置的触控面板的电极所发出。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel to which the stylus is in close contact, the controller is coupled to the conductive pen tip segment to receive the synchronization signal, which is emitted by the electrode of the touch panel of the electronic device.
在一实施例中，为了当在触控面板上操作多只触控笔时避免虚拟随机数码的冲突，该触控笔还包含人机接口以供用户输入虚拟随机数码，其中该控制器还用于自该人机接口接收设定指令，其指定该虚拟随机数码。In one embodiment, in order to avoid conflicts of virtual random numbers when operating multiple styluses on the touch panel, the stylus further includes a human-machine interface for a user to input a virtual random number, wherein the controller is further used to receive a setting instruction from the human-machine interface, which specifies the virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了提供虚拟随机数码信息给用户，该触控笔包含下列连接至该控制器的装置之一，以指示该虚拟随机数码：视效指示器；以及音效指示器。In one embodiment, in order to provide virtual random digital information to the user, the stylus includes one of the following devices connected to the controller to indicate the virtual random digital information: a visual indicator; and a sound indicator.
在一实施例中，为了触控处理装置与有线触控笔之间的有线连接，该触控笔还包含：第一信号电路，耦合至该第一元件与触控处理装置，用于自该触控处理装置传播该第一信号至该第一元件；以及第二信号电路，耦合至该第二元件与该触控处理装置，用于自该触控处理装置传播该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the touch processing device and the wired stylus, the stylus further includes: a first signal circuit coupled to the first element and the touch processing device, for transmitting the first signal from the touch processing device to the first element; and a second signal circuit coupled to the second element and the touch processing device, for transmitting the second signal from the touch processing device to the second element.
为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该触控笔还包含：用于接收该第一信号的第三开关；以及具有固定阻抗的第三元件，耦合至该第三开关与该导电笔尖段，其中该第三开关可选择性地开路或闭路，当该第三开关闭路时，该第一信号经由该第三开关与该第三元件传播自该导电笔尖段。In order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the stylus also includes: a third switch for receiving the first signal; and a third element with a fixed impedance, coupled to the third switch and the conductive pen tip segment, wherein the third switch can be selectively opened or closed, and when the third switch is closed, the first signal is transmitted from the conductive pen tip segment via the third switch and the third element.
为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该触控笔还包含：用于接收该第二信号的第四开关；以及具有固定阻抗的第四元件，耦合至该第四开关与该导电笔尖段，其中该第四开关可选择性地开路或闭路，当该第四开关闭路时，该第二信号经由该第四开关与该第四元件传播自该导电笔尖段。In order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the stylus also includes: a fourth switch for receiving the second signal; and a fourth element with a fixed impedance, coupled to the fourth switch and the conductive pen tip segment, wherein the fourth switch can be selectively opened or closed, and when the fourth switch is closed, the second signal is transmitted from the conductive pen tip segment via the fourth switch and the fourth element.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种自触控笔传送携带压力信息的电信号的方法，包含：在第一时段由具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件接收以虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；在第二时段由具有固定阻抗的第二元件接收以该虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；由导电笔尖段在该第一时段自该第一元件接收该第一信号；由该导电笔尖段在该第二时段自该第二元件接收该第二信号；由该导电笔尖段在该第一时段传送包含该第一信号的电信号；以及由该导电笔尖段在该第二时段传送包含该第二信号的电信号。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a method for transmitting an electrical signal carrying pressure information from a stylus, comprising: receiving a first signal encoded with a virtual random number by a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure in a first time period; receiving a second signal encoded with the virtual random number by a second element having a fixed impedance in a second time period; receiving the first signal from the first element by a conductive pen tip segment in the first time period; receiving the second signal from the second element by the conductive pen tip segment in the second time period; transmitting an electrical signal containing the first signal by the conductive pen tip segment in the first time period; and transmitting an electrical signal containing the second signal by the conductive pen tip segment in the second time period.
在一实施例中，为了在该触控笔上提供该虚拟随机数码，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第一信号；根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第二信号；传送该第一信号至该第一元件；以及传送该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide the virtual random number on the stylus, the method further includes: generating the first signal according to the virtual random number; generating the second signal according to the virtual random number; transmitting the first signal to the first element; and transmitting the second signal to the second element.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该虚拟随机数码产生第一数据码；传送该第一数据码至该第一元件；由该第一元件传送该第一数据码至该导电笔尖段；以及由该导电笔尖段传送该第一数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the method further includes: generating a data code based on the state of at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generating a first data code based on the data code and the virtual random number; transmitting the first data code to the first element; transmitting the first data code from the first element to the conductive pen tip segment; and transmitting the first data code from the conductive pen tip segment.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该虚拟随机数码产生第二数据码；传送该第二数据码至该第二元件；由该第二元件传送该第二数据码至该导电笔尖段；以及由该导电笔尖段传送该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the method further includes: generating a data code based on the state of the at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generating a second data code based on the data code and the virtual random number; transmitting the second data code to the second element; transmitting the second data code from the second element to the conductive pen tip segment; and transmitting the second data code from the conductive pen tip segment.
在一实施例中，为了要与触控面板的触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该方法还包含：自电子装置接收同步信号；以及在接收到该同步信号之后，执行该产生步骤与该传送步骤。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize with the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel, the method further includes: receiving a synchronization signal from the electronic device; and after receiving the synchronization signal, executing the generating step and the transmitting step.
在一实施例中，为了要与该触控笔近接的该触控面板的该触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该同步信号是由该电子装置的触控面板的电极所发出。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel to which the stylus is in close contact, the synchronization signal is sent by the electrodes of the touch panel of the electronic device.
在一实施例中，为了当在触控面板上操作多只触控笔时避免虚拟随机数码的冲突，该方法还包含：自该人机接口接收设定指令，其指定该虚拟随机数码。In one embodiment, in order to avoid conflicts of virtual random numbers when multiple styluses are operated on the touch panel, the method further includes: receiving a setting instruction from the human-machine interface, which specifies the virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了提供虚拟随机数码信息给用户，该方法还包含下列步骤其中之一：令该触控笔的视效指示器指示该虚拟随机数码；以及令该触控笔的音效指示器指示该虚拟随机数码。In one embodiment, in order to provide virtual random digital information to the user, the method further includes one of the following steps: allowing the visual indicator of the stylus to indicate the virtual random digital number; and allowing the sound indicator of the stylus to indicate the virtual random digital number.
在一实施例中，为了触控处理装置与有线触控笔之间的有线连接，该方法还包含：由第一信号电路自该触控处理装置接收该第一信号；由该第一信号电路传播该第一信号至该第一元件；由第二信号电路自该触控处理装置接收该第二信号；以及由该第二信号电路传播该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, for a wired connection between a touch processing device and a wired stylus, the method further includes: receiving the first signal from the touch processing device by a first signal circuit; propagating the first signal to the first element by the first signal circuit; receiving the second signal from the touch processing device by a second signal circuit; and propagating the second signal to the second element by the second signal circuit.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该方法还包含：选择性地由具有固定阻抗的第三元件接收该第一信号；以及选择性地由该第三元件传送该第一信号至该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the method further includes: selectively receiving the first signal by a third element having a fixed impedance; and selectively transmitting the first signal to the conductive tip segment by the third element.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该方法还包含：选择性地由具有固定阻抗的第四元件接收该第二信号；以及选择性地由该第四元件传送该第二信号至该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the method further includes: selectively receiving the second signal by a fourth element having a fixed impedance; and selectively transmitting the second signal to the conductive tip segment by the fourth element.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种触控处理装置，用于接收由第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号，包含：感测电路，用于自触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；以及处理器，耦合至该感测电路，用于：根据虚拟随机数码对在第一时段的该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据该虚拟随机数码对在第二时段的该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for receiving an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by a first stylus, comprising: a sensing circuit for receiving the electrical signal from some electrodes of a touch panel; and a processor coupled to the sensing circuit, for: de-spreading a first preamble code of the received signal in a first time period according to a virtual random digital number; de-spreading a second preamble code of the received signal in a second time period according to the virtual random digital number; and calculating the pressure information based on a first signal strength ratio of a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble code and the second part includes the second preamble code.
在一实施例中，为了触发该触控笔同步地传送电信号，该触控处理装置还包含耦合至该触控面板的该些电极的驱动电路，其中该处理器还用于：在该接收步骤被执行之前，令该驱动电路通过该触控面板的该些电极传送灯塔信号。In one embodiment, in order to trigger the stylus to synchronously transmit electrical signals, the touch processing device also includes a driving circuit coupled to the electrodes of the touch panel, wherein the processor is also used to: before the receiving step is executed, enable the driving circuit to transmit a lighthouse signal through the electrodes of the touch panel.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第一时段的该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码，其中该第一数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is further used to: decode the first data code of the received signal in the first time period according to the virtual random digital number, wherein the first data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第二时段的该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码，其中该第二数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is also used to: decode the second data code of the received signal in the second time period according to the virtual random number, wherein the second data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了正确地接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第一时段的该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码；根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第二时段的该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to correctly receive the state of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is also used to: decode the first data code of the received signal in the first time period according to the virtual random digital number; decode the second data code of the received signal in the second time period according to the virtual random digital number; and when the first data code is the same as the second data code, determine the data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了在较长的传送中接收更平滑与更平均的压力信息，该第一部分还包含该第一数据码，该第二部分还包含该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to receive smoother and more average pressure information in a longer transmission, the first portion further includes the first data code, and the second portion further includes the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了更快地同步该触控笔的传送，该处理器还用于：耦合该触控面板的至少两条第二电极作为同步通道，其中该第一前置码与该第二前置码的解展频步骤是对该同步通道所接收的该接收信号上进行，以分别取得第一同步信息与第二同步信息，其中该些条第二电极彼此平行。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the transmission of the stylus more quickly, the processor is also used to: couple at least two second electrodes of the touch panel as a synchronization channel, wherein the de-spreading step of the first preamble code and the second preamble code is performed on the received signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain the first synchronization information and the second synchronization information respectively, wherein the second electrodes are parallel to each other.
在一实施例中，为了利用同步信息以正确地与快速地接收触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该虚拟随机数码与该第一同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第一数据码的译码；根据该虚拟随机数码与该第二同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第二数据码的译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态，其中多条该第一电极彼此平行，且该多条第一电极与该些条第二电极交会。In one embodiment, in order to utilize synchronization information to correctly and quickly receive the state of a sensor on the stylus, the processor is further used to: decode the first data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the virtual random number and the first synchronization information; decode the second data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the virtual random number and the second synchronization information; and determine a data code when the first data code is the same as the second data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus, wherein a plurality of the first electrodes are parallel to each other, and the plurality of first electrodes intersect with the second electrodes.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该处理器还用于：根据第二虚拟随机数码对第三时段的该接收信号的第三前置码进行解展频；根据该第二虚拟随机数码对第四时段的该接收信号的第四前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第三部分与第四部分的第二信号强度比例来计算第二触控笔的压力信息，其中该第三部分包含该第三前置码，该第四部分包含该第四前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码彼此正交，其中该第三时段的部分与该第一时段的部分或该第二时段的部分重叠。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the processor is further used to: de-spread a third preamble code of the received signal in a third time period according to a second virtual random digital number; de-spread a fourth preamble code of the received signal in a fourth time period according to the second virtual random digital number; and calculate pressure information of the second stylus according to a second signal strength ratio of a third part and a fourth part of the received signal, wherein the third part includes the third preamble code and the fourth part includes the fourth preamble code, wherein the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other, and wherein a portion of the third time period overlaps with a portion of the first time period or a portion of the second time period.
在一实施例中，为了在有线触控笔与该触控处理装置之间提供有线连接，该触控处理装置还包含触控笔接口，耦合至该第一触控笔的第一信号电路与第二信号电路，其中该处理器耦合至该触控笔接口，还用于：根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第一前置码；根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第二前置码；通过该触控笔接口在该第一时段传送该第一前置码至该第一信号电路；以及通过该触控笔接口在该第二时段传送该第二前置码至该第二信号电路。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the wired stylus and the touch processing device, the touch processing device further includes a stylus interface coupled to the first signal circuit and the second signal circuit of the first stylus, wherein the processor is coupled to the stylus interface and is also used to: generate the first preamble code based on the virtual random digital number; generate the second preamble code based on the virtual random digital number; transmit the first preamble code to the first signal circuit during the first time period through the stylus interface; and transmit the second preamble code to the second signal circuit during the second time period through the stylus interface.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔的开关状态，该处理器还用于：根据该接收信号的该第一部分与该第二部分的该第一信号强度比例，来计算该第一触控笔的开关状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the switch state of the stylus pen, the processor is further configured to: calculate the switch state of the first stylus pen according to the first signal strength ratio of the first part and the second part of the received signal.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该触控笔接口还耦合至第二触控笔的第三信号电路与第四信号电路。该处理器耦接到该触控笔接口，还用于：根据第二虚拟随机数码在第三时段产生第三前置码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码在第四时段产生第四前置码；通过该触控笔接口在该第三时段传送该第三前置码至该第三信号电路；通过该触控笔接口在该第四时段传送该第四前置码至该第四信号电路，其中该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码彼此正交，其中第三时段的部分与该第一时段或该第二时段的部分重叠。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the stylus interface is also coupled to a third signal circuit and a fourth signal circuit of a second stylus. The processor is coupled to the stylus interface and is further used to: generate a third preamble code in a third time period according to the second virtual random number; generate a fourth preamble code in a fourth time period according to the second virtual random number; transmit the third preamble code to the third signal circuit through the stylus interface in the third time period; transmit the fourth preamble code to the fourth signal circuit through the stylus interface in the fourth time period, wherein the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number are orthogonal to each other, and a portion of the third time period overlaps a portion of the first time period or the second time period.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种用于接收由第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号的方法，包含：自触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；根据虚拟随机数码对在第一时段的该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据该虚拟随机数码对在第二时段的该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a method for receiving an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by a first stylus, comprising: receiving the electrical signal from some electrodes of a touch panel; de-spreading a first preamble code of the received signal in a first time period according to a virtual random digital number; de-spreading a second preamble code of the received signal in a second time period according to the virtual random digital number; and calculating the pressure information based on a first signal strength ratio between a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble code and the second part includes the second preamble code.
在一实施例中，为了触发该触控笔同步地传送电信号，该方法还包含：在该接收步骤被执行之前，令该驱动电路通过该触控面板的该些电极传送灯塔信号。In one embodiment, in order to trigger the stylus to synchronously transmit an electrical signal, the method further includes: before the receiving step is executed, causing the driving circuit to transmit a beacon signal through the electrodes of the touch panel.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第一时段的该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码，其中该第一数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding a first data code of the received signal in the first time period according to the pseudo random number, wherein the first data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第二时段的该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码，其中该第二数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding a second data code of the received signal in the second time period according to the pseudo random number, wherein the second data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了正确地接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第一时段的该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码；根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第二时段的该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to correctly receive the state of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding the first data code of the received signal in the first time period according to the virtual random digital number; decoding the second data code of the received signal in the second time period according to the virtual random digital number; and when the first data code is the same as the second data code, determining a data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了在较长的传送中接收更平滑与更平均的压力信息，该第一部分还包含该第一数据码，该第二部分更包含该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to receive smoother and more average pressure information in a longer transmission, the first portion further includes the first data code, and the second portion further includes the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了更快地同步该触控笔的传送，该方法还包含：耦合该触控面板的至少两条第二电极作为同步通道，其中该第一前置码与该第二前置码的解展频步骤是对该同步通道所接收的该接收信号上进行，以分别取得第一同步信息与第二同步信息，其中该些条第二电极彼此平行。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the transmission of the stylus more quickly, the method further includes: coupling at least two second electrodes of the touch panel as a synchronization channel, wherein the de-spreading step of the first preamble code and the second preamble code is performed on the received signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain the first synchronization information and the second synchronization information respectively, wherein the second electrodes are parallel to each other.
在一实施例中，为了利用同步信息以正确地与快速地接收触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码与该第一同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第一数据码的译码；根据该虚拟随机数码与该第二同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第二数据码的译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态，其中多条该第一电极彼此平行，且该多条第一电极与该些条第二电极交会。In one embodiment, in order to utilize synchronization information to correctly and quickly receive the state of a sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding the first data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the virtual random number and the first synchronization information; decoding the second data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the virtual random number and the second synchronization information; and determining a data code when the first data code is the same as the second data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus, wherein a plurality of the first electrodes are parallel to each other, and the plurality of first electrodes intersect with the second electrodes.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该方法该包含：根据第二虚拟随机数码对第三时段的该接收信号的第三前置码进行解展频；根据该第二虚拟随机数码对第四时段的该接收信号的第四前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第三部分与第四部分的第二信号强度比例来计算第二触控笔的压力信息，其中该第三部分包含该第三前置码，该第四部分包含该第四前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码彼此正交，其中该第三时段的部分与该第一时段的部分或该第二时段的部分重叠。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the method includes: de-spreading a third preamble code of the received signal in a third time period according to a second virtual random digital number; de-spreading a fourth preamble code of the received signal in a fourth time period according to the second virtual random digital number; and calculating pressure information of the second stylus according to a second signal strength ratio of a third part and a fourth part of the received signal, wherein the third part includes the third preamble code, and the fourth part includes the fourth preamble code, wherein the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other, and wherein a portion of the third time period overlaps with a portion of the first time period or a portion of the second time period.
在一实施例中，为了在有线触控笔与该触控处理装置之间提供有线连接，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第一前置码；根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第二前置码；在该第一时段传送该第一前置码至该第一触控笔的该第一信号电路；以及在该第二时段传送该第二前置码至该第一触控笔的该第二信号电路。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the wired stylus and the touch processing device, the method further includes: generating the first preamble code based on the virtual random digital number; generating the second preamble code based on the virtual random digital number; transmitting the first preamble code to the first signal circuit of the first stylus during the first time period; and transmitting the second preamble code to the second signal circuit of the first stylus during the second time period.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔的开关状态，该方法还包含：根据该接收信号的该第一部分与该第二部分的该第一信号强度比例，来计算该第一触控笔的开关状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the switch state of the stylus pen, the method further includes: calculating the switch state of the first stylus pen according to the first signal strength ratio of the first part and the second part of the received signal.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该方法还包含：根据第二虚拟随机数码在第三时段产生第三前置码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码在第四时段产生第四前置码；在该第三时段传送该第三前置码至第二触控笔的第三信号电路；在该第四时段传送该第四前置码至该第二触控笔的第四信号电路，其中该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码彼此正交，其中第三时段的部分与该第一时段或该第二时段的部分重叠。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the method further includes: generating a third preamble code in a third time period based on a second virtual random digital number; generating a fourth preamble code in a fourth time period based on the second virtual random digital number; transmitting the third preamble code to a third signal circuit of the second stylus in the third time period; transmitting the fourth preamble code to a fourth signal circuit of the second stylus in the fourth time period, wherein the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other, and wherein a portion of the third time period overlaps with a portion of the first time period or the second time period.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种触控系统，包含：触控面板；第一触控笔；以及触控处理装置。该触控处理装置用于接收由该第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号，包含：感测电路，用于自该触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；以及处理器，耦合至该感测电路，用于：根据一虚拟随机数码对在第一时段的该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据该虚拟随机数码对在第二时段的该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, comprising: a touch panel; a first stylus; and a touch control processing device. The touch control processing device is used to receive an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by the first stylus, and comprises: a sensing circuit, used to receive the electrical signal from some electrodes of the touch panel; and a processor, coupled to the sensing circuit, used to: de-spread a first preamble of the received signal in a first time period according to a virtual random digital number; de-spread a second preamble of the received signal in a second time period according to the virtual random digital number; and calculate the pressure information according to a first signal strength ratio of a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble, and the second part includes the second preamble.
在一实施例中，该第一触控笔包含：具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件，其中该第一元件用于在该第一时段接收以该虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；具有固定阻抗的第二元件，其中该第二元件用于在该第二时段接收以该虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；以及导电笔尖段，其用于：在该第一时段自该第一元件接收该第一信号；在该第二时段自该第二元件接收该第二信号；在第一时段传送包含该第一信号的该电信号；以及在第二时段传送包含该第二信号的该电信号，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。In one embodiment, the first stylus includes: a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure, wherein the first element is used to receive a first signal encoded with the virtual random number during the first time period; a second element having a fixed impedance, wherein the second element is used to receive a second signal encoded with the virtual random number during the second time period; and a conductive pen tip segment, which is used to: receive the first signal from the first element during the first time period; receive the second signal from the second element during the second time period; transmit the electrical signal including the first signal during the first time period; and transmit the electrical signal including the second signal during the second time period, wherein the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
通过上述实施例，能够传送可以精确表示触控笔所受压力的电信号。Through the above embodiments, an electrical signal that can accurately represent the pressure applied to the stylus pen can be transmitted.
以上的描述仅为本发明技术的纲要。以下所提供的本发明的优选实施例与所附的图示可以令本领域普通技术人员更佳地了解本发明所述的目的、特征与优点，并可以使其根据这些说明来完成本发明。The above description is only an outline of the present invention. The preferred embodiments of the present invention provided below and the attached diagrams can enable ordinary technicians in the field to better understand the purposes, features and advantages of the present invention and to complete the present invention according to these descriptions.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
可以通过阅读下列优选实施例的详细说明，并且参考所附图示来更加完整地了解本发明。A more complete understanding of the present invention can be obtained by reading the following detailed description of the preferred embodiments and by referring to the accompanying drawings.
图1为根据本发明一实施例的触控系统100的示意图；FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a touch control system 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图；FIG2 is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图；FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4A为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图；FIG4A is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4B为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图；FIG4B is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图；FIG5 is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图6为根据本发明一实施例的触控装置判断发信器或主动触控笔笔尖感测值方法的流程示意图；6 is a schematic flow chart of a method for a touch device to determine a sensing value of a transmitter or an active stylus pen tip according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7A为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图；FIG7A is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7B为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图；FIG7B is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7C为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图；FIG7C is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7D为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图；FIG7D is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图8为根据本发明一实施例的触控装置判断发信器笔尖感测值方法的流程示意图；FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a method for a touch control device to determine a sensing value of a pen tip of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9A为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图；FIG. 9A is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9B为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图；FIG. 9B is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9C为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图；FIG. 9C is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9D为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图；FIG. 9D is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9E为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图；FIG. 9E is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图9F为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图；FIG. 9F is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图10为根据本发明一实施例的噪讯传播示意图；FIG10 is a schematic diagram of noise propagation according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图11为根据本发明另一实施例的第一电容221的结构示意图；FIG11 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a first capacitor 221 according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图12为图11所示实施例的一种减省表示图；FIG12 is a simplified representation of the embodiment shown in FIG11;
图13为图12所示实施例的一种变形；FIG13 is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG12 ;
图14为图13所示实施例的一种变形；FIG14 is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG13 ;
图15为图14所示实施例的一种变形；FIG15 is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG14 ;
图16A为根据本发明一实施例的第一电容与第二电容的结构示意图；FIG16A is a schematic diagram of the structure of a first capacitor and a second capacitor according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图16B为图16A所示实施例的一种变形；FIG16B is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG16A ;
图17A与17B为根据本发明一实施例的第一电容与第二电容的结构示意图；17A and 17B are schematic diagrams of the structures of a first capacitor and a second capacitor according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图18为图11所示实施例的一种变形；FIG18 is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG11 ;
图19A为发信器110的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图；FIG. 19A is an exploded schematic diagram of the force sensing capacitor of the transmitter 110 and the central cross-section of its structure;
图19B为图19A所示的结构组合之后的一剖面示意图；FIG19B is a cross-sectional view of the structure shown in FIG19A after assembly;
图19C为图19A所示的结构组合之后的另一剖面示意图；FIG19C is another cross-sectional schematic diagram of the structure shown in FIG19A after assembly;
图19D为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图；FIG. 19D is an exploded schematic diagram of a force sensing capacitor and a central cross-section of the structure of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图19E为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图；FIG. 19E is an exploded schematic diagram of a force sensing capacitor and a central cross-section of the structure of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图20为图19A中的可压缩导体1974与绝缘膜1973的接触面的剖面示意图；FIG20 is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the contact surface between the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 in FIG19A;
图21为根据本发明一实施例的压力传感器的示意图；FIG21 is a schematic diagram of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图22为根据本发明一实施例的压力传感器的示意图；FIG22 is a schematic diagram of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图23A与23B为根据本发明一实施例的简单开关的结构示意图；23A and 23B are schematic diagrams of the structure of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图24A与24B为根据本发明一实施例的简单开关的结构示意图；24A and 24B are schematic diagrams of the structure of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图25为本发明提供一种推断笔尖位置的示意图；FIG25 is a schematic diagram of a method for inferring the position of a pen tip according to the present invention;
图26为根据本发明一实施例的计算倾斜角的示意图；FIG26 is a schematic diagram of calculating a tilt angle according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图27为显示接口反应前述倾斜角与/或压力的笔触的实施例；FIG27 is an embodiment of a display interface that responds to the aforementioned tilt angle and/or pressure of a pen stroke;
图28为在显示接口反应前述倾角与/或压力的笔触的另一实施例；FIG. 28 is another embodiment of the pen stroke that reflects the aforementioned tilt angle and/or pressure on the display interface;
图29为根据本发明一实施例的侦测灯塔信号系统的方框示意图；FIG29 is a block diagram of a beacon signal detection system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图30为展频技术的波形示意图；FIG30 is a waveform diagram of spread spectrum technology;
图31为图1所示实施例的一变化；FIG31 is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG1 ;
图32为根据本发明一实施例的解算展频信号方法的流程示意图；FIG32 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a method for calculating a spread spectrum signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图33为根据本发明一实施例的主动触控笔的方框示意图；FIG33 is a block diagram of an active stylus according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图34为根据本发明一实施例的触控处理装置130的方框示意图；FIG34 is a block diagram of a touch processing device 130 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图35为根据本发明一实施例的图33所示的该控制器所实施的流程示意图；FIG35 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart implemented by the controller shown in FIG33 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图36A为根据本发明一实施例的嵌入式处理器所实施的流程示意图；FIG36A is a schematic diagram of a flow chart implemented by an embedded processor according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图36B为根据本发明一实施例的嵌入式处理器所实施的流程示意图；FIG36B is a schematic diagram of a flow chart implemented by an embedded processor according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图37A为根据本发明一实施例的由图33所示的控制器所实施的流程示意图；FIG37A is a schematic diagram of a flow chart implemented by the controller shown in FIG33 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图37B为根据本发明一实施例的由图33所示的控制器所实施的流程示意图；FIG37B is a schematic diagram of a flow chart implemented by the controller shown in FIG33 according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图38A为根据本发明一实施例的嵌入式处理器所实施的流程示意图；FIG38A is a schematic diagram of a flow chart implemented by an embedded processor according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图38B为根据本发明一实施例的嵌入式处理器所实施的流程示意图；FIG38B is a schematic diagram of a flow chart implemented by an embedded processor according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图39A为根据本发明一实施例的触控系统的方框示意图；FIG39A is a block diagram of a touch control system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图39B为根据本发明一实施例的触控系统的变化型的方框示意图；FIG39B is a block diagram of a variation of a touch control system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图39C为根据本发明一实施例的触控系统的变化型的方框示意图；FIG39C is a block diagram of a variation of a touch control system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图40为根据本发明一实施例的触控处理装置的方框示意图；FIG40 is a block diagram of a touch processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图41A为根据本发明一实施例的适用于有线触控笔的操作方法的流程示意图；FIG41A is a schematic flow chart of an operation method applicable to a wired stylus according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图41B为根据本发明一实施例的适用于有线触控笔的操作方法的流程示意图；FIG41B is a schematic flow chart of an operating method applicable to a wired stylus according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图41C为根据本发明一实施例的适用于有线触控笔的操作方法的流程示意图；FIG41C is a schematic flow chart of an operation method applicable to a wired stylus according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图42为根据本发明一实施例的适用于触控处理装置的流程示意图；FIG42 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart applicable to a touch processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图43为根据本发明一实施例的适用于触控处理装置的流程示意图。FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart applicable to a touch processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
【符号说明】【Symbol Description】
100：触控系统100: Touch system
110：发信器110: Transmitter
111：第一触控笔111: The First Stylus
112：第二触控笔112: Second stylus
120：触控面板120: Touch panel
121：第一电极121: First electrode
122：第二电极122: Second electrode
130：触控处理装置130: Touch processing device
140：主机140: Host
211：第一信号源211: First signal source
212：第二信号源212: Second signal source
221：第一元件221: First Element
222：第二元件222: Second Element
230：笔尖段230: Pen tip section
321：第一电容321: First capacitor
322：第二电容322: Second capacitor
441：橡皮擦电容441: Eraser capacitor
442：笔杆电容442: Pen capacitance
513：第三信号源513: The third signal source
523：环状电容523: Ring capacitor
550：环状电极550: Ring electrode
551：环状电极导线551: Ring electrode lead
610～660：步骤610～660: Steps
714：单一信号源714: Single signal source
760：控制单元760: Control Unit
770：发信器无线通信单元770: Transmitter wireless communication unit
771：发信器有线通信单元771: Transmitter wired communication unit
780：主机无线通信单元780: Host wireless communication unit
781：主机有线通信单元781: Host wired communication unit
810～860：步骤810～860: Steps
1110：第一金属板1110: First metal plate
1110A：第一金属板A1110A: First metal plate A
1110B：第一金属板B1110B: First metal plate B
1120：第二金属板1120: Second metal plate
1120A：第二金属板A1120A: Second metal plate A
1120B：第二金属板B1120B: Second metal plate B
1130：第三金属板1130: Third metal plate
1130A：第三金属板A1130A: Third metal plate A
1130B：第三金属板B1130B: Third metal plate B
1140：抬升元件或斜面装置1140: Lifting elements or inclined devices
1150：支撑元件1150: Support element
1970：可动元件1970: Moving parts
1971：前端可动元件1971: Front movable element
1972：后端可动元件1972: Rear end movable element
1973：绝缘膜1973: Insulation Film
1974：可压缩导体1974: Compressible conductors
1975：导体基底1975: Conductor substrate
1976：基座导线1976: Pedestal wire
1977：可动元件导线1977: Movable Component Wire
1978：弹性元件1978: Elastic elements
1979：可压缩绝缘材料1979: Compressible insulation
1980：壳体1980: Housing
1990：印刷电路板1990: Printed Circuit Boards
2110：压力传感器2110: Pressure Sensor
2120：控制单元2120: Control Unit
2210：压力传感器2210: Pressure Sensor
2220：控制单元2220: Control Unit
2610～2650：步骤2610～2650: Steps
2900：侦测灯塔信号系统2900: Detection Lighthouse Signal System
2910：接收电极2910: Receiving electrode
2920：侦测模块2920: Detection module
2921：模拟前端2921: Analog Front End
2922：比较器2922: Comparator
2930：解调变器2930: Demodulator
3200：解算展频信号方法3200: Method for calculating spread spectrum signal
3210～3250：步骤3210～3250: Steps
3310：控制器3310: Controller
3311：信号3311: Signal
3312：信号3312: Signal
3320：频率信号模块3320: Frequency signal module
3330：电池3330: Battery
3410：连接网络3410: Connect to the network
3420：驱动电路3420: Driving circuit
3430：感测电路3430: Sensing circuit
3440：嵌入式处理器3440: Embedded Processor
3450：主机接口3450: Host interface
3510～3560：步骤3510～3560: Steps
3610～3680：步骤3610～3680: Steps
3710～3765：步骤3710～3765：Steps
3815～3880：步骤3815～3880: Steps
3900：触控系统3900: Touch system
3910：有线触控笔3910: Wired stylus
3911：第一信号电路3911: First signal circuit
3912：第二信号电路3912: Second signal circuit
3913：第三电路3913: Third Circuit
3920：第三开关3920: Third switch
3930：第三元件3930: The third element
3940：第四开关3940: The fourth switch
3950：第四元件3950: The fourth element
4010：触控笔接口4010: Stylus interface
4040：嵌入式处理器4040: Embedded Processor
4110～4140：步骤4110～4140：Steps
4210～4290：步骤4210～4290：Steps
4310～4360：步骤4310～4360：Steps
Sw1：开关Sw1: switch
Sw2：开关Sw2: switch
Sw3：开关Sw3: Switch
Sw4：开关Sw4: switch
Sw5：开关Sw5: switch
Sw6：开关Sw6: Switch
SWB：开关SWB: Switch
SWE：开关SWE: Switch
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本发明将详细描述一些实施例如下。然而，除了所揭露的实施例外，本发明的范围并不受该些实施例的限定，乃以权利要求所限定的范围为准。而为了提供更清楚的描述及使该项技艺的普通技术人员能理解本发明的发明内容，图示内各部分并没有依照其相对的尺寸进行绘图，某些尺寸或其他相关尺度的比例可能被凸显出来而显得夸张，且不相关的细节部分并没有完全绘出，以求图示的简洁。The present invention will be described in detail in some embodiments as follows. However, in addition to the disclosed embodiments, the scope of the present invention is not limited by these embodiments, but is subject to the scope defined by the claims. In order to provide a clearer description and enable a person of ordinary skill in the art to understand the content of the present invention, the parts in the figure are not drawn according to their relative sizes, and the proportions of certain sizes or other related scales may be highlighted and exaggerated, and irrelevant details are not fully drawn to simplify the figure.
请参考图1所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的触控系统100的示意图。触控系统100包含至少发信器110、触控面板120、触控处理装置130与主机140。该发信器110在本实施例中以可主动发出电信号的主动式触控笔为例，实际实施则不以此为限。本触控系统100可以包含多个发信器110。上述的触控面板120形成于基板，该触控面板120可以为触控屏幕，本发明并不限定触控面板120的形式。Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic diagram of a touch control system 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The touch control system 100 includes at least a transmitter 110, a touch panel 120, a touch control processing device 130 and a host 140. The transmitter 110 in this embodiment takes an active stylus that can actively send out an electrical signal as an example, but the actual implementation is not limited to this. The touch control system 100 may include a plurality of transmitters 110. The above-mentioned touch panel 120 is formed on a substrate, and the touch panel 120 may be a touch screen, and the present invention does not limit the form of the touch panel 120.
在一实施例中，该触控面板120的触控区内包含多个第一电极121与多个第二电极122，两者重叠处形成多个电容性耦合感测点。这些第一电极121与第二电极122分别连接到触控处理装置130。在互电容的侦测模式下，该第一电极121可以称为第一导电条或驱动电极，该第二电极122可以称为第二导电条或感测电极。该触控处理装置130可以利用提供驱动电压(驱动信号的电压)到该些第一电极121，并量测该些第二电极122的信号变化，得知有外部导电对象靠近或接触(简称近接)该触控面板120。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到，上述的触控处理装置130可以利用互电容或自电容的方式来侦测近接事件与近接对象，在此不再加以详述。除了互电容或自电容的侦测方式之外，触控处理装置130还可以侦测该发信器110所发出的电信号，进而侦测出该发信器110与该触控面板120的相对位置。在一实施例中，是分别量测第一电极121与第二电极122的信号变化，以侦测发信器110的信号，借此侦测出发信器110与触控面板120的相对位置。由于发信器110的信号与互电容或自电容的驱动信号所发出的频率不同，也不互为谐振波，因此触控处理装置130可分别区分出发信器110所发出的信号与互电容或自电容的信号。在另一实施例中，触控面板120可以是表面电容触控面板，在四个角落或四个边分别具有一个电极，触控处理装置130是分别或同时量测四个电极的信号变化来侦测出发信器110与触控面板120的相对位置。In one embodiment, the touch area of the touch panel 120 includes a plurality of first electrodes 121 and a plurality of second electrodes 122, and a plurality of capacitive coupling sensing points are formed at the overlap of the two. These first electrodes 121 and the second electrodes 122 are respectively connected to the touch processing device 130. In the mutual capacitance detection mode, the first electrode 121 can be called a first conductive strip or a driving electrode, and the second electrode 122 can be called a second conductive strip or a sensing electrode. The touch processing device 130 can provide a driving voltage (the voltage of the driving signal) to the first electrodes 121 and measure the signal changes of the second electrodes 122 to know that an external conductive object is close to or in contact with (referred to as proximity) the touch panel 120. It can be understood by those skilled in the art that the above-mentioned touch processing device 130 can detect proximity events and proximity objects by means of mutual capacitance or self-capacitance, which will not be described in detail here. In addition to the mutual capacitance or self-capacitance detection method, the touch processing device 130 can also detect the electrical signal emitted by the transmitter 110, and then detect the relative position of the transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120. In one embodiment, the signal changes of the first electrode 121 and the second electrode 122 are measured respectively to detect the signal of the transmitter 110, thereby detecting the relative position of the transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120. Since the signal of the transmitter 110 and the driving signal of the mutual capacitance or self-capacitance have different frequencies and are not resonant waves with each other, the touch processing device 130 can distinguish the signal emitted by the transmitter 110 from the signal of the mutual capacitance or self-capacitance. In another embodiment, the touch panel 120 can be a surface capacitive touch panel, with an electrode at each of the four corners or four sides, and the touch processing device 130 measures the signal changes of the four electrodes separately or simultaneously to detect the relative position of the transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120.
在图1中还包含主机140，其可以是中央处理器，或者是嵌入式系统内的主处理器，或是其他形式的计算机。在一实施例中，该触控系统100可以是平板计算机，该主机140可以是执行平板计算机作业程序的中央处理器。比方说，该平板计算机执行安卓(Android)操作系统，该主机140为执行安卓操作系统的安谋(ARM)处理器。本发明并不限定该主机140与该触控处理装置130之间所传输的信息形式，只要所传输的信息跟该触控面板120上所发生的近接事件相关即可。FIG. 1 also includes a host 140, which may be a central processing unit, a main processor in an embedded system, or other forms of computers. In one embodiment, the touch control system 100 may be a tablet computer, and the host 140 may be a central processing unit that executes a tablet computer operating program. For example, the tablet computer executes an Android operating system, and the host 140 is an ARM processor that executes the Android operating system. The present invention does not limit the form of information transmitted between the host 140 and the touch control processing device 130, as long as the transmitted information is related to the proximity event occurring on the touch panel 120.
由于需要主动发出电信号，所以发信器110或主动触控笔需要电力供应发出电信号所需的能量。在一实施例中，发信器110的电能来源可以是电池，特别是可充电电池。在另一实施例中，笔状物的电能来源可以是电容，特别是一种超级电容(Ultra-capacitor或Super-capacitor)，例如是电双层电容(EDLC,Electrical Double Layered Capacitor)、虚拟电容(Pseudocapacitor)、与混合电容(hybrid capacitor)三种型态的超级电容。超级电容的充电时间大约是以秒钟计算的数量级，而在本发明实施例中，超级电容的放电时间大约是以小时计算的数量级。换言之，只需要短时间的充电，就可以长时间地使用主动笔。Since it is necessary to actively send out an electrical signal, the transmitter 110 or the active stylus needs to be powered to supply the energy required to send out the electrical signal. In one embodiment, the power source of the transmitter 110 may be a battery, in particular a rechargeable battery. In another embodiment, the power source of the pen-like object may be a capacitor, in particular an ultra-capacitor (Ultra-capacitor or Super-capacitor), such as an electrical double-layer capacitor (EDLC, Electrical Double Layered Capacitor), a virtual capacitor (Pseudocapacitor), and a hybrid capacitor. The charging time of a supercapacitor is approximately on the order of seconds, and in an embodiment of the present invention, the discharge time of a supercapacitor is approximately on the order of hours. In other words, the active pen can be used for a long time with only a short period of charging.
在一实施例中，触控面板120会周期性地发出灯塔信号(beacon signal)。当发信器110或触控笔笔尖近接到触控面板120之后，发信器110可以借由笔尖感应到该灯塔信号，进而开始发出电信号达一段时间，以供触控面板120侦测之用。如此一来，发信器110或可以在未侦测该灯塔信号的时候，停止发出该电信号，借由延长发信器110电源的使用时间。In one embodiment, the touch panel 120 periodically sends out a beacon signal. When the transmitter 110 or the stylus tip is brought into close contact with the touch panel 120, the transmitter 110 can sense the beacon signal through the stylus tip and then start to send out an electrical signal for a period of time for the touch panel 120 to detect. In this way, the transmitter 110 can stop sending out the electrical signal when the beacon signal is not detected, thereby extending the use time of the transmitter 110 power supply.
上述的灯塔信号可以利用多条第一电极121与/或第二电极122来发出。在一实施例中，当利用第一电极121来发出互电容触控侦测的驱动信号时，该驱动信号与该灯塔信号的频率是不同的，且不是对方的谐振波。因此，可以在发出驱动信号的期间同时发出该灯塔信号，亦即同时进行互电容触控侦测与电信号的侦测。在另一实施例中，可以轮流发出该驱动信号与灯塔信号，亦即分时进行互电容触控侦测与电信号的侦测，该驱动信号与该灯塔信号的频率可以是相同或不同。The above-mentioned beacon signal can be emitted by using a plurality of first electrodes 121 and/or second electrodes 122. In one embodiment, when the first electrode 121 is used to emit a driving signal for mutual capacitance touch detection, the frequencies of the driving signal and the beacon signal are different and are not the resonant waves of each other. Therefore, the beacon signal can be emitted simultaneously during the period of emitting the driving signal, that is, mutual capacitance touch detection and electrical signal detection are performed simultaneously. In another embodiment, the driving signal and the beacon signal can be emitted alternately, that is, mutual capacitance touch detection and electrical signal detection are performed in a time-sharing manner, and the frequencies of the driving signal and the beacon signal can be the same or different.
在一实施例中，为使发信器110可在距离触控面板120较远处亦可侦测到灯塔信号，可使触控处理装置130对触控面板120上所有的第一电极121与第二电极122在同一时间发出驱动信号，以使触控面板120所发出的信号强度总和为最大。In one embodiment, in order to enable the transmitter 110 to detect the lighthouse signal even at a farther distance from the touch panel 120, the touch processing device 130 can send a driving signal to all the first electrodes 121 and the second electrodes 122 on the touch panel 120 at the same time, so that the total signal strength emitted by the touch panel 120 is maximized.
请参考图2所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。该发信器110包含第一信号源211、第二信号源212、具有第一阻抗Z1的第一元件221、具有第二阻抗Z2的第二元件222、以及笔尖段230。其中，该第一信号源211所发出的第一信号，经由该第一元件221与笔尖段230后，传送到触控面板120。类似地，该第二信号源212所发出的第二信号，经由该第二元件222与笔尖段230后，传送到触控面板120。Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The transmitter 110 includes a first signal source 211, a second signal source 212, a first element 221 having a first impedance Z1, a second element 222 having a second impedance Z2, and a pen tip segment 230. The first signal emitted by the first signal source 211 is transmitted to the touch panel 120 through the first element 221 and the pen tip segment 230. Similarly, the second signal emitted by the second signal source 212 is transmitted to the touch panel 120 through the second element 222 and the pen tip segment 230.
在一实施例中，该第一信号为包含第一频率f1的信号，该第二信号为包含第二频率f2的信号。该第一频率f1与第二频率f2可以是方波信号，也可以是弦波信号，也可以是脉冲宽度调变(Pulse Width Modulation)过后的信号。在一实施例中，该第一频率f1不同于该灯塔信号的频率与该驱动信号的频率，也不同于该灯塔信号的频率与该驱动信号的频率的谐振频率。该第二频率f2不同于该第一频率f1、该灯塔信号的频率与该驱动信号的频率，也不同于该第一频率f1、该灯塔频率信号的与该驱动频率的信号的谐振频率。In one embodiment, the first signal is a signal including a first frequency f1, and the second signal is a signal including a second frequency f2. The first frequency f1 and the second frequency f2 can be square wave signals, sine wave signals, or signals after pulse width modulation. In one embodiment, the first frequency f1 is different from the frequency of the lighthouse signal and the frequency of the driving signal, and is also different from the resonant frequency of the frequency of the lighthouse signal and the frequency of the driving signal. The second frequency f2 is different from the first frequency f1, the frequency of the lighthouse signal, and the frequency of the driving signal, and is also different from the resonant frequency of the first frequency f1, the lighthouse frequency signal, and the driving frequency signal.
该两个频率的信号各自经过具有第一阻抗Z1的第一元件221与具有第二阻抗Z2的第二元件222之后混频，并且馈入笔尖段230。上述的第一元件221与第二元件222可以是电阻元件、电感元件、电容元件(如固态电容)或其任意组合所造成的阻抗。在图2所示的实施例中，第二阻抗Z2可以是固定不变的，第一阻抗Z1是可变的，而且相应于某一传感器的变化量。The two frequency signals are mixed after passing through the first element 221 with the first impedance Z1 and the second element 222 with the second impedance Z2, and then fed into the pen tip section 230. The first element 221 and the second element 222 can be impedances caused by resistance elements, inductance elements, capacitance elements (such as solid capacitors) or any combination thereof. In the embodiment shown in FIG2 , the second impedance Z2 can be fixed, and the first impedance Z1 is variable and corresponds to the change amount of a certain sensor.
在另一实施例中，第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2都是可变的，其两者的比例值相应于某一传感器的变化量。在一实施例中，该传感器可以是可伸缩的弹性笔尖，上述的第一阻抗Z1可以相应于弹性笔尖的行程或受力程度而变化。在某些范例中，上述的第一阻抗Z1线性地相应于传感器的物理量的变化。但在另外的范例中，上述的第一阻抗Z1是非线性地相应于传感器的物理量的变化。In another embodiment, the first impedance Z1 and the second impedance Z2 are both variable, and the ratio of the two corresponds to the change of a certain sensor. In one embodiment, the sensor can be a retractable elastic pen tip, and the first impedance Z1 can change corresponding to the stroke or force of the elastic pen tip. In some examples, the first impedance Z1 linearly corresponds to the change of the physical quantity of the sensor. However, in other examples, the first impedance Z1 nonlinearly corresponds to the change of the physical quantity of the sensor.
上述的第一元件221与第二元件222可以是不同的电子元件。例如第一元件221是电阻，第二元件222是电容，反之亦然。又例如第一元件221是电阻，第二元件222是电感，反之亦然。再例如第一元件221是电感，第二元件222是电容，反之亦然。上述第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2中至少一者是可变的，例如阻值可变电阻、容值可变的电容、或电感值可变的电感。当上述第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2中的一者是不可变时，可以用现有的电子元件来设置，例如一般的固定阻值的电阻元件、固定容值的电容元件或固定电感值的电感元件。The first element 221 and the second element 222 may be different electronic elements. For example, the first element 221 is a resistor and the second element 222 is a capacitor, or vice versa. Another example is that the first element 221 is a resistor and the second element 222 is an inductor, or vice versa. Another example is that the first element 221 is an inductor and the second element 222 is a capacitor, or vice versa. At least one of the first impedance Z1 and the second impedance Z2 is variable, such as a variable resistance resistor, a variable capacitance capacitor, or a variable inductor. When one of the first impedance Z1 and the second impedance Z2 is immutable, it can be set using existing electronic elements, such as a general fixed resistance resistor, a fixed capacitance capacitor, or a fixed inductor.
在一实施例中，第一元件221可以是力感测电阻(FSR,force sensing resistor)，其电阻值相应所受到的作用力而产生可预期的变化，而第二元件222可以是固定电阻。在另一实施例中，第一元件221可以是可变电阻。因此，在其他条件相同的情况下，笔尖端230所发出的电信号当中，第一频率f1的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率f2的信号部分的强度M2的比值，将与第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2的比值成反比。换言之，亦即M1/M2＝k(Z2/Z1)。In one embodiment, the first element 221 may be a force sensing resistor (FSR), whose resistance value changes predictably in response to the applied force, and the second element 222 may be a fixed resistor. In another embodiment, the first element 221 may be a variable resistor. Therefore, under the same other conditions, the ratio of the intensity M1 of the signal portion of the first frequency f1 to the intensity M2 of the signal portion of the second frequency f2 in the electrical signal emitted by the pen tip 230 will be inversely proportional to the ratio of the first impedance Z1 to the second impedance Z2. In other words, M1/M2=k(Z2/Z1).
因此，当发信器110悬浮在触控面板120的上方时，笔尖段230尚未有任何位移或受力，所以触控面板120所侦测到的电信号当中，第一频率f1的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率f2的信号部分的强度M2的比值是个固定值或是预设值。或在另一实施例中，(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)或(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)的比值也是个固定值或预设值。除此之外，也可以利用M1/(M1+M2)或是M2/(M1+M2)的比例来表示压力值。在上述的四种比例以外，熟悉该项技艺的普通技术人员也可以想到以任何牵涉到强度M1与M2的比例值来替换。换言之，当侦测到该比例值为该固定值时，则可以判断出该传感器并没有感测到该物理量有任何变化量。在一实施例中，即发信器110并未接触到触控面板120。Therefore, when the transmitter 110 is suspended above the touch panel 120, the pen tip section 230 has not yet been displaced or subjected to any force, so the ratio of the intensity M1 of the signal part of the first frequency f1 to the intensity M2 of the signal part of the second frequency f2 in the electrical signal detected by the touch panel 120 is a fixed value or a preset value. Or in another embodiment, the ratio of (M1-M2)/(M1+M2) or (M2-M1)/(M1+M2) is also a fixed value or a preset value. In addition, the ratio of M1/(M1+M2) or M2/(M1+M2) can also be used to represent the pressure value. In addition to the above four ratios, ordinary technicians familiar with the art can also think of replacing it with any ratio involving the intensity M1 and M2. In other words, when the ratio value is detected to be the fixed value, it can be determined that the sensor has not sensed any change in the physical quantity. In one embodiment, the transmitter 110 does not contact the touch panel 120.
当发信器110接触到触控面板120之后，笔尖段230即因为受力而有位移行程。该第一元件221的第一阻抗Z1即相应于笔尖段230的行程或受力程度而变化，而使得电信号当中第一频率f1的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率f2的信号部分的强度M2的比值产生变化，不同于上述的固定值或预设值。触控面板120即可以利用上述的关系，根据该比值产生相对应的感测值。前述的固定值或预设值并不限于单一数值，亦可以是在误差容忍内的范围。When the transmitter 110 contacts the touch panel 120, the pen tip section 230 has a displacement stroke due to the force. The first impedance Z1 of the first element 221 changes in accordance with the stroke or force level of the pen tip section 230, causing the ratio of the intensity M1 of the signal portion of the first frequency f1 to the intensity M2 of the signal portion of the second frequency f2 in the electrical signal to change, which is different from the above-mentioned fixed value or preset value. The touch panel 120 can use the above-mentioned relationship to generate a corresponding sensing value based on the ratio. The above-mentioned fixed value or preset value is not limited to a single value, but can also be a range within the error tolerance.
需要注意的是，该比值与该感测值未必具有线性的关系。更进一步来说，该感测值与该传感器的位移行程或该传感器的受力程度也未必具有线性的关系。该感测值只是该触控面板120所感测出的一个值，本发明并不限定其关系。比方说，该触控面板120可以利用查找表或多个计算公式从该比值对应至该感测值。It should be noted that the ratio and the sensed value may not necessarily have a linear relationship. Furthermore, the sensed value and the displacement of the sensor or the force applied to the sensor may not necessarily have a linear relationship. The sensed value is only a value sensed by the touch panel 120, and the present invention does not limit the relationship. For example, the touch panel 120 can use a lookup table or multiple calculation formulas to correspond from the ratio to the sensed value.
请参考图3所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。和图2的实施例类似，该发信器110包含第一信号源211、第二信号源212、具有第一电容值C1的第一电容321、具有第二电容值C2的第二电容322、以及笔尖段230。Please refer to FIG3, which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Similar to the embodiment of FIG2, the transmitter 110 includes a first signal source 211, a second signal source 212, a first capacitor 321 with a first capacitance value C1, a second capacitor 322 with a second capacitance value C2, and a pen tip section 230.
两个信号源211与212可以分别是脉冲宽度调变第一信号源(PWM1)与脉冲宽度调变第二信号源(PWM2)。这两个信号源的频率可以相同，也可以不同。该发信器110包含了一个固定电容值C2的第二电容322与一个可变电容值C1的第一电容321，两者分别连接到上述的信号源PWM2 212与PWM1 211。由于电容值C1会随着笔尖段230受到的压力值而改变，因此图3所示的实施例可以包含了一个电容式的力传感器或是力感应电容器(FSC,ForceSensing Capacitor)。在一实施例中，此电容式的力传感器可以利用印刷电路板(PCB)或其他材料来实作。在本申请的稍后将会对力感应电容器的结构进行说明。The two signal sources 211 and 212 can be a pulse width modulation first signal source (PWM1) and a pulse width modulation second signal source (PWM2), respectively. The frequencies of these two signal sources can be the same or different. The transmitter 110 includes a second capacitor 322 with a fixed capacitance value C2 and a first capacitor 321 with a variable capacitance value C1, both of which are connected to the above-mentioned signal sources PWM2 212 and PWM1 211, respectively. Since the capacitance value C1 will change with the pressure value applied to the pen tip segment 230, the embodiment shown in Figure 3 can include a capacitive force sensor or a force sensing capacitor (FSC, Force Sensing Capacitor). In one embodiment, this capacitive force sensor can be implemented using a printed circuit board (PCB) or other materials. The structure of the force sensing capacitor will be described later in this application.
两个信号源的强度比例，和两个电容321与322的阻抗比例成反比。当触控笔的笔尖段230未接触到物体，或者说力传感器未侦测到力的时候，第一电容321的阻抗值不变。两个电容321与322的阻抗比例也就固定不变。当发信器110悬浮在触控面板/屏幕120的上方，其发射的电信号能被侦测到的时候，上述两个信号源的强度比例是固定的。The strength ratio of the two signal sources is inversely proportional to the impedance ratio of the two capacitors 321 and 322. When the tip section 230 of the stylus pen does not touch the object, or the force sensor does not detect the force, the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 remains unchanged. The impedance ratio of the two capacitors 321 and 322 remains fixed. When the transmitter 110 is suspended above the touch panel/screen 120 and the electrical signal it transmits can be detected, the strength ratio of the above two signal sources is fixed.
但是当发信器110的笔尖段230接触到物体，或者说力传感器侦测到力的时候，第一电容321的阻抗随之改变。两个电容321与322的阻抗比例也就跟着改变。当发信器110碰触到触控面板/屏幕120的表面，其发射的电信号能被侦测到的时候，上述两个信号源的强度比例是随着力传感器所受到的力而变化。However, when the pen tip section 230 of the transmitter 110 contacts an object, or the force sensor detects a force, the impedance of the first capacitor 321 changes accordingly. The impedance ratio of the two capacitors 321 and 322 also changes accordingly. When the transmitter 110 touches the surface of the touch panel/screen 120 and the electrical signal it transmits can be detected, the strength ratio of the above two signal sources changes with the force applied to the force sensor.
请参考图4A所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。和图3的实施例相似，该发信器110包含第一信号源211、第二信号源212、具有第一电容值C1的第一电容321、具有第二电容值C2的第二电容322、以及笔尖段230。该发信器110可以包含多个传感器，用于侦测多种状态。在一实施例中，笔尖段230包含了压力传感器，用于侦测触控笔的笔尖受力的状态，并且反映在其所发出的电信号之上。在另一实施例中，发信器110可以包含多个按钮，例如橡皮擦(Eraser)按钮与笔杆(Barrel)按钮。在其他实施例中，发信器110还可以包含一个开关，用于感测笔尖是否接触了触控屏幕或其他物体。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到，发信器110可以包含更多个按钮或其他形式的传感器，并不限于上述的范例。Please refer to FIG. 4A, which is a schematic diagram of the inside of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Similar to the embodiment of FIG. 3, the transmitter 110 includes a first signal source 211, a second signal source 212, a first capacitor 321 having a first capacitance value C1, a second capacitor 322 having a second capacitance value C2, and a pen tip segment 230. The transmitter 110 may include multiple sensors for detecting multiple states. In one embodiment, the pen tip segment 230 includes a pressure sensor for detecting the state of force on the tip of the stylus and reflecting it on the electrical signal it sends. In another embodiment, the transmitter 110 may include multiple buttons, such as an eraser button and a barrel button. In other embodiments, the transmitter 110 may also include a switch for sensing whether the pen tip contacts a touch screen or other objects. Those skilled in the art can understand that the transmitter 110 may include more buttons or other forms of sensors, and is not limited to the above examples.
在图4A的实施例当中，第一电容321并联了另外两个橡皮擦电容441与笔杆电容442，分别连接到上述的橡皮擦(Eraser)按钮与笔杆(Barrel)按钮，亦即开关SWE与SWB。当上述的按钮或开关被按下时，电容441与442就会与第一电容321并联，使得PWM1信号路径上的电容值改变，导致PWM1与PWM2信号路径上的阻抗比例改变，使得两个信号的强度比例随之改变。In the embodiment of FIG4A , the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with two other eraser capacitors 441 and barrel capacitor 442, which are connected to the above-mentioned eraser button and barrel button, i.e., switches SWE and SWB. When the above-mentioned buttons or switches are pressed, capacitors 441 and 442 are connected in parallel with the first capacitor 321, so that the capacitance value on the PWM1 signal path changes, resulting in a change in the impedance ratio on the PWM1 and PWM2 signal paths, so that the strength ratio of the two signals changes accordingly.
由于第一电容321的电容值C1与阻抗值会改变，因此当与橡皮擦电容441与笔杆电容442并联之后，其并联的阻抗值与第二电容322的阻抗值的比例会落在一个范围之内。在图4A所示的实施例中，假设在第一电容321的可变范围内，PWM1/PWM2的信号强度比例落在第一范围。在第一电容321与笔杆电容442并联之后，亦即笔杆按钮被按下之后，PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第二范围。在第一电容321与橡皮擦电容441并联之后，亦即橡皮擦按钮被按下之后，PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第三范围。在第一电容321与笔杆电容442及橡皮擦电容441并联之后，亦即笔杆按钮与橡皮擦按钮同时被按下之后，PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第四范围。可以调整笔杆电容442及橡皮擦电容441的电容值及阻抗值，使得上述的第一范围、第二范围、第三范围、与/或第四范围之间皆不相重叠。由于上述的可能范围之间不相重叠，因此可以从信号强度比例落在哪一个范围，便可得知有哪一个按钮被按下。接着，更从信号强度的比例，回推力传感器的受力程度为何。Since the capacitance C1 and impedance value of the first capacitor 321 will change, after being connected in parallel with the eraser capacitor 441 and the pen capacitor 442, the ratio of its parallel impedance value to the impedance value of the second capacitor 322 will fall within a range. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , it is assumed that within the variable range of the first capacitor 321, the signal strength ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the first range. After the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with the pen capacitor 442, that is, after the pen button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the second range. After the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with the eraser capacitor 441, that is, after the eraser button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the third range. After the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with the pen capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441, that is, after the pen button and the eraser button are pressed at the same time, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the fourth range. The capacitance and impedance of the pen holder capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441 can be adjusted so that the first range, the second range, the third range, and/or the fourth range mentioned above do not overlap. Since the possible ranges mentioned above do not overlap, it is possible to know which button is pressed from the range in which the signal strength ratio falls. Then, the force level of the push force sensor can be determined from the signal strength ratio.
请参考图4B所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。与图4A的实施例相比，在图4B的实施例当中，第二电容322并联了另外两个橡皮擦电容441与笔杆电容442，分别连接到上述的橡皮擦(Eraser)按钮与笔杆(Barrel)按钮，亦即开关SWE与SWB。当上述的按钮或开关被按下时，笔杆电容442及橡皮擦电容441就会与第二电容322并联，导致PWM1与PWM2信号路径上的阻抗比例改变，使得两个信号的强度比例随之改变。Please refer to FIG. 4B , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Compared with the embodiment of FIG. 4A , in the embodiment of FIG. 4B , the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with two other eraser capacitors 441 and a barrel capacitor 442, which are respectively connected to the above-mentioned eraser button and barrel button, that is, switches SWE and SWB. When the above-mentioned button or switch is pressed, the barrel capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441 will be connected in parallel with the second capacitor 322, resulting in a change in the impedance ratio on the PWM1 and PWM2 signal paths, so that the strength ratio of the two signals changes accordingly.
由于第一电容321的电容值C1与阻抗值会改变，因此当第二电容322与橡皮擦电容441与笔杆电容442并联之后，第一电容321与其并联之阻抗值的比例会落在一个范围之内。在图4B所示的实施例中，假设在第一电容321的可变范围内，PWM1/PWM2的信号强度比例落在第一范围。在第二电容322与笔杆电容442并联之后，亦即笔杆按钮被按下之后，PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第五范围。在第二电容322与橡皮擦电容441并联之后，亦即橡皮擦按钮被按下之后，PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第六范围。在第二电容322与笔杆电容442及橡皮擦电容441并联之后，亦即笔杆按钮与橡皮擦按钮同时被按下之后，PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第七范围。Since the capacitance C1 and impedance value of the first capacitor 321 will change, after the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the eraser capacitor 441 and the pen capacitor 442, the ratio of the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 in parallel with it will fall within a range. In the embodiment shown in Figure 4B, it is assumed that within the variable range of the first capacitor 321, the signal strength ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the first range. After the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the pen capacitor 442, that is, after the pen button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the fifth range. After the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the eraser capacitor 441, that is, after the eraser button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the sixth range. After the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the pen capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441, that is, after the pen button and the eraser button are pressed at the same time, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the seventh range.
运用图4A实施例的精神，经由可以调整笔杆电容442及橡皮擦电容441的电容值及阻抗值，使得上述的第一范围、第五范围、第六范围、与第七范围之间皆不相重叠。由于这些范围皆不重叠，可以根据信号强度落在哪一个范围来判断哪一个按钮被按下。据此，可以根据信号强度比例计算力传感器的受力程度为何。By using the spirit of the embodiment of FIG. 4A , the capacitance and impedance of the pen holder capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441 can be adjusted so that the first range, the fifth range, the sixth range, and the seventh range mentioned above do not overlap. Since these ranges do not overlap, it is possible to determine which button is pressed based on which range the signal strength falls into. Accordingly, the degree of force applied to the force sensor can be calculated based on the signal strength ratio.
请参考图5所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。图5实施例可以为图2、图3、图4A与4B实施例的变化型，图5实施例所作的变化，可以应用到上述各图的实施例当中。Please refer to Figure 5, which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The embodiment of Figure 5 can be a variation of the embodiments of Figures 2, 3, 4A and 4B, and the variation made in the embodiment of Figure 5 can be applied to the embodiments of the above-mentioned figures.
与图2的实施例相比，图5的实施例多出了环状电极550与环状电极导线(ringwire)551。图5的环状电极导线551可以通过具有固定电容Cr的环状电容(ring capacitor)523连接到第三信号源513。环状电极550环绕在笔尖段230周围，其电性耦合到环状电极导线551，并且连接到后端的印刷电路板。虽然在本申请当中，称其为环状电极550，但在某些实施例当中，环状电极550可以包含多个电极。本申请并不限定环状电极550的数量，为了方便起见，将其称之为环状电极550。环状电极550与笔尖之间是电性绝缘的，两者并不电性耦合。Compared with the embodiment of FIG2 , the embodiment of FIG5 has an additional ring electrode 550 and a ring electrode wire (ringwire) 551. The ring electrode wire 551 of FIG5 can be connected to the third signal source 513 via a ring capacitor (ring capacitor) 523 having a fixed capacitance Cr. The ring electrode 550 surrounds the pen tip segment 230, is electrically coupled to the ring electrode wire 551, and is connected to the printed circuit board at the rear end. Although it is referred to as a ring electrode 550 in the present application, in some embodiments, the ring electrode 550 may include multiple electrodes. The present application does not limit the number of ring electrodes 550, and for convenience, it is referred to as a ring electrode 550. The ring electrode 550 is electrically insulated from the pen tip, and the two are not electrically coupled.
在图5当中，包含了六个开关Sw1至Sw6。假设要让笔尖段230辐射第一信号源211，则可以将Sw1短路且将Sw2开路。反之，可以将Sw1开路。或者是将Sw1与Sw2同时短路。同样地，假设要让笔尖段230辐射第二信号源212，则可以将Sw3短路且将Sw4开路。反之，可以将Sw3开路。或者是将Sw3与Sw4同时短路。假设要让环状电极550辐射第三信号源513，则可以将Sw5短路且将Sw6开路。反之，可以将Sw5开路。或者是将Sw5与Sw6同时短路。FIG5 includes six switches Sw1 to Sw6. Assuming that the pen tip segment 230 is to radiate the first signal source 211, Sw1 can be short-circuited and Sw2 can be open-circuited. On the contrary, Sw1 can be open-circuited. Or Sw1 and Sw2 can be short-circuited at the same time. Similarly, assuming that the pen tip segment 230 is to radiate the second signal source 212, Sw3 can be short-circuited and Sw4 can be open-circuited. On the contrary, Sw3 can be open-circuited. Or Sw3 and Sw4 can be short-circuited at the same time. Assuming that the annular electrode 550 is to radiate the third signal source 513, Sw5 can be short-circuited and Sw6 can be open-circuited. On the contrary, Sw5 can be open-circuited. Or Sw5 and Sw6 can be short-circuited at the same time.
上述的第一信号源211与第二信号源212可以包含不同频率的信号，也可以是包含多个不同频率组的信号。同样地，图5的第三信号源513也可以包含与第一信号源211及第二信号源212不同频率的信号，也可以包含与第一信号源211及第二信号源212不同频率组的信号。类似地，上述的第一信号源211及第二信号源212可以包含脉冲宽度调变(PWM)的信号。这两个信号源211与212的频率可以相同，也可以不同。类似地，图5的第三信号源513也可以包含脉冲宽度调变(PWM)的信号。这三个信号源的频率可以相同，也可以不同。The first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 mentioned above may include signals of different frequencies, or may include signals of multiple different frequency groups. Similarly, the third signal source 513 of FIG5 may also include signals of different frequencies from the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212, or may include signals of different frequency groups from the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212. Similarly, the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 mentioned above may include pulse width modulated (PWM) signals. The frequencies of these two signal sources 211 and 212 may be the same or different. Similarly, the third signal source 513 of FIG5 may also include pulse width modulated (PWM) signals. The frequencies of these three signal sources may be the same or different.
请参考图6所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的触控装置判断发信器或主动触控笔笔尖感测值方法的流程示意图。该方法可以由图1实施例当中的触控处理装置130来执行。该触控处理装置130连接触控面板120上的多个第一电极121与多个第二电极122，用于侦测发信器110的笔尖段230所发出的电信号。该触控处理装置130可以根据上述多个第一电极121与多个第二电极122所个别接收的信号强度，判断该发信器110与该触控面板120的相对位置。除此之外，图6所示的方法可以用于判断发信器110的力感测值。在一实施例中，该力感测值为笔尖段230所受的压力值。Please refer to FIG6 , which is a flow chart of a method for a touch device to determine a sensing value of a transmitter or an active stylus tip according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method can be executed by the touch processing device 130 in the embodiment of FIG1 . The touch processing device 130 is connected to a plurality of first electrodes 121 and a plurality of second electrodes 122 on the touch panel 120 to detect the electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment 230 of the transmitter 110 . The touch processing device 130 can determine the relative position of the transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120 based on the signal strengths received individually by the plurality of first electrodes 121 and the plurality of second electrodes 122 . In addition, the method shown in FIG6 can be used to determine the force sensing value of the transmitter 110 . In one embodiment, the force sensing value is the pressure value received by the pen tip segment 230 .
图6的实施例可以相应于图2到图5的实施例，前两个步骤610与620分别是计算出相应于第一信号源211与第二信号源212的信号强度M1与M2。这两个步骤610与620可以不分先后进行，或是同时进行。当第一信号源211发出的电信号具有第一频率f1以及第二信号源212发出的电信号具有第二频率f2时，上述的信号强度M1相应于第一频率f1的信号的强度，上述的信号强度M2相应于第二频率f2的信号的强度。当第一信号源211发出的电信号具有第一频率群组F1以及第二信号源212发出的电信号具有第二频率群组F2时，上述的信号强度M1相应于第一频率群组F1内各频率信号的总强度，上述的信号强度M2相应于第二频率群组F2内各频率信号的总强度。如前所述，这里所谓的频率，也可以是脉冲宽度调变的频率。The embodiment of FIG. 6 may correspond to the embodiments of FIG. 2 to FIG. 5 , and the first two steps 610 and 620 are to calculate the signal strengths M1 and M2 corresponding to the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212, respectively. The two steps 610 and 620 may be performed in no particular order or simultaneously. When the electrical signal emitted by the first signal source 211 has a first frequency f1 and the electrical signal emitted by the second signal source 212 has a second frequency f2, the above-mentioned signal strength M1 corresponds to the strength of the signal of the first frequency f1, and the above-mentioned signal strength M2 corresponds to the strength of the signal of the second frequency f2. When the electrical signal emitted by the first signal source 211 has a first frequency group F1 and the electrical signal emitted by the second signal source 212 has a second frequency group F2, the above-mentioned signal strength M1 corresponds to the total strength of the frequency signals in the first frequency group F1, and the above-mentioned signal strength M2 corresponds to the total strength of the frequency signals in the second frequency group F2. As mentioned above, the so-called frequency here may also be the frequency of pulse width modulation.
然后，在步骤630当中，根据M1与M2计算比例值。此比例值已经在上述举出五个范例，比方说是M1/M2、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)、M1/(M1+M2)或是M2/(M1+M2)。在上述的五种比例以外，熟悉该项技艺的普通技术人员也可以想到以任何牵涉到强度M1与M2的比例值来替换。接着执行步骤640，根据此比例值判断是否为预设值或落在预设范围内。如果判断结果为真，则执行步骤650，认为发信器110是悬浮且未接触触控面板120。否则，执行步骤660，根据该比例值计算笔尖段230的感测值。该感测值可以和受力程度与/或行程相关，也可以不和受力程度与/或行程相关。计算感测值的步骤可以使用查表法、直线内插法，二次曲线法来计算，端赖比例值与感测值的对应关系如何。Then, in step 630, a ratio value is calculated based on M1 and M2. Five examples of this ratio value have been given above, such as M1/M2, (M1-M2)/(M1+M2), (M2-M1)/(M1+M2), M1/(M1+M2) or M2/(M1+M2). In addition to the above five ratios, ordinary technicians familiar with the art can also think of replacing them with any ratio value involving the strengths M1 and M2. Then, step 640 is executed to determine whether it is a preset value or falls within a preset range based on this ratio value. If the judgment result is true, step 650 is executed to deem that the transmitter 110 is suspended and not in contact with the touch panel 120. Otherwise, step 660 is executed to calculate the sensing value of the pen tip segment 230 based on the ratio value. The sensing value may be related to the degree of force and/or stroke, or may not be related to the degree of force and/or stroke. The step of calculating the sensing value can be calculated using a table lookup method, a linear interpolation method, or a quadratic curve method, depending on the corresponding relationship between the proportional value and the sensing value.
当图6的实施例适用于图4A与图4B的实施例中，可以在步骤660执行额外的步骤。比方说，当适用于图4A的实施例时，可以判断步骤630所计算出的比例值，是落在上述的第一范围、第二范围、第三范围、或第四范围之内。据此，除了可以得知笔尖段230的感测值外，还可以推知笔杆按钮与/或橡皮擦按钮是否被按下。类似的，当用于图4B的实施例时，可以判断步骤630所计算出的比例值，是落在上述的第一范围、第五范围、第六范围、或第七范围之内。据此，除了可以得知笔尖段230的感测值外，还可以推知笔杆按钮与/或橡皮擦按钮是否被按下。When the embodiment of FIG. 6 is applicable to the embodiments of FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B , additional steps may be performed in step 660. For example, when applicable to the embodiment of FIG. 4A , it may be determined whether the ratio value calculated in step 630 falls within the first range, the second range, the third range, or the fourth range mentioned above. Accordingly, in addition to knowing the sensing value of the pen tip segment 230, it may also be inferred whether the pen barrel button and/or the eraser button is pressed. Similarly, when applied to the embodiment of FIG. 4B , it may be determined whether the ratio value calculated in step 630 falls within the first range, the fifth range, the sixth range, or the seventh range mentioned above. Accordingly, in addition to knowing the sensing value of the pen tip segment 230, it may also be inferred whether the pen barrel button and/or the eraser button is pressed.
在本发明的一实施例中，发信器110内的控制器或电路无需判断笔尖段230受力的程度，单纯地只凭笔尖段230受力而改变上述第一元件221的第一阻抗Z1与第二元件222的第二阻抗Z2中的一个或两个，使得传送出去的第一频率f1或第一频率群组F1信号强度与第二频率f2与第二频率群组F2信号强度的一个或两个改变。相对地，电信号经由触控面板120被接收时，依据解调变后的电信号当中第一频率f1或第一频率群组F1的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率f2与第二频率群组F2的信号部分的强度M2的比值，可判断出笔尖段230受力的程度。In one embodiment of the present invention, the controller or circuit in the transmitter 110 does not need to determine the degree of force applied to the pen tip segment 230. It simply changes one or both of the first impedance Z1 of the first element 221 and the second impedance Z2 of the second element 222 according to the force applied to the pen tip segment 230, so that one or both of the transmitted signal strength of the first frequency f1 or the first frequency group F1 and the signal strength of the second frequency f2 and the second frequency group F2 are changed. In contrast, when the electrical signal is received via the touch panel 120, the degree of force applied to the pen tip segment 230 can be determined based on the ratio of the strength M1 of the signal portion of the first frequency f1 or the first frequency group F1 to the strength M2 of the signal portion of the second frequency f2 and the second frequency group F2 in the demodulated electrical signal.
请参考图7A所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。和图2至图5的实施例相比，图7A的实施例同样包含具有第一阻抗Z1的第一元件221、具有第二阻抗Z2的第二元件222、以及笔尖段230。上述的第一元件221与第二元件222可以是电阻元件、电感元件、电容元件(如固态电容)或其任意组合所造成的电子元件。在图7A所示的实施例中，第二阻抗Z2可以是固定不变的，第一阻抗Z1是可变的，而且相应于某一传感器的变化量，比方说笔尖段230的受力情况。图7A实施例的第一元件221与第二元件222可以套用图2至图5的各个实施例，在此不再详述。Please refer to FIG. 7A, which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Compared with the embodiments of FIG. 2 to FIG. 5, the embodiment of FIG. 7A also includes a first element 221 having a first impedance Z1, a second element 222 having a second impedance Z2, and a pen tip segment 230. The above-mentioned first element 221 and second element 222 can be electronic components formed by resistor elements, inductor elements, capacitor elements (such as solid capacitors) or any combination thereof. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A, the second impedance Z2 can be fixed, the first impedance Z1 is variable, and corresponds to the change in a certain sensor, such as the force condition of the pen tip segment 230. The first element 221 and the second element 222 of the embodiment of FIG. 7A can be applied to each embodiment of FIG. 2 to FIG. 5, and will not be described in detail here.
相较于前述实施例来说，图7A实施例的不同处在于，还包含单一信号源714，用于馈送电信号到上述的第一元件221与第二元件222。还包含控制单元760，用于量测上述电信号通过第一元件221与第二元件222之后所分别输出的第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2。控制单元760还可以据此计算比例值。该比例值可以是I1/(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、I1/I2、I2/I1、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)、或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)等。本领域的普通技术人员可以推知其他利用电流值I1与I2所计算的其他种类的比例值。Compared with the above-mentioned embodiment, the difference of the embodiment of FIG. 7A is that it also includes a single signal source 714 for feeding an electrical signal to the first element 221 and the second element 222. It also includes a control unit 760 for measuring the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 outputted by the electrical signal after passing through the first element 221 and the second element 222, respectively. The control unit 760 can also calculate a proportional value based on this. The proportional value can be I1/(I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), I1/I2, I2/I1, (I1-I2)/(I1+I2), or (I2-I1)/(I1+I2), etc. A person skilled in the art can infer other types of proportional values calculated using the current values I1 and I2.
计算出来之后的比例值，可以用来推估该笔尖段230的受力情况。控制单元760可以将第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2所衍生计算出来的数据，通过发信器无线通信单元770发出。该主机140可以从主机无线通信单元780接收上述的数据，得知该笔尖段230的受力情况。The calculated ratio value can be used to estimate the force applied to the pen tip segment 230. The control unit 760 can send the data derived from the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 through the transmitter wireless communication unit 770. The host 140 can receive the above data from the host wireless communication unit 780 to learn the force applied to the pen tip segment 230.
请参考图7B所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。其与图7A实施例的不同之处，在于控制单元760可以将第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2所衍生计算出来的数据，通过发信器有线通信单元771发出。该主机140可以从主机有线通信单元781接收上述的数据，得知该笔尖段230的受力情况。Please refer to FIG. 7B , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The difference between the embodiment of FIG. 7A and the embodiment of FIG. 7B is that the control unit 760 can send the data derived from the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 through the transmitter wired communication unit 771. The host 140 can receive the above data from the host wired communication unit 781 to learn the force condition of the pen tip segment 230.
请参考图7C所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。其与图7B实施例的不同之处，在于发信器110不再包含上述的单一信号源714，而是直接利用发信器有线通信单元771所得来的电信号作为信号源。由于发信器有线通信单元771与主机有线通信单元781相连接，上述的电信号可以使用主机140的电力。Please refer to FIG. 7C, which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The difference between the transmitter 110 and the embodiment of FIG. 7B is that the transmitter 110 no longer includes the above-mentioned single signal source 714, but directly uses the electrical signal obtained by the transmitter wired communication unit 771 as the signal source. Since the transmitter wired communication unit 771 is connected to the host wired communication unit 781, the above-mentioned electrical signal can use the power of the host 140.
请参考图7D所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。其与图7A实施例的不同之处，在于发信器110不再包含上述的单一信号源714，而是直接利用笔尖段230与触控面板120近接时，从触控面板120上的第一电极121与/或第二电极122所获得的信号作为信号源。Please refer to FIG7D, which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The difference between the transmitter 110 and the embodiment of FIG7A is that the transmitter 110 no longer includes the single signal source 714 mentioned above, but directly uses the signal obtained from the first electrode 121 and/or the second electrode 122 on the touch panel 120 when the pen tip section 230 is in close contact with the touch panel 120 as the signal source.
值得一提的是，图7A至7D的实施例可以套用图3实施例的变化，第一元件221可以是上述的第一电容321，第二元件222可以是上述的第二电容322。图7A至图7D的实施例可以套用图4A与图4B图实施例的变化，上述的第一元件221可以与其他开关相应的元件进行并联，或者是上述的第二元件222可以与其他开关相应的元件进行并联，使得控制单元760可以根据所计算出的比例值所落入的范围，得知那些开关的状态。It is worth mentioning that the embodiment of Figures 7A to 7D can be applied to the variation of the embodiment of Figure 3, the first element 221 can be the above-mentioned first capacitor 321, and the second element 222 can be the above-mentioned second capacitor 322. The embodiment of Figures 7A to 7D can be applied to the variation of the embodiment of Figures 4A and 4B, the above-mentioned first element 221 can be connected in parallel with the elements corresponding to other switches, or the above-mentioned second element 222 can be connected in parallel with the elements corresponding to other switches, so that the control unit 760 can know the states of those switches according to the range in which the calculated ratio value falls.
请参考图8所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的触控装置判断发信器笔尖感测值方法的流程示意图。图8实施例为类似于图6实施例的一种侦测感测值的方法。图6是用于计算相应于第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的信号强度M1与M2，再利用两者的比例值来计算感测值。而图8的实施例适用于只馈入单一信号源的实施例，利用计算相应于第一元件221与第二元件222的第一电流量I1与第二电流量I2，再利用两者的比例值来计算感测值。Please refer to FIG8 , which is a flow chart of a method for determining the sensing value of the pen tip of the transmitter by a touch device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The embodiment of FIG8 is a method for detecting sensing values similar to the embodiment of FIG6 . FIG6 is used to calculate the signal strengths M1 and M2 corresponding to the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group), and then use the ratio of the two to calculate the sensing value. The embodiment of FIG8 is applicable to an embodiment in which only a single signal source is fed, and the first current I1 and the second current I2 corresponding to the first element 221 and the second element 222 are calculated, and then the ratio of the two is used to calculate the sensing value.
该方法可以由于图7A至图7D实施例当中的控制单元760来执行。前两个步骤810与820分别是计算出相应于第一元件221与第二元件222的第一电流量I1与第二电流量I2。这两个步骤810与820可以不分先后进行，或是同时进行。然后，在步骤830当中，根据I1与I2计算比例值。此比例值已经在上述举出几个范例，比方说是I1/(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、I1/I2、I2/I1、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)、或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)等。接着执行步骤840，根据此比例值判断是否为预设值或落在预设范围内。如果判断结果为真，则执行步骤850，认为发信器110是悬浮且未接触触控面板120。否则，执行步骤860，根据该比例值计算笔尖段230的感测值。该感测值可以和受力程度与/或行程相关，也可以不和受力程度与/或行程相关。计算感测值的步骤可以使用查表法、直线内插法，二次曲线法来计算，端赖比例值与感测值的对应关系如何。The method can be performed by the control unit 760 in the embodiments of Figures 7A to 7D. The first two steps 810 and 820 are to calculate the first current I1 and the second current I2 corresponding to the first element 221 and the second element 222 respectively. These two steps 810 and 820 can be performed in no particular order or simultaneously. Then, in step 830, a proportional value is calculated based on I1 and I2. Several examples of this proportional value have been given above, such as I1/(I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), I1/I2, I2/I1, (I1-I2)/(I1+I2), or (I2-I1)/(I1+I2), etc. Then, step 840 is executed to determine whether it is a preset value or falls within a preset range based on this proportional value. If the judgment result is true, step 850 is executed to deem that the transmitter 110 is suspended and does not contact the touch panel 120. Otherwise, step 860 is executed to calculate the sensing value of the pen tip segment 230 according to the ratio value. The sensing value may be related to the force degree and/or the stroke, or may not be related to the force degree and/or the stroke. The step of calculating the sensing value may be calculated using a table lookup method, a linear interpolation method, or a quadratic curve method, depending on the corresponding relationship between the ratio value and the sensing value.
在某些实施例中，当第一元件221或第二元件222与其他的开关相应的元件并联时，如图4A与图4B的实施例，可以在步骤860执行额外的步骤。比方说，当适用于图4A的实施例时，可以判断步骤830所计算出的比例值，是落在上述的第一范围、第二范围、第三范围、或第四范围之内。据此，除了可以得知笔尖段230的感测值外，还可以推知笔杆按钮与/或橡皮擦按钮是否被按下。类似的，当用于图4B的实施例时，可以判断步骤830所计算出的比例值，是落在上述的第一范围、第五范围、第六范围、或第七范围之内。据此，除了可以得知笔尖段230的感测值外，还可以推知笔杆按钮与/或橡皮擦按钮是否被按下。In some embodiments, when the first element 221 or the second element 222 is connected in parallel with other switch corresponding elements, such as the embodiments of FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B , additional steps may be performed in step 860. For example, when applicable to the embodiment of FIG. 4A , it may be determined whether the ratio value calculated in step 830 falls within the first range, the second range, the third range, or the fourth range mentioned above. Accordingly, in addition to knowing the sensing value of the pen tip segment 230, it may also be inferred whether the pen barrel button and/or the eraser button is pressed. Similarly, when used in the embodiment of FIG. 4B , it may be determined whether the ratio value calculated in step 830 falls within the first range, the fifth range, the sixth range, or the seventh range mentioned above. Accordingly, in addition to knowing the sensing value of the pen tip segment 230, it may also be inferred whether the pen barrel button and/or the eraser button is pressed.
请参考图9A所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。图9A的实施例可以适用于图2至图5的发信器110。图9A的横轴为时间轴，先后顺序为由左至右。如图9A所示，在触控面板/屏幕120发出灯塔信号之前，可以包含可选的噪讯侦测期间。该噪讯侦测期间所侦测的噪讯可能来自于触控面板/屏幕及其所在的电子系统或背景环境。触控面板/屏幕120与触控处理装置130可以侦测噪讯信号所包含的一种或多种频率。关于噪讯侦测的部分，将于稍后加以解说。Please refer to FIG. 9A, which is a timing diagram of the signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The embodiment of FIG. 9A can be applicable to the transmitter 110 of FIG. 2 to FIG. 5. The horizontal axis of FIG. 9A is the time axis, and the order is from left to right. As shown in FIG. 9A, before the touch panel/screen 120 sends a beacon signal, an optional noise detection period may be included. The noise detected during the noise detection period may come from the touch panel/screen and the electronic system or background environment in which it is located. The touch panel/screen 120 and the touch processing device 130 can detect one or more frequencies contained in the noise signal. The part about noise detection will be explained later.
在一实施例中，触控面板/屏幕120会发出灯塔信号，发信器110包含了可以侦测灯塔信号的解调变器。请参考图29所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的侦测灯塔信号系统的方框示意图。该侦测灯塔信号系统2900包含接收电极2910、侦测模块2920、与解调变器2930。在一实施例中，该接收电极2910可以是上述的环状电极550，也可以是上述的笔尖段230，或是其他的电极。该接收电极2910将接收到的信号送到后续的侦测模块2910。In one embodiment, the touch panel/screen 120 emits a beacon signal, and the transmitter 110 includes a demodulator that can detect the beacon signal. Please refer to FIG. 29, which is a block diagram of a beacon signal detection system according to one embodiment of the present invention. The beacon signal detection system 2900 includes a receiving electrode 2910, a detection module 2920, and a demodulator 2930. In one embodiment, the receiving electrode 2910 can be the above-mentioned annular electrode 550, or the above-mentioned pen tip segment 230, or other electrodes. The receiving electrode 2910 sends the received signal to the subsequent detection module 2910.
该侦测模块2910包含模拟前端2911与比较器2912。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到模拟前端所做的事情，在此不加详述。在本实施例中，该模拟前端2911可以包含输出表示该信号强度的电压值。该比较器2912用于比较参考电压Vref与表示接收信号强度的电压信号。当该电压信号高于该参考电压时，表示收到够强的信号，因此比较器2912输出激活信号或致能信号到该解调变器2930。该解调变器2930就可以针对接收信号进行解调变，以便得知接收信号当中是否包含灯塔信号的频率。当该电压信号低于该参考电压时，则比较器2912可以输出关闭信号到该解调变器2930，该解调变器2930就停止对该接收信号进行解调变。The detection module 2910 includes an analog front end 2911 and a comparator 2912. Those skilled in the art can understand what the analog front end does, so it will not be described in detail here. In this embodiment, the analog front end 2911 may include a voltage value that outputs the signal strength. The comparator 2912 is used to compare the reference voltage Vref with the voltage signal that represents the received signal strength. When the voltage signal is higher than the reference voltage, it means that a strong enough signal is received, so the comparator 2912 outputs an activation signal or an enable signal to the demodulator 2930. The demodulator 2930 can demodulate the received signal to find out whether the received signal contains the frequency of the lighthouse signal. When the voltage signal is lower than the reference voltage, the comparator 2912 can output a shutdown signal to the demodulator 2930, and the demodulator 2930 stops demodulating the received signal.
当该发信器110在一段时间未收到灯塔信号时，可以切换到睡眠模式，关闭上述的解调变器2930，以便节省电力消耗。然而，由于侦测模块2920所耗的电力较少，在睡眠模式下可以持续侦测所接收的信号强度是否超过预定值。当超过预定值时，可以从睡眠模式转换为较不省电的节能模式，激活该解调变器2930进行解调变。在此同时，该发信器110的其余部分仍处于关闭状态。假设该解调变器2930认为所接收的信号并未包含灯塔信号，则经过一段时间后，可以关闭该解调变器2930，由节能模式进入较省电的睡眠模式。反之，当该解调变器2930认为所接收的信号包含灯塔信号，则该解调变器2930可以唤醒该发信器110的其他部分，使该发信器110由节能模式转换成正常工作模式。When the transmitter 110 does not receive a beacon signal for a period of time, it can switch to sleep mode and turn off the above-mentioned demodulator 2930 to save power consumption. However, since the detection module 2920 consumes less power, it can continue to detect whether the received signal strength exceeds a predetermined value in sleep mode. When it exceeds the predetermined value, it can be converted from sleep mode to a less power-saving energy-saving mode, activating the demodulator 2930 for demodulation. At the same time, the rest of the transmitter 110 is still in a closed state. Assuming that the demodulator 2930 believes that the received signal does not contain a beacon signal, after a period of time, the demodulator 2930 can be turned off and the energy-saving mode can enter the more power-saving sleep mode. Conversely, when the demodulator 2930 believes that the received signal contains a beacon signal, the demodulator 2930 can wake up other parts of the transmitter 110, so that the transmitter 110 is converted from the energy-saving mode to the normal working mode.
现在回到图9A的实施例，在经过L0长度的延迟时间之后，发信器110分别在T0时段与T1时段发出电信号。这两个时段T0与T1之间，可能还包含有L1长度的延迟时间。而这两个时段T0与T1可以是等长，也可以是不等长。T0与T1可以合称为信号框(frame)。触控处理装置130会在这两个时段T0与T1当中侦测发信器110发出的电信号。接着，经过可选的L2长度的延迟时间之后，触控处理装置130进行可选的其他模式的侦测步骤，例如先前提到的电容式侦测模式，用于侦测非主动笔或手指。Now returning to the embodiment of Figure 9A, after a delay time of length L0, the transmitter 110 sends out electrical signals in time periods T0 and T1 respectively. There may also be a delay time of length L1 between these two time periods T0 and T1. These two time periods T0 and T1 may be of equal length or of unequal length. T0 and T1 may be collectively referred to as a signal frame. The touch processing device 130 detects the electrical signal sent by the transmitter 110 in these two time periods T0 and T1. Then, after an optional delay time of length L2, the touch processing device 130 performs optional detection steps of other modes, such as the capacitive detection mode mentioned previously, for detecting non-active pens or fingers.
本发明并不限定上述的延迟时间L0、L1、L2的长度，这三者可以为零，或是任意的时间长度。这三者的长度可以有关系，也可以没有任何关系。在一实施例当中，图9A所示的各个时段当中，只有信号框当中的T0与T1时段是必要的，其他的时段或步骤都是可选的。The present invention does not limit the lengths of the delay times L0, L1, and L2, which can be zero or any length of time. The lengths of the three can be related or unrelated. In one embodiment, among the time periods shown in FIG. 9A, only the T0 and T1 time periods in the signal frame are necessary, and the other time periods or steps are optional.
表一Table I
请参考表一，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的电信号的调变示意图。在表一当中，该发信器110为悬浮状态，亦即力传感器没有感受到任何压力。由于发信器110的笔尖段230并未接触到触控面板/屏幕120，为了增强信号起见，因此在表一的实施例当中，第一信号源211与第二信号源212在同一个时段当中，均产生相同的频率群组Fx。比方说，在笔杆按钮被按下的状态中，T0时段内，第一信号源211与第二信号源212均发射频率群组F0，而在T1时段内，第一信号源211与第二信号源212均发射频率群组F1。当触控处理装置130在T0时段内侦测到频率群组F0，在T1时段内侦测到频率群组F1时，就可以推知处于悬浮状态的发信器110的笔杆按钮被按下了。Please refer to Table 1, which is a modulation diagram of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In Table 1, the transmitter 110 is in a suspended state, that is, the force sensor does not feel any pressure. Since the pen tip section 230 of the transmitter 110 does not contact the touch panel/screen 120, in order to enhance the signal, in the embodiment of Table 1, the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 both generate the same frequency group Fx in the same time period. For example, in the state where the pen button is pressed, in the T0 period, the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 both transmit the frequency group F0, and in the T1 period, the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 both transmit the frequency group F1. When the touch processing device 130 detects the frequency group F0 in the T0 period and the frequency group F1 in the T1 period, it can be inferred that the pen button of the transmitter 110 in the suspended state is pressed.
前述的频率群组Fx包含至少一种频率的信号，彼此之间可以互换。比方说，频率群组F0可以包含f0与f3频率，频率群组F1可以包含f1与f4频率，频率群组F2可以包含f2与f5频率等。无论是接收到f0频率或f3频率，触控处理装置130都会视为接收到频率群组F0。The aforementioned frequency group Fx includes signals of at least one frequency, which can be interchanged with each other. For example, frequency group F0 can include frequencies f0 and f3, frequency group F1 can include frequencies f1 and f4, frequency group F2 can include frequencies f2 and f5, etc. Regardless of whether frequency f0 or frequency f3 is received, the touch processing device 130 will regard it as receiving frequency group F0.
在另一实施例中，在悬浮状态中的发信器110未必需要两个信号源211与212都发出相同频率群组的信号。本发明并不限定表一作为唯一的实施例。除此之外，发信器110也可以包含更多个按钮或传感器，本发明并不限定只有两个按钮。In another embodiment, the transmitter 110 in the suspended state does not necessarily need the two signal sources 211 and 212 to both send signals of the same frequency group. The present invention is not limited to Table 1 as the only embodiment. In addition, the transmitter 110 may also include more buttons or sensors, and the present invention is not limited to only two buttons.
表二Table II
请参考表二，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的电信号的调变示意图。在表二当中，该发信器110的笔尖段230为接触状态，亦即力传感器感受到了压力。Please refer to Table 2, which is a schematic diagram of modulation of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In Table 2, the pen tip section 230 of the transmitter 110 is in contact state, that is, the force sensor senses pressure.
在图4A所示的实施例里，以下是笔杆按钮SWB被按下的情况。在T0时段当中，第一信号源211的信号源被接地，第二信号源212发出频率群组F0，因此发信器110的电信号在T0时段当中只有第二信号源212发出的频率群组F0。在T1时段当中，第二信号源212的信号源被接地，第一信号源211发出频率群组F1。也由于第一电容321的阻抗值在接触时改变了，可以根据T0与T1时段所分别收到的F0与F1信号的强度比例来计算出笔尖段230的受力程度。除此之外，由于触控处理装置130在T0时段内侦测到F0信号，在T1时段内侦测到F1信号，就可以推知笔杆按钮被按下。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , the following is the situation where the pen button SWB is pressed. During the T0 period, the signal source of the first signal source 211 is grounded, and the second signal source 212 sends out the frequency group F0. Therefore, the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 during the T0 period only has the frequency group F0 sent out by the second signal source 212. During the T1 period, the signal source of the second signal source 212 is grounded, and the first signal source 211 sends out the frequency group F1. Also, since the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 changes when contact is made, the degree of force applied to the pen tip segment 230 can be calculated based on the intensity ratio of the F0 and F1 signals received during the T0 and T1 periods, respectively. In addition, since the touch processing device 130 detects the F0 signal during the T0 period and the F1 signal during the T1 period, it can be inferred that the pen button is pressed.
在图4A所示的实施例里，以下是笔杆按钮SWB被按下的情况。在T0时段当中，第一信号源211的信号源被接地，第二信号源212发出频率群组F0，而第二电容322与笔杆电容442并联起来。虽然发信器110的电信号在T0时段当中只有第二信号源212发出的频率群组F0，但它的信号强度不同于笔杆按钮SWB未被按下的情况。在T1时段当中，第二信号源212的信号源被接地，第一信号源211发出频率群组F1，也由于第一电容321的阻抗值在接触时改变了，可以根据T0与T1时段所分别收到的F0与F1信号的强度比例来计算出触控笔的受力。除此之外，由于触控处理装置130在T0时段内侦测到F0信号，在T1时段内侦测到F1信号，就可以推知笔杆按钮被按下。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , the following is the case where the pen button SWB is pressed. During the T0 period, the signal source of the first signal source 211 is grounded, the second signal source 212 sends out the frequency group F0, and the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the pen capacitor 442. Although the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 only has the frequency group F0 sent out by the second signal source 212 during the T0 period, its signal strength is different from the case where the pen button SWB is not pressed. During the T1 period, the signal source of the second signal source 212 is grounded, and the first signal source 211 sends out the frequency group F1. Also, since the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 changes during contact, the force applied to the stylus can be calculated based on the strength ratio of the F0 and F1 signals received during the T0 and T1 periods, respectively. In addition, since the touch processing device 130 detects the F0 signal during the T0 period and the F1 signal during the T1 period, it can be inferred that the pen button is pressed.
表三Table 3
请参考表三，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的电信号的调变示意图。在此实施例中，可以根据频率群组来得知哪些按钮被按下。Please refer to Table 3, which is a schematic diagram of modulation of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, it is possible to know which buttons are pressed based on the frequency groups.
表四Table 4
请参考表四，其为其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的电信号的调变示意图。在此实施例中，可以根据频率群组来得知那些按钮被按下，还依赖T0与T1时段所接收的信号强度比例，来推算触控笔尖的受力程度。Please refer to Table 4, which is a modulation diagram of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, it is possible to know which buttons are pressed based on the frequency group, and to calculate the force applied to the stylus tip based on the ratio of the signal strength received during the T0 and T1 periods.
请参考图9B所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。其为图9A实施例的另一变形。图9B和图9A的差异在于，T1时段之后进行了噪讯侦测的步骤。接着，再执行其他模式的侦测。Please refer to FIG. 9B, which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is another variation of the embodiment of FIG. 9A. The difference between FIG. 9B and FIG. 9A is that the step of noise detection is performed after the T1 period. Then, the detection of other modes is performed.
请参考图9C所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。图9C的信号调变可以适用于图5所示的发信器110，加入环状电极550的另一个功能，就是加强主动笔悬浮时的信号强度，以利触控面板侦测主动笔的悬浮范围。Please refer to FIG9C, which is a timing diagram of the signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The signal modulation of FIG9C can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG5. Another function of adding the ring electrode 550 is to enhance the signal strength when the active pen is suspended, so as to facilitate the touch panel to detect the suspension range of the active pen.
图9C的信号调变为发信器110处于悬浮状态时所发出信号。在此状态下，发信器110发出信号的信号框内只包含单一个R时段。在此R时段内，环状电极550与笔尖段230可以同时发出电信号。在一实施例中，这些电信号可以来自同一信号源，具有相同的频率与/或调变方式。比方说，环状电极与笔尖全部发出第三信号源513的电信号。又比方说，环状电极550与笔尖段230可以共同地依序发出第一、第二、与第三信号源的电信号，以便分别利用各个信号源的最大功率。触控处理装置130在R时段当中，只需要侦测到环状电极550所发出的电信号，就可以得知发信器110正悬浮在触控面板120的某个位置上。如果环状电极550与笔尖段230所发出的电信号来自相同信号源，或具有相同的频率群组，其信号强度会是最大，如此可使触控面板侦测触控笔的悬浮范围达到最大。在另一实施例当中的R时段之内，也可以只通过环状电极550发出电信号。The signal modulation of Figure 9C is the signal sent when the transmitter 110 is in a suspended state. In this state, the signal frame of the signal sent by the transmitter 110 only includes a single R period. During this R period, the annular electrode 550 and the pen tip segment 230 can send electrical signals at the same time. In one embodiment, these electrical signals can come from the same signal source and have the same frequency and/or modulation method. For example, the annular electrode and the pen tip all send electrical signals from the third signal source 513. For another example, the annular electrode 550 and the pen tip segment 230 can jointly send electrical signals from the first, second, and third signal sources in sequence so as to utilize the maximum power of each signal source respectively. During the R period, the touch processing device 130 only needs to detect the electrical signal sent by the annular electrode 550 to know that the transmitter 110 is suspended at a certain position of the touch panel 120. If the electrical signals emitted by the annular electrode 550 and the pen tip segment 230 come from the same signal source or have the same frequency group, the signal strength will be the maximum, so that the touch panel can detect the maximum range of the stylus pen. In another embodiment, the electrical signal can be emitted only by the annular electrode 550 during the R period.
请参考图9D所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。图9D的信号调变可以适用于图5所示的发信器110。在图9C当中，在R时段之后包含一个延迟时间或空白时段L1，之后触控面板再进行其他形式的侦测。图9D的实施例与图9C的相比，L1时段的时间变长了。图9D与图9E的实施例相比，L1时段的长度等于图9E的L1时段、T0时段、L2时段、T1时段、以及T3时段的总和。因此，如果图9D的触控处理装置130在固定长度的L1时段内侦测不到任何电信号，则可以得知发信器110处于悬浮状态。Please refer to FIG. 9D , which is a timing diagram of the signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The signal modulation of FIG. 9D can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG. 5 . In FIG. 9C , a delay time or a blank period L1 is included after the R period, after which the touch panel performs other forms of detection. Compared with the embodiment of FIG. 9C , the L1 period of the embodiment of FIG. 9D is longer. Compared with the embodiment of FIG. 9E , the length of the L1 period of FIG. 9D is equal to the sum of the L1 period, T0 period, L2 period, T1 period, and T3 period of FIG. 9E . Therefore, if the touch processing device 130 of FIG. 9D does not detect any electrical signal within the L1 period of a fixed length, it can be known that the transmitter 110 is in a suspended state.
请参考图9E所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。图9E的信号调变可以适用于图5所示的发信器110。图9E实施例可以说是把图9A实施例的信号框前头加入了R时段。在此实施例中，不管笔尖段230是否有被压触，发信器110一律在T0时段与T1时段自笔尖发出电信号，借此可以节省一些逻辑电路的设计。但是与图9C和图9D的实施例相比，图9E的实施例会浪费在T0时段与T1时段所发出的电信号功率。从另一方面来看，触控处理装置130也可以无须在R时段进行侦测，只要在T0时段与T1时段能侦测到笔尖段230所发出的电信号，自然就可以得知笔尖段230是否受到压力，从而得知发信器110是否处于悬浮状态。Please refer to FIG. 9E , which is a timing diagram of the signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The signal modulation of FIG. 9E can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG. 5 . The embodiment of FIG. 9E can be said to be a signal frame of the embodiment of FIG. 9A with an R period added to the front. In this embodiment, regardless of whether the pen tip segment 230 is pressed, the transmitter 110 always sends out an electrical signal from the pen tip during the T0 period and the T1 period, thereby saving some logic circuit design. However, compared with the embodiments of FIG. 9C and FIG. 9D , the embodiment of FIG. 9E wastes the power of the electrical signal sent during the T0 period and the T1 period. From another perspective, the touch processing device 130 does not need to detect during the R period. As long as the electrical signal sent by the pen tip segment 230 can be detected during the T0 period and the T1 period, it can naturally be known whether the pen tip segment 230 is under pressure, and thus whether the transmitter 110 is in a suspended state.
请参考图9F所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。图9F的信号调变可以适用于图5所示的发信器110。在图9E的实施例中，并没有限定R时段与T0时段、T1时段的长度的比例关系。在图9F的实施例当中，R时段与T0时段、T1时段的长度比为1:2:4。如此一来，假定触控处理装置130可以在单位时间内进行N次取样，N为正整数。所以在R时段与T0时段、T1时段内，触控面板可以进行N:2N:4N次取样。本发明并不限定这三个时段的长度比例，举例来说，可以让发出电信号功率最强的时段持续最小的单位时间，让发出电信号功率最小的时段持续最长的单位时间。例如，长度比可以是1:3:2，或是1:2:3等等，端赖于设计而定。虽然在上述篇幅当中，只举出T0与T1两个时段的调变，但本发明并不限于两个时段的调变，而可以适用于更多个时段的调变。Please refer to FIG. 9F, which is a timing diagram of the signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The signal modulation of FIG. 9F can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG. 5. In the embodiment of FIG. 9E, the ratio of the length of the R period to the length of the T0 period and the T1 period is not limited. In the embodiment of FIG. 9F, the length ratio of the R period to the length of the T0 period and the T1 period is 1:2:4. In this way, it is assumed that the touch processing device 130 can perform N samplings per unit time, and N is a positive integer. Therefore, in the R period and the T0 period and the T1 period, the touch panel can perform N:2N:4N samplings. The present invention does not limit the length ratio of these three periods. For example, the period with the strongest electrical signal power can be allowed to last for the shortest unit time, and the period with the smallest electrical signal power can be allowed to last for the longest unit time. For example, the length ratio can be 1:3:2, or 1:2:3, etc., depending on the design. Although only modulations of two time periods, T0 and T1, are cited above, the present invention is not limited to modulations of two time periods, but can be applied to modulations of more time periods.
在一实施例中，发信器110可以在笔尖未接触的时候发出强度较大的电信号，而当笔尖接触的时候发出强度较小的电信号。据此，可以让触控处理装置130有较大的机率侦测到悬浮在触控面板120上方的发信器110。而且当发信器110接触到触控面板120之后，可以节省发信器110所消耗的能量。In one embodiment, the transmitter 110 can send out an electrical signal with a higher intensity when the pen tip is not in contact, and send out an electrical signal with a lower intensity when the pen tip is in contact. Accordingly, the touch processing device 130 can have a higher probability of detecting the transmitter 110 suspended above the touch panel 120. Moreover, when the transmitter 110 contacts the touch panel 120, the energy consumed by the transmitter 110 can be saved.
例如图9C与9D的实施例当中，亦即笔尖段230未被触碰时，在R时段所发出的电信号可以大于对应至T0时段与T1时段的L1时段所发出的电信号。For example, in the embodiments of FIGS. 9C and 9D , that is, when the pen tip segment 230 is not touched, the electrical signal emitted in the R period may be greater than the electrical signal emitted in the L1 period corresponding to the T0 period and the T1 period.
该信号调变表示该发信器110处于悬浮状态。在该状态中，发信器110所发出电信号的信号框只包含R时段。在R时段当中，环状电极550与笔尖段230同时发出电信号。在一实施例中，该电信号可以来自于同一信号源，并且具有相同的频率与/或调变方式。在一实施例中，环状电极550与笔尖段230发送来自于第三信号源513的信号。在另外的实施例中，环状电极550与笔尖段230可以来自于第一信号源211、第二信号源212、与第三信号源513。因此，R时段所发出的电信号是这三个信号源211、212与513输出的总和。The signal modulation indicates that the transmitter 110 is in a suspended state. In this state, the signal frame of the electrical signal emitted by the transmitter 110 only includes the R period. During the R period, the annular electrode 550 and the pen tip segment 230 emit electrical signals at the same time. In one embodiment, the electrical signal may come from the same signal source and have the same frequency and/or modulation method. In one embodiment, the annular electrode 550 and the pen tip segment 230 send signals from a third signal source 513. In another embodiment, the annular electrode 550 and the pen tip segment 230 may come from the first signal source 211, the second signal source 212, and the third signal source 513. Therefore, the electrical signal emitted during the R period is the sum of the outputs of the three signal sources 211, 212 and 513.
而如图9A的实施例当中，表一为发信器110在悬浮状态时，利用到第一信号源211与第二信号源212的输出功率。表二为发信器110在接触状态时，在T0时段与T1时段仅利用到第一信号源211或第二信号源212的输出功率。因此，发信器110可以在笔尖未接触的时候发出强度较大的电信号，而当笔尖接触的时候发出强度较小的电信号。In the embodiment of FIG9A , Table 1 shows the output power of the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 used by the transmitter 110 when it is in the suspended state. Table 2 shows the output power of only the first signal source 211 or the second signal source 212 used by the transmitter 110 in the T0 period and the T1 period when it is in the contact state. Therefore, the transmitter 110 can send out a strong electrical signal when the pen tip is not in contact, and send out a weak electrical signal when the pen tip is in contact.
同样地，表三为发信器110在悬浮状态时，利用到第一信号源211与第二信号源212的输出功率。表四为发信器110在接触状态时，在T0时段与T1时段仅利用到第一信号源211或第二信号源212的输出功率。因此，发信器110可以在笔尖未接触的时候发出强度较大的电信号，而当笔尖接触的时候发出强度较小的电信号。Similarly, Table 3 shows the output power of the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 when the transmitter 110 is in the suspended state. Table 4 shows the output power of only the first signal source 211 or the second signal source 212 when the transmitter 110 is in the contact state during the T0 period and the T1 period. Therefore, the transmitter 110 can send out a strong electrical signal when the pen tip is not in contact, and send out a weak electrical signal when the pen tip is in contact.
为何要在图9A至图9F的实施例当中，加入噪讯侦测的步骤与时段，请参见图10所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的噪讯传播示意图。在图10当中，触控面板/屏幕120所在的电子系统100本身会发出f0频率的噪讯，而f0频率恰好为频率群组F0当中的一个频率。假定频率群组F0还包含了另一个f3频率。当用户手持该电子系统100时，f0频率的噪讯将会通过使用者的手指传递到触控面板/屏幕120上。倘若没有进行噪讯侦测的步骤，则触控面板/屏幕120可能在信号框的时段误将手指所传来的f0频率信号，当成是发信器110发出的电信号。因此，倘若事先侦测到f0频率的噪讯，即可以在信号框的时段滤除掉f0频率的信号源。Why is it necessary to add the steps and time periods of noise detection in the embodiments of FIG. 9A to FIG. 9F? Please refer to FIG. 10, which is a schematic diagram of noise propagation according to an embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 10, the electronic system 100 where the touch panel/screen 120 is located will emit noise of frequency f0, and frequency f0 happens to be one of the frequencies in frequency group F0. Assume that frequency group F0 also includes another frequency f3. When the user holds the electronic system 100, the noise of frequency f0 will be transmitted to the touch panel/screen 120 through the user's finger. If the step of noise detection is not performed, the touch panel/screen 120 may mistakenly regard the f0 frequency signal transmitted by the finger as an electrical signal emitted by the transmitter 110 during the signal frame period. Therefore, if the noise of frequency f0 is detected in advance, the signal source of frequency f0 can be filtered out during the signal frame period.
假设发信器110具有自动变频的功能，当发信器110本身侦测到触控面板/屏幕120发出了f0频率的噪讯，而自动改用同一频率群组F0的另一个f3频率。使得在信号框的时段中，触控处理装置130侦测到来自于发信器110的f3频率与来自于手指的f0频率，进而产生了混淆。因此，可以如图9B所示的实施例，在发生混淆的情况下，在T1时段或信号框之后进行一次噪讯侦测的步骤。由于发信器110已经停止发送f3频率的信号，而手指及电子系统100仍持续发出f0频率的噪讯。触控处理装置130就可以推知，在原本信号框时段内所侦测到的信号中，具有f3频率的信号才是真正来自于发信器110的信号。Assuming that the transmitter 110 has an automatic frequency conversion function, when the transmitter 110 detects that the touch panel/screen 120 emits a noise of frequency f0, it automatically switches to another frequency f3 in the same frequency group F0. As a result, during the signal frame period, the touch processing device 130 detects the f3 frequency from the transmitter 110 and the f0 frequency from the finger, which leads to confusion. Therefore, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9B , in the event of confusion, a noise detection step is performed during the T1 period or after the signal frame. Since the transmitter 110 has stopped sending the signal of frequency f3, while the finger and the electronic system 100 continue to send the noise of frequency f0. The touch processing device 130 can infer that, among the signals detected during the original signal frame period, the signal with frequency f3 is the signal that actually comes from the transmitter 110.
在上述的图2说明当中，是利用第一元件221的阻抗改变来调整多个频率的信号强度的比例。请参考图11所示，其为根据本发明另一实施例的第一电容221的结构示意图。利用第一电容221的阻抗改变来调整多个频率的信号强度的比例。传统的电容元件是两片导电金属板所形成。其电容率C是和介电常数与金属板面积成正比，并且与金属板之间的距离成反比。In the above-mentioned description of FIG. 2, the ratio of the signal strength of multiple frequencies is adjusted by changing the impedance of the first element 221. Please refer to FIG. 11, which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first capacitor 221 according to another embodiment of the present invention. The ratio of the signal strength of multiple frequencies is adjusted by changing the impedance of the first capacitor 221. The conventional capacitor element is formed by two conductive metal plates. Its dielectric constant C is proportional to the dielectric constant and the area of the metal plate, and is inversely proportional to the distance between the metal plates.
在上述实施例的主要精神之一，在于利用机械结构将弹性笔尖段230沿着发信器110轴心方向的行程转成垂直于发信器110轴心方向或与发信器110轴心成夹角方向的行程。借由该行程的变化，改变第一电容221的电容率与其相应的第一阻抗Z1，并且固定保留第二电容222的电容率与其相应的第二阻抗Z2，据此改变电信号当中第一频率(群组)的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率(群组)的信号部分的强度M2的比值。One of the main spirits of the above embodiment is to use a mechanical structure to convert the travel of the elastic pen tip section 230 along the axis direction of the transmitter 110 into a travel perpendicular to the axis direction of the transmitter 110 or at an angle to the axis direction of the transmitter 110. By changing the travel, the capacitance of the first capacitor 221 and the corresponding first impedance Z1 are changed, and the capacitance of the second capacitor 222 and the corresponding second impedance Z2 are kept fixed, thereby changing the ratio of the intensity M1 of the signal part of the first frequency (group) to the intensity M2 of the signal part of the second frequency (group) in the electrical signal.
在图11当中，包含有互不接触的三个金属板。第一金属板1110和第二金属板1120形成第一电容221，第二金属板1120和第三金属板1130形成第二电容222。在一范例中，第一金属板1110形成在具有弹性的电路板或印刷电路板上，其表面具有绝缘漆或另一层绝缘板。第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130形成在同一电路板或印刷电路板的两层，其表面具有绝缘漆或另一层绝缘板。第二金属板1120经由另外的电路耦接到前方的笔尖段230。笔头固接于抬升元件1140(如下述的斜面装置)，依据笔尖段230的位移直接或间接抬升部份或全部的第一金属板1110(或弹性的电路板或印刷电路板)，或造成第一金属板1110(或弹性的电路板或印刷电路板)的部份朝垂直于发信器110轴心方向的形变，在以下说明中统称为垂直于触控笔轴心方向的位移。In FIG11 , three metal plates that are not in contact with each other are included. The first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 form a first capacitor 221, and the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 form a second capacitor 222. In one example, the first metal plate 1110 is formed on a circuit board or printed circuit board having elasticity, and its surface has insulating paint or another insulating plate. The second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 are formed on two layers of the same circuit board or printed circuit board, and its surface has insulating paint or another insulating plate. The second metal plate 1120 is coupled to the front pen tip section 230 via another circuit. The pen tip is fixed to the lifting element 1140 (such as the inclined device described below), which directly or indirectly lifts part or all of the first metal plate 1110 (or the elastic circuit board or printed circuit board) according to the displacement of the pen tip section 230, or causes part of the first metal plate 1110 (or the elastic circuit board or printed circuit board) to deform in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the transmitter 110, which is collectively referred to as displacement perpendicular to the axis of the stylus in the following description.
供应第一金属板1110具有第一频率(群组)的电信号，供应第三金属板1130具有第二频率(群组)的电信号。因此，第二金属板1120会感应产生具有第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的电信号，经由前方的笔尖段230传送到触控面板120。当笔尖段230未受力时，第一金属板1110与其所属的电路板没有垂直于发信器110轴心方向的位移。然而，在笔尖段230受力之后，由于笔尖段后的斜面装置1140，将受力从平行于轴心的方向转换成垂直于轴心的方向，致使第一金属板1110所属的电路板发生形变与位移，进而导致第一电容221的介电常数发生变化。所以第一电容221的电容率C1与第一阻抗Z1也随之发生变化。在笔尖段230受力之后，第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130所属的电路板整体位移，因此第二电容222的电容率C2与阻抗Z2仍然维持不变。The first metal plate 1110 is supplied with an electrical signal having a first frequency (group), and the third metal plate 1130 is supplied with an electrical signal having a second frequency (group). Therefore, the second metal plate 1120 will induce electrical signals having the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group), which are transmitted to the touch panel 120 via the front pen tip section 230. When the pen tip section 230 is not subjected to force, the first metal plate 1110 and the circuit board to which it belongs have no displacement perpendicular to the axis direction of the transmitter 110. However, after the pen tip section 230 is subjected to force, the inclined device 1140 behind the pen tip section converts the force from a direction parallel to the axis to a direction perpendicular to the axis, causing the circuit board to which the first metal plate 1110 belongs to deform and displace, thereby causing the dielectric constant of the first capacitor 221 to change. Therefore, the dielectric constant C1 and the first impedance Z1 of the first capacitor 221 also change accordingly. After the pen tip section 230 is subjected to force, the circuit board to which the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 belong is displaced as a whole, so the capacitance C2 and the impedance Z2 of the second capacitor 222 remain unchanged.
由于第一金属板1110所在的电路板会向上方形变，本实施例可以包含至少一个支撑元件1150以便提供反方向的支撑力，使得在笔尖段230的受力消失之后，帮助第一金属板1110所在的电路板回复原状。在未形变之前，该支撑元件1150所提供的支撑力可以为零。Since the circuit board where the first metal plate 1110 is located will deform upward, this embodiment may include at least one supporting element 1150 to provide a supporting force in the opposite direction, so that after the force on the pen tip section 230 disappears, the circuit board where the first metal plate 1110 is located can be helped to return to its original shape. Before deformation, the supporting force provided by the supporting element 1150 may be zero.
在本实施例的一范例中，第一电容221与第二电容222的电容率可以设计成相同。在电容率为相同的情况下，这两个电容的介电常数、距离、和面积可以是相同的。当然，本发明并未限定两个电容221与222的电容率是相同的，只要触控处理装置130知悉该发信器110的两个电容相应的阻抗比值即可。In an example of this embodiment, the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 may be designed to have the same permittivity. When the permittivity is the same, the dielectric constant, distance, and area of the two capacitors may be the same. Of course, the present invention does not limit the permittivity of the two capacitors 221 and 222 to be the same, as long as the touch processing device 130 knows the impedance ratio of the two capacitors of the transmitter 110.
在此实施例中，采用便宜的电路板或印刷电路板来取代较为昂贵的力感测电阻。并且，当第一电容221与第二电容222的电容率相同时，当外界环境改变时，其介电常数也会同时改变，据此维持了比例预设值。除此之外，发信器110本身不需要主动控制元件来调整两个阻抗Z1与Z2的比例，只需要被动地提供电信号，可以节省许多资源。In this embodiment, a cheap circuit board or printed circuit board is used to replace the more expensive force sensing resistor. In addition, when the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 have the same dielectric constant, when the external environment changes, their dielectric constants will also change at the same time, thereby maintaining the preset value of the ratio. In addition, the transmitter 110 itself does not need an active control element to adjust the ratio of the two impedances Z1 and Z2, but only needs to passively provide an electrical signal, which can save a lot of resources.
请参考图12所示，其为图11所示实施例的一种减省表示图，其省略了电路板、支撑元件1150、以及自第二金属板1120与笔尖段230之间的连接电路。图12所示实施例的说明均可以参考图11。Please refer to Fig. 12, which is a simplified representation of the embodiment shown in Fig. 11, which omits the circuit board, the support element 1150, and the connection circuit between the second metal plate 1120 and the pen tip section 230. The description of the embodiment shown in Fig. 12 can refer to Fig. 11.
请参考图13所示，其为图12所示实施例的一种变形，其中第三金属板1130可以移为第一金属板110的后方，并且与第一金属板1110电性不耦合。当笔尖段230受力之后，也只有第一金属板1110与其所属的电路板会有位移形变。在某实施例中，第一金属板1110与第三金属板1130可以形成于同一电路板上。Please refer to FIG. 13, which is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, wherein the third metal plate 1130 can be moved to the rear of the first metal plate 110 and is not electrically coupled to the first metal plate 1110. When the pen tip section 230 is subjected to force, only the first metal plate 1110 and the circuit board to which it belongs will be displaced and deformed. In one embodiment, the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130 can be formed on the same circuit board.
请参考图14所示，其为图13所示实施例的一种变形，其中第一金属板1110与第三金属板1130可以各自分为A与B两个金属板，一样分别馈入第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)。当笔尖段230受力之后，第一金属板A 1110A与第一金属板B 1110B与其所属的电路板会有位移形变。而第三金属板A 1130A与第三金属板B 1130B与其所属的电路板则不会有位移形变。和图13所示实施例相比，由于有两个金属板1110A与1110B的位移形变，因此其变化量会比图13所示实施例来得大且明显。Please refer to FIG. 14, which is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, wherein the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130 can be divided into two metal plates A and B, respectively, and the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) are fed into them respectively. When the pen tip section 230 is subjected to force, the first metal plate A 1110A and the first metal plate B 1110B and the circuit board to which they belong will have displacement deformation. The third metal plate A 1130A and the third metal plate B 1130B and the circuit board to which they belong will not have displacement deformation. Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, since there are two metal plates 1110A and 1110B that are displaced and deformed, the amount of change will be larger and more obvious than that of the embodiment shown in FIG. 13.
请参考图15所示，其为图14所示实施例的一种变形，其中第二金属板1120也分为1120A与1120B两个金属板，但第二金属板A 1120A与第二金属板B 1120B是借由电路共同连接到笔尖段230。其中第一金属板A1110A与第二金属板A 1120A形成第一电容A 221A，第二金属板A 1120A与第三金属板A 1130A形成第二电容A 222A。第一金属板B 1110B与第二金属板B 1120B形成第一电容B 221B，第二金属板B 1120B与第三金属板B 1130B形成第二电容B 222B。当笔尖段230受力之后，第一金属板A1110A与第一金属板B 1110B与其所属的电路板会有位移形变。而第三金属板A 1130A与第三金属板B 1130B与其所属的电路板则不会有位移形变。和图13所示实施例相比，由于有两个金属板的位移形变，因此其变化量会比图13所示实施例来得大且明显。Please refer to FIG. 15, which is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, wherein the second metal plate 1120 is also divided into two metal plates 1120A and 1120B, but the second metal plate A 1120A and the second metal plate B 1120B are connected to the pen tip section 230 via a circuit. The first metal plate A 1110A and the second metal plate A 1120A form a first capacitor A 221A, and the second metal plate A 1120A and the third metal plate A 1130A form a second capacitor A 222A. The first metal plate B 1110B and the second metal plate B 1120B form a first capacitor B 221B, and the second metal plate B 1120B and the third metal plate B 1130B form a second capacitor B 222B. When the pen tip section 230 is subjected to force, the first metal plate A 1110A and the first metal plate B 1110B and the circuit board to which they belong will be displaced and deformed. The third metal plate A 1130A and the third metal plate B 1130B and the circuit board to which they belong will not be displaced or deformed. Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG13 , since two metal plates are displaced or deformed, the amount of change is larger and more obvious than that of the embodiment shown in FIG13 .
请参考图16A所示，其为根据本发明一实施例第一电容与第二电容的结构示意图。在图16A所示的实施例中，由上而下包含第一金属板1110、第二金属板1120、与第三金属板1130。其中，第一金属板1110与第三金属板1130是固定的，分别馈入第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的信号。第二金属板1120将会感应到上下金属板的第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的信号，而输出具有混和第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的电信号。Please refer to FIG. 16A, which is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first capacitor and the second capacitor according to an embodiment of the present invention. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 16A, from top to bottom, a first metal plate 1110, a second metal plate 1120, and a third metal plate 1130 are included. Among them, the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130 are fixed, and the signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) are fed respectively. The second metal plate 1120 will sense the signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) of the upper and lower metal plates, and output an electrical signal having a mixture of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group).
第一金属板1110与第二金属板1120之间形成第一电容221，第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130之间形成第二电容222。当第二金属板1120未发生形变时，在相同环境下，第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值是固定的，因此分析该电信号当中相应于第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的强度M1与M2，根据这两个强度值计算比例值。当该比例值为预设值或落入预设范围内时，即可以知道第二金属板1120未发生形变。A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120, and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130. When the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed, under the same environment, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the strengths M1 and M2 corresponding to the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) in the electrical signal are analyzed, and a ratio value is calculated based on these two strength values. When the ratio value is a preset value or falls within a preset range, it can be known that the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed.
当第二金属板1120发生形变时，第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值与电容值发生变化。因此根据这两个强度值计算比例值，依据这个比例值的变化，即可反推回第二金属板1120的形变或受力情况。在此，可以套用图6所示实施例的各个步骤。When the second metal plate 1120 is deformed, the impedance value and the capacitance value of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 change. Therefore, a ratio value is calculated based on the two strength values, and the deformation or force of the second metal plate 1120 can be inferred based on the change of the ratio value. Here, the various steps of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be applied.
请参考图16B所示，其为图16A所示实施例的一种变形。其中第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130是固定的，分别馈入第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的信号。第一金属板1110将会感应到下方第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130的第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的信号，而输出具有混和第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的电信号。Please refer to FIG. 16B , which is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 16A . The second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 are fixed, and are fed with the signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) respectively. The first metal plate 1110 will sense the signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) of the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 below, and output an electrical signal having a mixture of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group).
第一金属板1110与第二金属板1120之间形成第一电容221，第一金属板1110与第三金属板1130之间形成第二电容222。当第一金属板1110未发生形变时，在相同环境下，第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值是固定的，因此分析该电信号当中相应于第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的强度M1与M2，根据这两个强度值计算比例值。当该比例值为预设值或落入预设范围内时，即可以知道第一金属板1110未发生形变。A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120, and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130. When the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed, under the same environment, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the strengths M1 and M2 corresponding to the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) in the electrical signal are analyzed, and a ratio value is calculated based on these two strength values. When the ratio value is a preset value or falls within a preset range, it can be known that the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed.
当第一金属板1110发生形变时，第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值与电容率发生变化。因此根据这两个强度值计算比例值，依据这个比例值的变化，即可反推回第一金属板1110的形变或受力情况。在此，可以套用图6所示实施例的各个步骤。上述的阻抗值可能随温度与湿度而改变，本发明的第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值同时随温度与湿度而改变，因此在计算比例值时，可降低或避免温度与湿度对比例值造成的影响。When the first metal plate 1110 is deformed, the impedance value and the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 change. Therefore, the ratio value is calculated based on the two strength values, and the deformation or stress of the first metal plate 1110 can be inferred based on the change of the ratio value. Here, the various steps of the embodiment shown in Figure 6 can be applied. The above-mentioned impedance value may change with temperature and humidity. The impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 of the present invention change with temperature and humidity at the same time. Therefore, when calculating the ratio value, the influence of temperature and humidity on the ratio value can be reduced or avoided.
请参考图17A与图17B所示，其为根据本发明的第一电容与第二电容的结构示意图。在图16A与16B的实施例当中，分别馈入第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)，在图17A与17B的实施例当中，只需要馈入相同频率的驱动信号即可。换言之，可以适用于图7A至图7D的各个实施例，所馈入的驱动信号可以是图7A与图7B的单一信号源714，也可以是图7C发信器有线通信单元771所得来的电信号作为信号源，还可以是图7D笔尖段230与触控面板120近接时，从触控面板120上的第一电极121与/或第二电极122所获得的信号作为信号源。Please refer to Figures 17A and 17B, which are schematic diagrams of the structure of the first capacitor and the second capacitor according to the present invention. In the embodiments of Figures 16A and 16B, the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) are fed in respectively, and in the embodiments of Figures 17A and 17B, it is only necessary to feed in a driving signal of the same frequency. In other words, it can be applicable to each embodiment of Figures 7A to 7D, and the driving signal fed in can be the single signal source 714 of Figures 7A and 7B, or the electrical signal obtained by the wired communication unit 771 of the transmitter in Figure 7C as the signal source, or the signal obtained from the first electrode 121 and/or the second electrode 122 on the touch panel 120 when the pen tip segment 230 in Figure 7D is in close contact with the touch panel 120 as the signal source.
图17A的三层金属板与图16A的三层金属板结构相同，上述具有某一频率的驱动信号馈入可形变的第二金属板1120。通过与第二金属板1120的电容效应，第一金属板1110将有受到感应的第一电流值I1输出。同样地，通过与第二金属板1120的电容效应，第三金属板1130将有受到感应的第二电流值I2输出。The three-layer metal plate of FIG17A has the same structure as the three-layer metal plate of FIG16A, and the driving signal with a certain frequency is fed into the deformable second metal plate 1120. Through the capacitance effect with the second metal plate 1120, the first metal plate 1110 will have an induced first current value I1 output. Similarly, through the capacitance effect with the second metal plate 1120, the third metal plate 1130 will have an induced second current value I2 output.
第一金属板1110与第二金属板1120之间形成第一电容221，第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130之间形成第二电容222。当第二金属板1120未发生形变时，第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值是固定的，因此分析电流量I1与I2，根据这两个电流值计算比例值。当该比例值为预设值或落入预设范围内时，即可以知道第二金属板1120未发生形变。A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120, and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130. When the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the currents I1 and I2 are analyzed, and a ratio value is calculated based on the two current values. When the ratio value is a preset value or falls within a preset range, it can be known that the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed.
当第二金属板1120发生形变时，第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值与电容率发生变化。因此根据这两个电流值I1与I2计算比例值，依据这个比例值的变化，即可反推回第二金属板1120的形变或受力情况。据此，可以套用图8所示的方法实施例。When the second metal plate 1120 is deformed, the impedance value and the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 change. Therefore, a ratio value is calculated based on the two current values I1 and I2, and the deformation or stress of the second metal plate 1120 can be inferred based on the change of the ratio value. Accordingly, the method embodiment shown in FIG8 can be applied.
请参考图17B所示，其为图17A所示实施例的一种变形。其中第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130是固定的。上述具有某一频率的驱动信号馈入可形变的第一金属板1110。通过与第一金属板1110的电容效应，第二金属板1120将所感应的第一电流值I1输出。同样地，通过与第一金属板1110的电容效应，第三金属板1130将所感应的第二电流值I2输出。Please refer to FIG. 17B , which is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 17A . The second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 are fixed. The driving signal with a certain frequency is fed into the deformable first metal plate 1110. Through the capacitance effect with the first metal plate 1110, the second metal plate 1120 outputs the sensed first current value I1. Similarly, through the capacitance effect with the first metal plate 1110, the third metal plate 1130 outputs the sensed second current value I2.
第一金属板1110与第二金属板1120之间形成第一电容221，第一金属板1110与第三金属板1130之间形成第二电容222。当第一金属板1110未发生形变时，第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值是固定的，因此分析电流量I1与I2，根据这两个电流值计算比例值。当该比例值为预设值或落入预设范围内时，即可以知道第一金属板1110未发生形变。A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120, and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130. When the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the currents I1 and I2 are analyzed, and a ratio value is calculated based on the two current values. When the ratio value is a preset value or falls within a preset range, it can be known that the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed.
当第一金属板1110发生形变时，第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值与电容率发生变化。因此根据两个电流值I1与I2计算比例值，依据这个比例值的变化，即可反推回第一金属板1110的形变或受力情况。据此，可以套用图8所示的方法实施例。When the first metal plate 1110 is deformed, the impedance value and the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 change. Therefore, a ratio value is calculated based on the two current values I1 and I2, and the deformation or stress of the first metal plate 1110 can be inferred based on the change of the ratio value. Accordingly, the method embodiment shown in FIG8 can be applied.
请参考图18，其为图11所示实施例的一种变形。图11所示实施例需要馈入两种频率的信号。然而，在图18所示实施例当中，如同图17A与图17B的实施例，只需要馈入某一频率的驱动信号到第二金属板1120，或者是馈入某种信号，而无须知道馈入信号具有多少种频率的成分。Please refer to FIG18, which is a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG11. The embodiment shown in FIG11 requires the input of signals of two frequencies. However, in the embodiment shown in FIG18, as in the embodiments of FIG17A and FIG17B, it is only necessary to feed a driving signal of a certain frequency to the second metal plate 1120, or to feed a certain signal, without knowing how many frequency components the feed signal has.
第一金属板1110与第二金属板1120之间形成第一电容221，第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130之间形成第二电容222。由于第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130的距离与介电常数不会改变，因此第二电容222的电容值与阻抗是固定的。当第一金属板1110未发生形变时，第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值是固定的，因此分析电流量I1与I2，根据这两个电流值计算比例值。当该比例值为预设值或落入预设范围内时，即可以知道第一金属板1110未发生形变。但第一电容221的电容率与阻抗会因为第一金属板的形变而改变。所以当第一金属板1110因外力而形变时，第一电流值I1会有所变化。所以相关于电流值I1与I2的比例值也会改变，据此可以反推回第一金属板1110的形变或受力情况。据此，可以套用图8所示的方法实施例。A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120, and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130. Since the distance and dielectric constant between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 will not change, the capacitance value and impedance of the second capacitor 222 are fixed. When the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the currents I1 and I2 are analyzed, and the proportional value is calculated based on the two current values. When the proportional value is a preset value or falls within a preset range, it can be known that the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed. However, the permittivity and impedance of the first capacitor 221 will change due to the deformation of the first metal plate. Therefore, when the first metal plate 1110 is deformed due to external force, the first current value I1 will change. Therefore, the proportional value related to the current values I1 and I2 will also change, and the deformation or force condition of the first metal plate 1110 can be inferred from this. Accordingly, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 can be applied.
在本发明的另一实施例中，发信器110内的控制器或电路可以是馈入某一频率的驱动信号到第二金属板1120，计算相应于第一电容221与第二电容222的电流量I1与I2，再利用两者的比例值来计算感测值，从而判断出笔尖受力的程度。换言之，借由前述的第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2，本发明提供了一种压力感测电容(FSC；force sensiting capacitor)，可用来替换传统的压力感测元件，如压力感测电阻FSR，提供压力的判断。本发明提供的压力感测电容具有成本低，不易受温度与湿度影响的特性。在前述的各图当中，揭露了利用可弯曲的印刷电路板作为力感应电容。本发明的特征之一，在于提供了其他形式的力感应电容。In another embodiment of the present invention, the controller or circuit in the transmitter 110 can feed a driving signal of a certain frequency to the second metal plate 1120, calculate the current amounts I1 and I2 corresponding to the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222, and then use the ratio of the two to calculate the sensing value, thereby determining the degree of force applied to the pen tip. In other words, by means of the aforementioned first impedance Z1 and second impedance Z2, the present invention provides a pressure sensing capacitor (FSC; force sensiting capacitor), which can be used to replace traditional pressure sensing elements, such as pressure sensing resistors FSR, to provide pressure determination. The pressure sensing capacitor provided by the present invention has the characteristics of low cost and is not easily affected by temperature and humidity. In the aforementioned figures, the use of a flexible printed circuit board as a force sensing capacitor is disclosed. One of the features of the present invention is that other forms of force sensing capacitors are provided.
请参考图19A，其为发信器110的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图。请注意图19A至19E的比例已做了改变，以便凸显出某些部分。此外，某些固定元件被省略，以便简化说明。在图19A当中，最左边的元件为长杆型笔尖或笔尖段230，笔尖部分可以是导电体。为了方便起见，称笔尖段230为发信器110或主动笔的前端，当与前端可动元件1971接触时，笔尖段230与前端可动元件电性1971耦合。前端可动元件1971借由中间的凸扣件与后端可动元件1972中间的凹扣件结合。在一实施例中，凸扣件与凹扣件可以包含螺纹。前端可动元件1971与后端可动元件1972可以是导体，或为导电元件，例如可为金属件。Please refer to Figure 19A, which is a schematic diagram of the center section of the force sensing capacitor and structure of the transmitter 110. Please note that the scale of Figures 19A to 19E has been changed to highlight certain parts. In addition, certain fixed elements are omitted to simplify the description. In Figure 19A, the leftmost element is a long-rod pen tip or pen tip segment 230, and the pen tip portion can be a conductor. For convenience, the pen tip segment 230 is called the front end of the transmitter 110 or the active pen. When in contact with the front movable element 1971, the pen tip segment 230 is electrically coupled to the front movable element 1971. The front movable element 1971 is combined with the concave fastener in the middle of the rear movable element 1972 by the convex fastener in the middle. In one embodiment, the convex fastener and the concave fastener may include threads. The front movable element 1971 and the rear movable element 1972 may be conductors, or conductive elements, such as metal parts.
图19A包含了壳体1980，该壳体1980可以环形地包含住上述的前端与后端可动元件1971与1972，为了简化起见，图19A只画出该壳体1980的一部分。该壳体1980靠近笔尖段230的部分内缩成为直径较小的颈部，颈部与该壳体1980直径较大的部份之间可以包含作为承力部分的肩部。在图19A当中，该承力部分与该前端可动元件1971之间相夹了至少一个弹性元件1978，用于沿着笔的长轴，分别对该壳体1980与该前端可动元件1971施力。该弹性元件1978可以是弹簧(spring)、弹片或其他类型的弹性元件。在某实施例中，与图19A不同的是，该弹性元件1978可以环绕可动元件1970与该壳体1980的颈部。FIG. 19A includes a housing 1980, which can contain the front and rear movable elements 1971 and 1972 in an annular shape. For the sake of simplicity, FIG. 19A only shows a portion of the housing 1980. The portion of the housing 1980 near the pen tip section 230 is inwardly contracted to form a neck with a smaller diameter, and a shoulder as a load-bearing portion can be included between the neck and the portion of the housing 1980 with a larger diameter. In FIG. 19A, at least one elastic element 1978 is sandwiched between the load-bearing portion and the front movable element 1971, which is used to apply force to the housing 1980 and the front movable element 1971 along the long axis of the pen. The elastic element 1978 can be a spring, a shrapnel or other types of elastic elements. In a certain embodiment, different from FIG. 19A, the elastic element 1978 can surround the movable element 1970 and the neck of the housing 1980.
在另一实施例中，该弹性元件1978可以沿着笔的长轴，分别对该壳体1980与该后端可动元件1972施力。由于该前端与后端可动元件1971及1972可以借由扣件结合成为可动元件1970，因此无论是对前段可动元件1971或后端可动元件1972进行施力，都可以将该可动元件1970推向笔尖段230，进而将笔尖段230向前端推。In another embodiment, the elastic element 1978 can apply force to the housing 1980 and the rear movable element 1972 along the long axis of the pen. Since the front and rear movable elements 1971 and 1972 can be combined into the movable element 1970 by fasteners, no matter whether force is applied to the front movable element 1971 or the rear movable element 1972, the movable element 1970 can be pushed toward the pen tip section 230, thereby pushing the pen tip section 230 toward the front end.
当笔尖段230受到图中向右或向后端的施力时，会克服该弹性元件1978的弹力而压迫可动元件1970，直到可动元件1970的某部分接触到该壳体1980的承力部分为止。因此，本发明所提供的设计，可以让可动元件1970在该壳体1980的颈部内沿着笔的长轴移动达一个行程。同样地，由于该可动元件1970抵住笔尖段230，所以笔尖段230也可以沿着笔的长轴移动达到同样的行程。该行程的长度可以根据设计的不同而变化，比方说，可以是1mm或0.5mm。本发明并不限定该行程的长度。When the pen tip section 230 is subjected to a force applied to the right or rear end in the figure, it will overcome the elastic force of the elastic element 1978 and press the movable element 1970 until a part of the movable element 1970 contacts the load-bearing part of the shell 1980. Therefore, the design provided by the present invention allows the movable element 1970 to move along the long axis of the pen within the neck of the shell 1980 to achieve a stroke. Similarly, since the movable element 1970 is against the pen tip section 230, the pen tip section 230 can also move along the long axis of the pen to achieve the same stroke. The length of the stroke can vary depending on the design, for example, it can be 1 mm or 0.5 mm. The present invention does not limit the length of the stroke.
在后端可动元件1972的后端，有一层绝缘膜1973。在绝缘膜1973的后端，还包含一个可压缩导体1974。在一实施例中，该可压缩导体1974可以是导电橡胶或是参杂导体的弹性元件。由于该可动元件1970与该可压缩导体1974之间夹了绝缘膜1973，因此该可动元件1970、该绝缘膜1973、与该可压缩导体1974就形成了一个电容器，或者是一个力感应电容器。本申请所提供的力感应电容器可以是图2至图5的第一电容221。简而言之，本申请所提供的力感应电容器可以应用于上述的各个实施例。At the rear end of the rear movable element 1972, there is an insulating film 1973. At the rear end of the insulating film 1973, there is also a compressible conductor 1974. In one embodiment, the compressible conductor 1974 can be a conductive rubber or an elastic element mixed with a conductor. Since the insulating film 1973 is sandwiched between the movable element 1970 and the compressible conductor 1974, the movable element 1970, the insulating film 1973, and the compressible conductor 1974 form a capacitor, or a force sensing capacitor. The force sensing capacitor provided in the present application can be the first capacitor 221 of Figures 2 to 5. In short, the force sensing capacitor provided in the present application can be applied to each of the above-mentioned embodiments.
该可压缩导体1974固定在导体基底1975上，而该导体基底1975可以借由固件或扣件固定在该壳体1980的内周面上。当可动元件1970向后端或向右移动时，由于导体基底1975的位置是不动的，后端可动元件1972就会压缩该可压缩导体1974，导致上述力感应电容器的电容值改变。The compressible conductor 1974 is fixed on the conductor base 1975, and the conductor base 1975 can be fixed to the inner circumference of the housing 1980 by means of a fastener or a fastener. When the movable element 1970 moves to the rear end or to the right, since the position of the conductor base 1975 is fixed, the rear movable element 1972 will compress the compressible conductor 1974, causing the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor to change.
由于笔的形状限制，其余的电路与电池模块可以位于该导体基底1975的后端。在图19A当中，这些元件可以利用印刷电路板1990作为代表。作为该力感应电容器的第一端，上述的可动元件1970通过可动元件导线1977连接到该印刷电路板1990。而作为该力感应电容器的第二端，上述的导体基座1975借由基座导线1976连接到该印刷电路板1990。Due to the shape of the pen, the remaining circuits and battery modules can be located at the rear end of the conductor base 1975. In FIG. 19A, these components can be represented by a printed circuit board 1990. As the first end of the force sensing capacitor, the movable element 1970 is connected to the printed circuit board 1990 through a movable element wire 1977. As the second end of the force sensing capacitor, the conductor base 1975 is connected to the printed circuit board 1990 through a base wire 1976.
该基座导线1976也可以是另一个弹性元件。在某些实施例中，与图19A不同的是，该基座导线1976可以环绕该导体基座1975。在另一实施例中，该导体基座1975并不导电，基座导线1976是穿过该导体基座1975与该可压缩导体1974电性耦合。The base wire 1976 may also be another elastic element. In some embodiments, unlike FIG. 19A , the base wire 1976 may surround the conductor base 1975. In another embodiment, the conductor base 1975 is not conductive, and the base wire 1976 passes through the conductor base 1975 to be electrically coupled to the compressible conductor 1974.
在一实施例当中，该绝缘膜1973的制造方法可以是将该后端可动元件1972的右端平面浸入绝缘液体内。当该绝缘液体风干之后，自然在后端可动元件1972的右端平面形成绝缘膜1973。In one embodiment, the insulating film 1973 can be made by immersing the right end plane of the rear movable element 1972 into an insulating liquid. When the insulating liquid dries, the insulating film 1973 is naturally formed on the right end plane of the rear movable element 1972.
请参考图20所示，其为图19A中的可压缩导体1974与绝缘膜1973的接触面的剖面示意图。图20包含了四种可压缩导体1974与该绝缘膜1973的接触面的实施例。(a)的实施例为中心突起的接触面，(b)的实施例为单一斜面的接触面，(c)的实施例为中心锥状的接触面，(d)的实施例为多个突起的接触面。申请人认为本发明并不限定接触面的形状。Please refer to FIG. 20, which is a cross-sectional schematic diagram of the contact surface between the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 in FIG. 19A. FIG. 20 includes four embodiments of the contact surface between the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973. Embodiment (a) is a contact surface with a central protrusion, embodiment (b) is a contact surface with a single inclined surface, embodiment (c) is a contact surface with a central cone, and embodiment (d) is a contact surface with multiple protrusions. The applicant believes that the present invention is not limited to the shape of the contact surface.
尽管该可动元件1970上形成绝缘膜1973的表面是平面，但本发明并不限定于此。该表面可以如图20所示的接触面，为中心突起、单一斜面、中心锥状、或举有多个突起的接触面。换言之，在某些实施例当中，可压缩导体1974与该绝缘膜1973两者的表面都不是平面。Although the surface of the movable element 1970 on which the insulating film 1973 is formed is a plane, the present invention is not limited thereto. The surface may be a contact surface as shown in FIG. 20 , a central protrusion, a single inclined surface, a central cone, or a contact surface with multiple protrusions. In other words, in some embodiments, the surfaces of both the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 are not planes.
请参考图19B所示，其为图19A所示的结构组合之后的剖面示意图。在组合之后，前端可动元件1971与后端可动元件1972已经结合成为单一的可动元件1970。该可动元件1970与该壳体1980的承力部份之间借由弹性元件1978连接，该弹性元件1978的弹性张力使得该可动元件1970整体向前端的方向抵住笔尖段230，直到后端可动元件1972抵住该壳体1980的承力部分为止。可动元件1970与壳体1980之间留有可动的行程d。此时，可压缩导体1974并未受到压缩而形变，假定该力感应电容器的电容值为一第一电容值。Please refer to FIG. 19B , which is a cross-sectional view of the structure shown in FIG. 19A after assembly. After assembly, the front movable element 1971 and the rear movable element 1972 have been combined into a single movable element 1970. The movable element 1970 is connected to the load-bearing portion of the housing 1980 by means of an elastic element 1978. The elastic tension of the elastic element 1978 causes the movable element 1970 as a whole to press against the pen tip section 230 in the direction of the front end until the rear movable element 1972 presses against the load-bearing portion of the housing 1980. A movable stroke d is left between the movable element 1970 and the housing 1980. At this time, the compressible conductor 1974 is not deformed by compression, and it is assumed that the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor is a first capacitance value.
请参考图19C所示，其为图19A所示的结构组合之后的另一剖面示意图。和图19B相比，由于笔尖段230受到向后端的压力，因此向后端移动。被笔尖段230的移动所影响，可动元件1970克服了弹性元件1978的弹性张力，向后端移动了整段行程d，直到前端可动元件1971抵住了壳体1980的承力部分为止。此时，可压缩导体1974受到了可动元件1970与绝缘膜1973的压缩而导致形变，该力感应电容器的电容值为第二电容值，该第二电容值不同于上述的第一电容值。Please refer to FIG. 19C, which is another cross-sectional schematic diagram after the structure shown in FIG. 19A is combined. Compared with FIG. 19B, the pen tip section 230 is subjected to pressure toward the rear end, so it moves toward the rear end. Affected by the movement of the pen tip section 230, the movable element 1970 overcomes the elastic tension of the elastic element 1978 and moves toward the rear end by the entire stroke d until the front movable element 1971 abuts against the load-bearing part of the housing 1980. At this time, the compressible conductor 1974 is compressed by the movable element 1970 and the insulating film 1973, resulting in deformation, and the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor is a second capacitance value, which is different from the first capacitance value mentioned above.
在图19B与图19C所示的行程尽头之间，可动元件1970还可以有无数个位置，或者说是可压缩导体1974可以有无数个受压程度，或是说可压缩导体1974与绝缘膜1973的接触面的面积可以有无数个大小变化，某一个位置或受压程度或面积大小变化都可以让该力感应电容的电容值做出变化。Between the ends of the stroke shown in FIG. 19B and FIG. 19C , the movable element 1970 can have countless positions, or the compressible conductor 1974 can have countless degrees of compression, or the area of the contact surface between the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 can have countless changes in size. A certain position, degree of pressure, or change in area size can change the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor.
请参考图19D所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图。其与图19B的不同之处在于，可压缩导体1974与绝缘膜1973的位置互换。无论如何，当可动元件1970向后端移动时，可压缩导体1974将会受到绝缘膜1973与导体基座1975的压缩而产生形变。借此，也可以让该力感应电容的电容值做出变化。Please refer to FIG. 19D, which is a schematic diagram of the central cross section of the force sensing capacitor and its structure of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The difference between FIG. 19D and FIG. 19B is that the positions of the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 are interchanged. In any case, when the movable element 1970 moves toward the rear end, the compressible conductor 1974 will be compressed by the insulating film 1973 and the conductor base 1975 and deform. In this way, the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor can also be changed.
请参考图19E所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图。图19E与图19B的不同之处在于，后端可动元件1972的右端，不再是一层绝缘膜1973，而是一块可压缩绝缘材料(compressibledielectric material)1979。比方是绝缘橡胶、塑料、泡棉等。而导体基底1975所连接的导体，改换成是不可压缩的导体，例如是金属块或石墨等材质。由于受到可动元件1970的压力时，可压缩绝缘材料1979的厚度会变小，导致可动元件1970与导体之间的距离变小，所以力感应电容器的电容值会跟着改变。从制作成本来看，图19E的导体比图19A的可压缩导体1974来得贵。Please refer to FIG. 19E , which is a schematic diagram of the center cross section of the force sensing capacitor and its structure of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The difference between FIG. 19E and FIG. 19B is that the right end of the rear movable element 1972 is no longer a layer of insulating film 1973, but a piece of compressible insulating material (compressibledielectric material) 1979. For example, insulating rubber, plastic, foam, etc. The conductor connected to the conductor base 1975 is replaced with an incompressible conductor, such as a metal block or graphite. When subjected to the pressure of the movable element 1970, the thickness of the compressible insulating material 1979 will decrease, resulting in a decrease in the distance between the movable element 1970 and the conductor, so the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor will change accordingly. From the perspective of production cost, the conductor of FIG. 19E is more expensive than the compressible conductor 1974 of FIG. 19A .
在图19E实施例的一个变化当中，可以将导体与可压缩绝缘材料1979的接触面，做成如图20所示的各种形状的接触面。在另一个变化当中，可以将可压缩绝缘材料1979与导体的接触面，做成如图20所示的各种形状的接触面。In one variation of the embodiment of Figure 19E, the contact surface between the conductor and the compressible insulating material 1979 can be made into a contact surface of various shapes as shown in Figure 20. In another variation, the contact surface between the compressible insulating material 1979 and the conductor can be made into a contact surface of various shapes as shown in Figure 20.
与图19D类似，可压缩绝缘材料1979与该导体的位置也可以互换。可压缩绝缘材料1979可以与导体基座1975相接，而该导体可以连接在该可动元件1970的后端。当可动元件1970向后端移动时，该导体会导致可压缩绝缘材料1979形变，使得该力感应电容的电容值产生变化。Similar to FIG. 19D , the positions of the compressible insulating material 1979 and the conductor can also be interchanged. The compressible insulating material 1979 can be connected to the conductor base 1975, and the conductor can be connected to the rear end of the movable element 1970. When the movable element 1970 moves toward the rear end, the conductor causes the compressible insulating material 1979 to deform, so that the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor changes.
请参考图21所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的压力传感器的示意图。如图所示，该压力传感器2110具有两个输入端a,b以及输出端c，两个输入端a,b及输出端c与控制单元2120电连接。该控制单元2120经由输入端a与b分别将第一频率(群组)F1与第二频率(群组)F2输入到该压力传感器2110，并且借由输出端c接收该压力传感器2110的输出信号。该控制单元2120可以实施图6所示的方法。Please refer to FIG. 21, which is a schematic diagram of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the pressure sensor 2110 has two input terminals a, b and an output terminal c, and the two input terminals a, b and the output terminal c are electrically connected to the control unit 2120. The control unit 2120 inputs the first frequency (group) F1 and the second frequency (group) F2 to the pressure sensor 2110 via the input terminals a and b, respectively, and receives the output signal of the pressure sensor 2110 via the output terminal c. The control unit 2120 can implement the method shown in FIG. 6.
当外界压力驱动电容C1产生电容值的变化，亦可由控制单元2120解析出对应该电容值变化的压力变化，借此，本实施例的压力传感器2110可广泛应用于各种压力测量装置中，例如荷重感测计。在一应用中，上述压力传感器2110亦可用于另一种触控笔中，经由控制单元2120解析出触控笔尖的所接收的压力变化后，经由控制单元2120驱动预定频率f0的信号发射单元，将压力变化传送给触控面板。When external pressure drives the capacitor C1 to produce a change in capacitance, the control unit 2120 can also analyze the pressure change corresponding to the change in capacitance. Thus, the pressure sensor 2110 of this embodiment can be widely used in various pressure measurement devices, such as load sensors. In one application, the pressure sensor 2110 can also be used in another stylus. After the control unit 2120 analyzes the pressure change received by the stylus tip, the control unit 2120 drives the signal transmitting unit of the predetermined frequency f0 to transmit the pressure change to the touch panel.
先前提过发信器110可以在接收由触控面板120发送的灯塔信号之后的一段时间内，发送上述的电信号，让触控处理装置130可以侦测到发信器110与其传感器的状态。在持续一段第一时间没有接收到上述灯塔信号时，发信器110可以是进入省电模式，间隔一侦测周期才侦测是否有灯塔信号，直到接收到灯塔信号后才重新持续地侦测灯塔信号，其中侦测周期大于灯塔信号的发送周期。It is mentioned previously that the transmitter 110 can send the above-mentioned electrical signal within a period of time after receiving the beacon signal sent by the touch panel 120, so that the touch processing device 130 can detect the status of the transmitter 110 and its sensor. When the above-mentioned beacon signal is not received for a first period of time, the transmitter 110 can enter a power saving mode, and detect whether there is a beacon signal after a detection cycle, and then continue to detect the beacon signal again after receiving the beacon signal, wherein the detection cycle is greater than the transmission cycle of the beacon signal.
此外，在持续一段第二时间没有接收到上述灯塔信号时，发信器110可以是进入睡眠模式，关闭发信器110的电路或控制器的大部份的电力，直到被唤醒。在本发明的一实施例中，在睡眠模式下，发信器110关闭接收灯塔信号与发送电信号的相关电路。前述的睡眠模式的唤醒，可以是在发信器110设置按纽或开关，由使用者手动触发按纽或开关来唤醒。在本发明另一实施例中，可以是使用图23A与23B的实施例，或是图24A与24B的实施例来唤醒。在笔尖段230接触到物体之后，即可以令第一端口的电位由低变高，进而让发信器110发送电信号。In addition, when the above-mentioned beacon signal is not received for a second period of time, the transmitter 110 may enter a sleep mode, turning off most of the power of the circuit or controller of the transmitter 110 until it is awakened. In one embodiment of the present invention, in the sleep mode, the transmitter 110 turns off the circuits related to receiving the beacon signal and sending the electrical signal. The aforementioned awakening from the sleep mode may be achieved by setting a button or switch on the transmitter 110, and the user manually triggering the button or switch to awaken. In another embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment of Figures 23A and 23B, or the embodiment of Figures 24A and 24B may be used to awaken. After the pen tip section 230 contacts the object, the potential of the first port can be changed from low to high, thereby allowing the transmitter 110 to send an electrical signal.
在本申请当中，加入环状电极550的功能之一，可用于接收上述的灯塔信号，而不限于只通过笔尖段230来接收灯塔信号。由于环状电极550的面积与体积要大于笔尖段230的尖端，因此可以在离触控面板120较远的地方接收到灯塔信号。或者是让触控面板120发送信号强度较弱的灯塔信号，用于减少触控面板120的电力消耗。若在一段时间内未接收到灯塔信号，主动笔可以进入更深层的睡眠程度，以节省更多的电力消耗。在更深层的睡眠状态下，使用者可以借由点触笔尖段230，来让发信器110回复到正常运作的状态。可以使用图23A与23B的实施例，或是图24A与24B的实施例来唤醒发信器110。在笔尖段230接触到物体之后，即可以令第一端口的电位由低变高，进而让发信器110发送电信号。In the present application, one of the functions of adding the annular electrode 550 is to receive the above-mentioned beacon signal, rather than being limited to receiving the beacon signal only through the pen tip segment 230. Since the area and volume of the annular electrode 550 are larger than the tip of the pen tip segment 230, the beacon signal can be received at a place farther away from the touch panel 120. Or the touch panel 120 can send a beacon signal with a weaker signal strength to reduce the power consumption of the touch panel 120. If the beacon signal is not received for a period of time, the active pen can enter a deeper sleep level to save more power consumption. In a deeper sleep state, the user can restore the transmitter 110 to a normal operating state by touching the pen tip segment 230. The embodiments of Figures 23A and 23B or the embodiments of Figures 24A and 24B can be used to wake up the transmitter 110. After the pen tip segment 230 contacts the object, the potential of the first port can be changed from low to high, thereby allowing the transmitter 110 to send an electrical signal.
当要在一个触控面板120上操作多支发信器110的时候，触控面板120可以发出不同的灯塔信号，以便让相应的发信器110在接收灯塔信号后的一段时间内发出主动信号。上述的发信器110也可以根据不同的灯塔信号，调整上述的第一信号源211、第二信号源212、与第三信号源513的频率或调变方式，以利触控处理装置130侦测得知是哪一支发信器110的信号。同样地，上述的不同灯塔信号可以采用不同的频率或调变方式。When multiple transmitters 110 are to be operated on a touch panel 120, the touch panel 120 may send out different beacon signals so that the corresponding transmitter 110 sends out active signals within a period of time after receiving the beacon signals. The transmitter 110 may also adjust the frequency or modulation method of the first signal source 211, the second signal source 212, and the third signal source 513 according to different beacon signals, so that the touch processing device 130 can detect which transmitter 110 is sending the signal. Similarly, the different beacon signals may use different frequencies or modulation methods.
请参考图22所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的压力传感器的示意图。在此一实施例中，控制单元2220亦可馈入某一频率的驱动信号到压力传感器2210的输入端c，并接收由输出端a,b输出相应于第一电容C1与第二电容C2的电流量I1与I2至控制单元2220，再经由控制单元20利用两者的比例值来计算感测值，从而判断出压力变化。该控制单元2220可以实施图8所示的方法。在一应用中，该预定频率的驱动信号亦可是由外界输入至压力传感器2220的输入端c中。Please refer to FIG. 22, which is a schematic diagram of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the control unit 2220 can also feed a driving signal of a certain frequency to the input terminal c of the pressure sensor 2210, and receive the currents I1 and I2 corresponding to the first capacitor C1 and the second capacitor C2 output from the output terminals a and b to the control unit 2220, and then calculate the sensing value by using the ratio of the two values through the control unit 20, so as to determine the pressure change. The control unit 2220 can implement the method shown in FIG. 8. In an application, the driving signal of the predetermined frequency can also be input from the outside to the input terminal c of the pressure sensor 2220.
请参考图23A与23B所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的简单开关的结构示意图。在图23A所示的实施例中，总共有三层电路板。和先前的图示相同，右方有机械斜面。在机械斜面未向左推送之前，位于上层电路板的电路通过中间电路板导电线路，连接到下层电路板的电路。上层电路板的第一接点p1分别连接到电压源(如Vdd)与第一端口(GPIO1)，在未发生垂直于触控笔轴心方向的位移时，第一接点p1与中间电路板的第二接点p2电性接触。中间电路板另外具有第三接点p3，第二接点p2与第三接点p3电性连接。下层电路板的第四接点p4连接到地面电位(如ground)，也可以再接到第二端口(GPIO2)。此外，第四接点p4与第三接点p3电性接触。电压源与第一端口GPIO1间连接提升电阻，当上层电路板与中间电路板的电路为短路(第一接点p1与第二接点p2电性接触)，以及中间电路板与下层电路板的电路为短路(第三接点p3与第四接点p4电性接触)时，第一端口GPIO1的电位为低电位或地面电位。Please refer to Figures 23A and 23B, which are schematic diagrams of the structure of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention. In the embodiment shown in Figure 23A, there are a total of three layers of circuit boards. As in the previous figure, there is a mechanical ramp on the right. Before the mechanical ramp is pushed to the left, the circuit on the upper circuit board is connected to the circuit on the lower circuit board through the conductive circuit of the middle circuit board. The first contact p1 of the upper circuit board is respectively connected to the voltage source (such as Vdd) and the first port (GPIO1). When there is no displacement perpendicular to the axis of the stylus pen, the first contact p1 is electrically in contact with the second contact p2 of the middle circuit board. The middle circuit board also has a third contact p3, and the second contact p2 is electrically connected to the third contact p3. The fourth contact p4 of the lower circuit board is connected to the ground potential (such as ground), and can also be connected to the second port (GPIO2). In addition, the fourth contact p4 is electrically in contact with the third contact p3. A pull-up resistor is connected between the voltage source and the first port GPIO1. When the circuits of the upper circuit board and the middle circuit board are short-circuited (the first contact p1 is electrically in contact with the second contact p2), and the circuits of the middle circuit board and the lower circuit board are short-circuited (the third contact p3 is electrically in contact with the fourth contact p4), the potential of the first port GPIO1 is a low potential or a ground potential.
请参考图23B，在接收到压力之后，机械斜面会往左推送，将对上层电路板与下层电路板的接触端造成形变。在形变之后，上层电路板与中间电路板的电路为开路(第一接点p1与第二接点p2没有电性接触)，或中间电路板与下层电路板的电路为开路(第三接点p3与第四接点p4没有电性接触)，则第一端口GPIO1的电位为电压源Vdd的电位。Please refer to FIG23B. After receiving the pressure, the mechanical bevel will push to the left, causing deformation of the contact end of the upper circuit board and the lower circuit board. After the deformation, the circuit of the upper circuit board and the middle circuit board is open (the first contact p1 and the second contact p2 are not in electrical contact), or the circuit of the middle circuit board and the lower circuit board is open (the third contact p3 and the fourth contact p4 are not in electrical contact), and the potential of the first port GPIO1 is the potential of the voltage source Vdd.
当第一端口GPIO1的电位由低转高时，可以令睡眠模式下的发信器110被唤醒。如同先前所提的，上层电路板与下层电路板之外可以附有支撑元件，以便在机械斜面的力量消失后，让上层电路板与下层电路板回复原状，第一端口的电位由高转低。前述的第一端口与第二端口可以是发信器110内的处理器的接脚。When the potential of the first port GPIO1 changes from low to high, the transmitter 110 in sleep mode can be awakened. As mentioned above, support elements can be attached to the upper circuit board and the lower circuit board so that after the force of the mechanical slope disappears, the upper circuit board and the lower circuit board can be restored to their original state and the potential of the first port changes from high to low. The first port and the second port mentioned above can be pins of the processor in the transmitter 110.
请参考图24A与24B所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的简单开关的结构示意图。图23A与23B的实施例当中具有两个断口，无论是任何一个断口呈现开路，都可以让第一端口的电位由低转高。图24A与24B的实施例，只具有一个断口，电路从中间电路板连接到地面电位。当上层电路板与中间电路板的电路为短路时，第一端口GPIO1的电位为低电位或地面电位。当上层电路板与中间电路板的电路为开路时，第一端口GPIO1的电位为电压源的电位。在图24A与24B中，第二接点p2电性连接于第二端口GPIO2。Please refer to Figures 24A and 24B, which are schematic diagrams of the structure of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention. The embodiments of Figures 23A and 23B have two breaks, and no matter which break is open, the potential of the first port can be changed from low to high. The embodiments of Figures 24A and 24B have only one break, and the circuit is connected from the middle circuit board to the ground potential. When the circuit of the upper circuit board and the middle circuit board is short-circuited, the potential of the first port GPIO1 is a low potential or a ground potential. When the circuit of the upper circuit board and the middle circuit board is open, the potential of the first port GPIO1 is the potential of the voltage source. In Figures 24A and 24B, the second contact p2 is electrically connected to the second port GPIO2.
请参考图25，本发明提供一种推断笔尖位置的示意图。在图上有两支发信器110，都包含有环状电极550与笔尖段230。左边的发信器110与触控面板120呈现垂直状态，其夹角接近或等于90度，右边的发信器110与触控面板120的夹角小于90度。而触控面板120的表面透明层具有厚度。一般来说，该表面透明层通常是强化玻璃，而显示层是位在透明层的下方。Please refer to FIG. 25 , the present invention provides a schematic diagram of inferring the position of the pen tip. There are two transmitters 110 in the figure, both of which include a ring electrode 550 and a pen tip segment 230. The transmitter 110 on the left is vertical to the touch panel 120, and the angle between them is close to or equal to 90 degrees, and the angle between the transmitter 110 on the right and the touch panel 120 is less than 90 degrees. The surface transparent layer of the touch panel 120 has a thickness. Generally speaking, the surface transparent layer is usually tempered glass, and the display layer is located below the transparent layer.
由于发信器110在R时段从环状电极550与/或笔尖段230发出电信号，因此触控处理装置130可以计算出信号的重心位置R_cg，相应于环状电极550与笔尖段230投影于触控面板120的中心位置。接着，在T0与T1时段，发信器110只通过笔尖段230发出电信号。触控处理装置130可以计算出信号的重心位置Tip_cg，相应于笔尖段230投影于触控面板120的中心位置。Since the transmitter 110 sends an electrical signal from the annular electrode 550 and/or the pen tip segment 230 during the R period, the touch processing device 130 can calculate the center of gravity position R_cg of the signal, which corresponds to the center position of the annular electrode 550 and the pen tip segment 230 projected on the touch panel 120. Then, during the T0 and T1 periods, the transmitter 110 only sends an electrical signal through the pen tip segment 230. The touch processing device 130 can calculate the center of gravity position Tip_cg of the signal, which corresponds to the center position of the pen tip segment 230 projected on the touch panel 120.
如图25左边的发信器110，当其垂直于触控面板120时，R_cg等于或非常接近Tip_cg。因此，可以推断其笔尖接触触控面板120的表面透明层的点，Tip_surface就等于上述的R_cg与Tip_cg。还可以推断笔尖投影于触控面板120的显示层的点，Tip_display即等于上述的R_cg、Tip_cg、与Tip_surface。For example, the transmitter 110 on the left side of FIG25 , when it is perpendicular to the touch panel 120, R_cg is equal to or very close to Tip_cg. Therefore, it can be inferred that the point where the pen tip touches the surface transparent layer of the touch panel 120, Tip_surface is equal to the above R_cg and Tip_cg. It can also be inferred that the point where the pen tip is projected onto the display layer of the touch panel 120, Tip_display is equal to the above R_cg, Tip_cg, and Tip_surface.
如图25右边的发信器110，由于与触控面板120夹了一个倾角，因此R_cg不等于Tip_cg。可以想见的是，当两者的距离越远，表示倾角越大。根据不同的发信器110设计，触控处理装置130可以根据上述的两个重心位置R_cg与Tip_cg，查表或计算出上述的倾角，或者推算出笔尖段230的尖端接触触控面板120的表面透明层与显示层的点Tip_surface与Tip_display。As shown in the transmitter 110 on the right side of Figure 25, since there is an inclination angle between it and the touch panel 120, R_cg is not equal to Tip_cg. It can be imagined that the farther the distance between the two is, the larger the inclination angle is. According to different designs of the transmitter 110, the touch processing device 130 can look up or calculate the above-mentioned inclination angle according to the above-mentioned two center of gravity positions R_cg and Tip_cg, or deduce the points Tip_surface and Tip_display where the tip of the pen tip segment 230 contacts the surface transparent layer and display layer of the touch panel 120.
请参考图26所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的计算倾斜角的示意图。本实施例适用于图5所示的发信器110，其具有环状电极550。本实施例适用于图9E与图9F所示的信号调变模式，由图1所示的触控处理装置130执行本实施例所示的方法，还可以参酌图25的实施例。Please refer to FIG. 26, which is a schematic diagram of calculating the tilt angle according to an embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment is applicable to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG. 5, which has a ring electrode 550. This embodiment is applicable to the signal modulation mode shown in FIG. 9E and FIG. 9F, and the method shown in this embodiment is executed by the touch processing device 130 shown in FIG. 1, and the embodiment of FIG. 25 can also be referred to.
在步骤2610当中，计算环状电极550与/或笔尖段230在触控面板120上的第一中心位置R_cg。在步骤2620当中，计算笔尖段230在触控面板120上的第二中心位置Tip_cg。本发明并不限定这两个步骤2610与2620所执行的先后顺序。接着，在可选的步骤2630当中，根据第一中心位置R_cg与第二中心位置Tip_cg，计算倾斜角。在可选的步骤2640当中，根据第一中心位置R_cg与第二中心位置Tip_cg，计算笔尖段230在触控面板120表面层的表面位置Tip_surface。在可选的步骤2650当中，根据第一中心位置R_cg与第二中心位置Tip_cg，计算笔尖段230在触控面板120显示层的显示位置Tip_display。本发明并不限定必须执行步骤2630至2650，但至少需要执行其中之一。本发明也不限定步骤2630至2650所执行的顺序。In step 2610, a first center position R_cg of the annular electrode 550 and/or the pen tip segment 230 on the touch panel 120 is calculated. In step 2620, a second center position Tip_cg of the pen tip segment 230 on the touch panel 120 is calculated. The present invention does not limit the order in which the two steps 2610 and 2620 are executed. Next, in an optional step 2630, a tilt angle is calculated based on the first center position R_cg and the second center position Tip_cg. In an optional step 2640, a surface position Tip_surface of the pen tip segment 230 on the surface layer of the touch panel 120 is calculated based on the first center position R_cg and the second center position Tip_cg. In an optional step 2650, a display position Tip_display of the pen tip segment 230 on the display layer of the touch panel 120 is calculated based on the first center position R_cg and the second center position Tip_cg. The present invention does not limit the execution of steps 2630 to 2650, but at least one of them needs to be executed. The present invention also does not limit the execution order of steps 2630 to 2650.
请参考图27所示，其为显示接口反应前述倾斜角与/或压力的笔触的实施例。图27包含五组横排的实施例(a)到(e)，每一组包含三个倾斜角(inclination)，最左边的直排表示主动笔没有倾斜角的情况，右边范例的第二倾斜角大于中间范例的第一倾斜角，其倾斜角的方向均朝向右边。这里所谓的笔触，通常是在绘图软件中，显示在画面的着色范围。Please refer to FIG. 27, which is an embodiment of the display interface responding to the aforementioned inclination angle and/or pressure of the pen stroke. FIG. 27 includes five sets of horizontal embodiments (a) to (e), each set includes three inclination angles. The leftmost vertical row indicates that the active pen has no inclination angle. The second inclination angle of the right example is greater than the first inclination angle of the middle example, and the direction of the inclination angle is toward the right. The so-called pen stroke here is usually displayed in the coloring range of the screen in the drawing software.
值得注意的是，在本实施例中，未必要使用图25与图26的环状电极来计算倾角与笔尖段230尖端接触触控面板120的表面透明层与显示层的点Tip_surface与Tip_display。在一实施例中，可以在笔上装置其他的传感器来量测倾角。比方说，以微机电制成的惯性量测单元(IMU,inertial measurement unit)、陀螺仪(gyroscope)、加速度计(accelerometer)等，对倾角进行量测后，通过各种有线或无线的传输方式将倾角与/或倾角所衍生出的各式数据传送到触控面板所属的计算器系统，以利该计算器系统实作图10所示的各个实施例。上述的有线或无线的传输方式，可以是工业标准或是自定义的标准，比方为蓝芽无线通信协议或Wireless USB等。It is worth noting that in this embodiment, it is not necessary to use the annular electrodes of Figures 25 and 26 to calculate the inclination angle and the points Tip_surface and Tip_display where the tip of the pen tip segment 230 contacts the surface transparent layer and display layer of the touch panel 120. In one embodiment, other sensors can be installed on the pen to measure the inclination angle. For example, after measuring the inclination angle using an inertial measurement unit (IMU), a gyroscope, an accelerometer, etc. made of micro-electromechanical systems, the inclination angle and/or various data derived from the inclination angle are transmitted to the computer system to which the touch panel belongs through various wired or wireless transmission methods, so that the computer system can implement the various embodiments shown in Figure 10. The above-mentioned wired or wireless transmission method can be an industrial standard or a custom standard, such as a Bluetooth wireless communication protocol or a Wireless USB.
在此假定图27内，各个实施例的主动笔均用相同的压力接触触控面板。在某个实施例中，每个横线与直线的交会点，代表着上述笔尖段实际接触触控面板的表面透明层的点Tip_surface。在另外的实施例中，每个横线与直线的交会点，代表着笔尖信号的重心位置Tip_cg。当然，在其他实施例中，也可以表示上述笔尖投影于触控面板的显示层的点Tip_display。为了方便起见，可以统称为笔尖代表点Tip，此笔尖代表点可以是上述的Tip_display、Tip_surface或Tip_cg。It is assumed here that in Figure 27, the active pens of various embodiments contact the touch panel with the same pressure. In a certain embodiment, each intersection point of a horizontal line and a straight line represents the point Tip_surface where the above-mentioned pen tip segment actually contacts the surface transparent layer of the touch panel. In another embodiment, each intersection point of a horizontal line and a straight line represents the center of gravity position Tip_cg of the pen tip signal. Of course, in other embodiments, it can also represent the point Tip_display where the above-mentioned pen tip is projected onto the display layer of the touch panel. For convenience, it can be collectively referred to as the pen tip representative point Tip, and this pen tip representative point can be the above-mentioned Tip_display, Tip_surface or Tip_cg.
在实施例(a)当中，当倾斜角增加时，笔触的形状会从圆形变成椭圆形。换言之，椭圆形的双焦点之间的距离与倾角相关。倾角越大，则椭圆形的双焦点之间的距离越大。而椭圆形的中心点即为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。In embodiment (a), when the inclination angle increases, the shape of the pen stroke changes from a circle to an ellipse. In other words, the distance between the two foci of the ellipse is related to the inclination angle. The larger the inclination angle, the larger the distance between the two foci of the ellipse. The center point of the ellipse is the above-mentioned pen tip representative point Tip.
实施例(b)与实施例(a)的不同之处在于，椭圆形双焦点的中心延伸线与椭圆形线的交会点，为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。实施例(c)与实施例(a)的不同之处在于，椭圆形双焦点的其中一个焦点，为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。实施例(d)及(e)与实施例(a)的不同之处在于，笔触的形状从椭圆形改为泪滴型。实施例(d)的泪滴型尖端，为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。实施例(e)的泪滴型尖端朝向尾端的某处，为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。The difference between embodiment (b) and embodiment (a) is that the intersection of the central extension line of the elliptical double focus and the elliptical line is the above-mentioned pen tip representative point Tip. The difference between embodiment (c) and embodiment (a) is that one of the foci of the elliptical double focus is the above-mentioned pen tip representative point Tip. The difference between embodiments (d) and (e) and embodiment (a) is that the shape of the brush stroke is changed from elliptical to teardrop-shaped. The teardrop-shaped tip of embodiment (d) is the above-mentioned pen tip representative point Tip. The teardrop-shaped tip of embodiment (e) is toward a certain point at the tail end, which is the above-mentioned pen tip representative point Tip.
尽管在图27当中，举出了两种形状与所表示的不同点，但本申请并不限定笔触的形状与其表示的点的种类。除此之外，在一实施例中，笔尖的压力可以控制上述形状的大小，比方说压力大小与圆形的半径相关，或是与椭圆形的双焦点的距离相关。总而言之，人机接口可以根据主动笔的笔尖压力值与/或倾角来变换显示的内容。Although two shapes and different points are shown in FIG. 27 , the present application does not limit the shape of the pen stroke and the type of point it represents. In addition, in one embodiment, the pressure of the pen tip can control the size of the above shape, for example, the pressure is related to the radius of a circle, or to the distance between the two focal points of an ellipse. In short, the human-computer interface can change the displayed content according to the pressure value and/or inclination angle of the active pen tip.
除了更动笔触的形状之外，上述的笔尖压力值与/或倾斜角值也可以表示不同的命令。比方说，在三维设计软件当中，可以通过倾斜角来调整光源的色温，或是光源的强度，抑或是光源的照射广度。又或者是当笔尖选择某一对象之后，通过倾斜角的方向，可以调整对象的指向，还可以根据倾斜角的角度，调整对象的旋转方向。In addition to changing the shape of the pen stroke, the above-mentioned pen tip pressure value and/or tilt angle value can also represent different commands. For example, in 3D design software, the color temperature of the light source, the intensity of the light source, or the irradiation width of the light source can be adjusted by the tilt angle. Or when the pen tip selects an object, the direction of the object can be adjusted by the direction of the tilt angle, and the rotation direction of the object can also be adjusted according to the angle of the tilt angle.
值得注意的是，本发明并不限定倾斜角与其相关的值的关系为线性的。在某些实施例中，倾斜角与其相关值的关系可以是非线性的，可以利用查表对照，或是以二次函数进行对照。It should be noted that the present invention does not limit the relationship between the tilt angle and its associated value to be linear. In some embodiments, the relationship between the tilt angle and its associated value may be nonlinear, and may be compared using a table lookup or a quadratic function.
请参考图28所示，其为在显示接口反应前述倾角与/或压力的笔触的另一实施例。图28包含两个实施例(a)与(b)，每个实施例包含左右两个笔触(stroke)。左边的笔触的倾斜角为零，包含五个由小到大的圆形C1至C5，其圆形的大小是根据笔尖的压力值而定。右边的笔触带有某一固定的倾斜角，包含五个由小到大的椭圆形E1至E5，其椭圆形的大小也是根据笔尖的压力值而定，且相同于C1至C5的压力值。除此之外，根据其倾斜角的方向，这些椭圆形E1至E5的轴心方向都是倾斜30度的，而且倾斜角的方向(inclination direction)与笔触中心的方向(stroke direction)是不同的。在此图当中，两者夹了15度角。Please refer to FIG. 28 , which is another embodiment of a pen stroke that reflects the aforementioned inclination angle and/or pressure in a display interface. FIG. 28 includes two embodiments (a) and (b), each of which includes two pen strokes on the left and right. The pen stroke on the left has an inclination angle of zero, and includes five circles C1 to C5 from small to large, and the size of the circles is determined according to the pressure value of the pen tip. The pen stroke on the right has a fixed inclination angle, and includes five ellipses E1 to E5 from small to large, and the size of the ellipses is also determined according to the pressure value of the pen tip, and is the same as the pressure value of C1 to C5. In addition, according to the direction of the inclination angle, the axis direction of these ellipses E1 to E5 is inclined at 30 degrees, and the inclination direction (inclination direction) is different from the direction of the center of the pen stroke (stroke direction). In this figure, the two are sandwiched at an angle of 15 degrees.
图28的(a)实施例相应于图27的(a)实施例，意即椭圆形的中心点相应于上述的笔尖代表点Tip。同样地，图28的(b)实施例相应于图27的(b)实施例，椭圆形双焦点的中心延伸线与椭圆形线的交会点，为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。由图28的两个实施例中可以见到，在同样的压力变化之下，由于倾斜角的不同，而会导致笔触整体形状的不同。借此，可以利用压力值与倾斜角来表现某些软性弹性笔尖的笔触，比方说毛笔(brush pen)或鹅毛笔(quill pen)等。The embodiment (a) of FIG. 28 corresponds to the embodiment (a) of FIG. 27 , which means that the center point of the ellipse corresponds to the above-mentioned pen tip representative point Tip. Similarly, the embodiment (b) of FIG. 28 corresponds to the embodiment (b) of FIG. 27 , and the intersection point of the center extension line of the ellipse double focus and the ellipse line is the above-mentioned pen tip representative point Tip. It can be seen from the two embodiments of FIG. 28 that under the same pressure change, the overall shape of the brush stroke will be different due to the different inclination angles. In this way, the pressure value and the inclination angle can be used to express the brush strokes of certain soft elastic pen tips, such as a brush pen or a quill pen.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种发信器。该发信器包含：第一元件，用于接收具有第一频率群组的信号，其中该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据受力而变化；第二元件，用于接收具有第二频率群组的信号，该第二元件具有第二阻抗值；以及笔尖段，用于接收该第一元件与该第二元件的输入，并且发出电信号，其中该笔尖段用于接收该受力。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter. The transmitter includes: a first element for receiving a signal with a first frequency group, wherein a first impedance value of the first element changes according to a force; a second element for receiving a signal with a second frequency group, wherein the second element has a second impedance value; and a pen tip segment for receiving inputs of the first element and the second element and emitting an electrical signal, wherein the pen tip segment is used to receive the force.
在一实施例中，该第二阻抗值不根据该受力而变化。在另一实施例中，该第二阻抗值也根据该受力而变化。In one embodiment, the second impedance value does not change according to the force. In another embodiment, the second impedance value also changes according to the force.
在一实施例中，上述的发信器可以还包含第三开关与该第三开关串联的第三元件，其中该第一元件与该第三开关及该第三元件并联。上述的发信器可以还包含第四开关与该第四开关串联的第四元件，其中该第一元件与该第四开关及该第四元件并联。In one embodiment, the transmitter may further include a third switch connected in series with a third element, wherein the first element is connected in parallel with the third switch and the third element. The transmitter may further include a fourth switch connected in series with a fourth element, wherein the first element is connected in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth element.
在另一实施例中，上述的发信器可以还包含第三开关与该第三开关串联的第三元件，其中该第二元件与该第三开关及该第三元件并联。上述的发信器可以还包含第四开关与该第四开关串联的第四元件，其中该第二元件与该第四开关及该第四元件并联。In another embodiment, the transmitter may further include a third switch connected in series with a third element, wherein the second element is connected in parallel with the third switch and the third element. The transmitter may further include a fourth switch connected in series with a fourth element, wherein the second element is connected in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth element.
在一实施例中，上述的第一频率群组包含一个或多个第一频率，该第二频率群组包含一个或多个第二频率，该第一频率不同于该第二频率。In one embodiment, the first frequency group includes one or more first frequencies, and the second frequency group includes one or more second frequencies, and the first frequency is different from the second frequency.
在一实施例中，在该受力为零的情况下，该第一阻抗值等于该第二阻抗值。在一实施例中，当该受力为零的情况下，该笔尖段并未接触到任何物体。In one embodiment, when the force is zero, the first impedance value is equal to the second impedance value. In one embodiment, when the force is zero, the pen tip section does not contact any object.
在一实施例中，该电信号中第一频率群组的第一信号强度M1与该第二频率群组的第二信号强度M2的比例值相关于该受力。其中，该比例值可以是下列其中之一：M1/M2、M2/M1、M1/(M1+M2)、M2/(M1+M2)、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、或(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)。In one embodiment, the ratio of the first signal strength M1 of the first frequency group to the second signal strength M2 of the second frequency group in the electrical signal is related to the force, wherein the ratio may be one of the following: M1/M2, M2/M1, M1/(M1+M2), M2/(M1+M2), (M1-M2)/(M1+M2), or (M2-M1)/(M1+M2).
在一实施例中，当该比例值等于或落入第一范围值时，该受力为零。当该比例值等于或落入第二范围值时，该第三开关为闭路，该第一元件与该第三元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第三范围值时，该第四开关为闭路，该第一元件与该第四元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第四范围值时，该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路，该第一元件与该第三元件及第四开关为并联。在另一实施例中，当该比例值等于或落入第五范围值时，该第三开关为闭路，该第二元件与该第三元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第六范围值时，该第四开关为闭路，该第二元件与该第四元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第七范围值时，该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路，该第二元件与该第三元件及第四元件为并联。In one embodiment, when the ratio value is equal to or falls within the first range value, the force is zero. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the second range value, the third switch is closed, and the first element and the third element are in parallel. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the third range value, the fourth switch is closed, and the first element and the fourth element are in parallel. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the fourth range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed, and the first element and the third element and the fourth switch are in parallel. In another embodiment, when the ratio value is equal to or falls within the fifth range value, the third switch is closed, and the second element and the third element are in parallel. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the sixth range value, the fourth switch is closed, and the second element and the fourth element are in parallel. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the seventh range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed, and the second element and the third element and the fourth element are in parallel.
在一实施例中，该第一元件为力感应电容器，该第二元件为电容器。In one embodiment, the first element is a force sensing capacitor and the second element is a capacitor.
在一实施例中，上述的发信器可以还包含环绕该笔尖段的环状电极，该环状电极并不与该笔尖段电性耦合。在一实施例中，上述的环状电极可以包含一个或多个分离的电极。In one embodiment, the transmitter may further include a ring electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, and the ring electrode is not electrically coupled to the pen tip segment. In one embodiment, the ring electrode may include one or more separate electrodes.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种控制发信器的发信方法，该发信器包含第一元件、第二元件、与笔尖段，其中该笔尖段用于接收该第一元件与该第二元件的输入，该发信方法包含：令该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据该笔尖段所接收的受力而变化；提供第一频率群组的信号至该第一元件；提供第二频率群组的信号至该第二元件；以及令该笔尖段发出电信号。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling a transmitter, wherein the transmitter includes a first element, a second element, and a pen tip segment, wherein the pen tip segment is used to receive inputs from the first element and the second element. The method includes: allowing the first impedance value of the first element to change according to the force received by the pen tip segment; providing a signal of a first frequency group to the first element; providing a signal of a second frequency group to the second element; and allowing the pen tip segment to emit an electrical signal.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种用于判断发信器所接收的受力的判断方法，包含：接收该发信器所发出的电信号；计算该电信号当中第一频率群组的第一信号强度M1；计算该电信号当中第二频率群组的第二信号强度M2；以及根据该第一信号强度M1与该第二信号强度M2的比例值，计算该受力。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for determining the force received by a transmitter, comprising: receiving an electrical signal emitted by the transmitter; calculating a first signal strength M1 of a first frequency group in the electrical signal; calculating a second signal strength M2 of a second frequency group in the electrical signal; and calculating the force based on a ratio between the first signal strength M1 and the second signal strength M2.
在一实施例中，上述计算该受力的步骤可以包含下列其中之一：查表法、直线内插法、或二次曲线法。In one embodiment, the step of calculating the force may include one of the following: a table lookup method, a linear interpolation method, or a quadratic curve method.
在一实施例中，还包含根据该比例值，判断该第三开关的状态。在另一实施例中，还包含根据该比例值，判断该第四开关的状态。In one embodiment, the method further comprises determining the state of the third switch according to the ratio value. In another embodiment, the method further comprises determining the state of the fourth switch according to the ratio value.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种用于判断发信器所接收的受力的触控处理装置，包含：接口，用于连接至触控面板上的多个第一电极与多个第二电极，其中该多个第一电极与该多个第二电极形成多个感测点；至少一个解调变器，用于计算该多个感测点其中之一所接收到的电信号当中，第一频率群组的第一信号强度M1与第二频率群组的第二信号强度M2；以及计算单元，用于根据该第一信号强度M1与该第二信号强度M2的比例值，计算该受力。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for determining the force received by a transmitter, comprising: an interface for connecting to multiple first electrodes and multiple second electrodes on a touch panel, wherein the multiple first electrodes and the multiple second electrodes form multiple sensing points; at least one demodulator for calculating the first signal strength M1 of the first frequency group and the second signal strength M2 of the second frequency group in the electrical signal received by one of the multiple sensing points; and a calculation unit for calculating the force based on the ratio of the first signal strength M1 to the second signal strength M2.
在一实施例中，该计算单元还根据该比例值，判断该第三开关的状态。在另一实施例中，该计算单元还根据该比例值，判断该第四开关的状态。In one embodiment, the calculation unit further determines the state of the third switch according to the ratio value. In another embodiment, the calculation unit further determines the state of the fourth switch according to the ratio value.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种用于判断发信器所接收的受力的触控系统，包含：发信器、触控面板、以及触控处理装置，其中该发信器还包含第一元件，用于接收具有第一频率群组的信号，其中该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据受力而变化；第二元件，用于接收具有第二频率群组的信号，其中该第二元件具有第二阻抗值；以及笔尖段，用于接收该第一元件与该第二元件的输入，并且发出电信号，其中该笔尖段用于接收该受力，该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极，其中该多个第一电极与该多个第二电极形成多个感测点，该触控处理装置还包含：接口用于连接至该触控面板上的该多个第一电极与该多个第二电极，至少一个解调变器，用于计算该多个感测点其中之一所接收到的电信号当中，第一频率群组的第一信号强度M1与第二频率群组的第二信号强度M2；以及计算单元，用于根据该第一信号强度M1与该第二信号强度M2的比例值，计算该受力。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch system for determining the force received by a transmitter, comprising: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device, wherein the transmitter also comprises a first element for receiving a signal having a first frequency group, wherein a first impedance value of the first element changes according to the force; a second element for receiving a signal having a second frequency group, wherein the second element has a second impedance value; and a pen tip segment for receiving inputs of the first element and the second element and sending an electrical signal, wherein the pen tip segment is used to receive the force, the touch panel comprises a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes, wherein the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes form a plurality of sensing points, and the touch processing device further comprises: an interface for connecting to the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes on the touch panel, at least one demodulator for calculating the first signal strength M1 of the first frequency group and the second signal strength M2 of the second frequency group in the electrical signal received by one of the plurality of sensing points; and a calculation unit for calculating the force based on the ratio of the first signal strength M1 to the second signal strength M2.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种发信器，包含：第一元件，用于接收信号源，其中该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据受力而变化；第二元件，用于接收该信号源，其中该第二元件具有第二阻抗值；笔尖段，用于接收该受力；控制单元，用于分别计算该第一元件与该第二元件所传回的第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2，并且根据该第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2的比例值，计算该受力；以及通信单元，用于将该受力值传送出去。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, comprising: a first element for receiving a signal source, wherein a first impedance value of the first element changes according to a force; a second element for receiving the signal source, wherein the second element has a second impedance value; a pen tip section for receiving the force; a control unit for respectively calculating a first current value I1 and a second current value I2 transmitted back by the first element and the second element, and calculating the force based on a ratio of the first current value I1 to the second current value I2; and a communication unit for transmitting the force value.
在一实施例中，该第二阻抗值不根据该受力而变化。在另一实施例中，该第二阻抗值也根据该受力而变化。In one embodiment, the second impedance value does not change according to the force. In another embodiment, the second impedance value also changes according to the force.
在一实施例中，该通信单元还包含无线通信单元，用于将该受力值传送出去。在另一实施例中，该通信单元还包含有线通信单元，用于将该受力值传送出去。In one embodiment, the communication unit further comprises a wireless communication unit for transmitting the force value. In another embodiment, the communication unit further comprises a wired communication unit for transmitting the force value.
在一实施例中，该信号源是该有线通信单元。在一实施例中，该信号源是该笔尖段所接收的信号。In one embodiment, the signal source is the wired communication unit. In one embodiment, the signal source is a signal received by the pen tip segment.
在一实施例中，该第一电流值I1与该第二电流值I2的该比例值相关于该受力。其中，该比例值可以是下列其中之一：I1/I2、I2/I1、I1(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)、或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)。In one embodiment, the ratio of the first current value I1 to the second current value I2 is related to the force, wherein the ratio can be one of the following: I1/I2, I2/I1, I1(I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), (I1-I2)/(I1+I2), or (I2-I1)/(I1+I2).
在一实施例中，在该受力为零的情况下，该第一阻抗值等于该第二阻抗值。In one embodiment, when the force is zero, the first impedance value is equal to the second impedance value.
在一实施例中，上述的发信器可以还包含第三开关与该第三开关串联的第三元件，其中该第一元件与该第三开关及该第三元件并联。上述的发信器可以还包含第四开关与该第四开关串联的第四元件，其中该第一元件与该第四开关及该第四元件并联。在一实施例中，当该比例值等于或落入第一范围值时，该受力为零。当该比例值等于或落入第二范围值时，该第三开关为闭路，该第一元件与该第三元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第三范围值时，该第四开关为闭路，该第一元件与该第四元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第四范围值时，该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路，该第一元件与该第三元件及第四开关为并联。In one embodiment, the transmitter may further include a third switch connected in series with a third element, wherein the first element is connected in parallel with the third switch and the third element. The transmitter may further include a fourth switch connected in series with a fourth element, wherein the first element is connected in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth element. In one embodiment, when the ratio value is equal to or falls within the first range value, the force is zero. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the second range value, the third switch is closed, and the first element is connected in parallel with the third element. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the third range value, the fourth switch is closed, and the first element is connected in parallel with the fourth element. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the fourth range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed, and the first element is connected in parallel with the third element and the fourth switch.
在另一实施例中，上述的发信器可以还包含第三开关与该第三开关串联的第三元件，其中该第二元件与该第三开关及该第三元件并联。上述的发信器可以还包含第四开关与该第四开关串联的第四元件，其中该第二元件与该第四开关及该第四元件并联。当该比例值等于或落入第五范围值时，该第三开关为闭路，该第二元件与该第三元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第六范围值时，该第四开关为闭路，该第二元件与该第四元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第七范围值时，该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路，该第二元件与该第三元件及第四开关为并联。In another embodiment, the transmitter may further include a third switch connected in series with a third element, wherein the second element is connected in parallel with the third switch and the third element. The transmitter may further include a fourth switch connected in series with a fourth element, wherein the second element is connected in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth element. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the fifth range value, the third switch is closed, and the second element is connected in parallel with the third element. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the sixth range value, the fourth switch is closed, and the second element is connected in parallel with the fourth element. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the seventh range value, the third switch is closed, and the second element is connected in parallel with the third element and the fourth switch.
在一实施例中，该控制单元更根据该比例值，判断该第三开关的状态。在另一实施例中，该控制单元更根据该比例值，判断该第四开关的状态。In one embodiment, the control unit further determines the state of the third switch according to the ratio value. In another embodiment, the control unit further determines the state of the fourth switch according to the ratio value.
在一实施例中，该通信单元还用于将该第三开关的状态传送出去。在另一实施例中，该通信单元还用于将该第四开关的状态传送出去。In one embodiment, the communication unit is further used to transmit the state of the third switch. In another embodiment, the communication unit is further used to transmit the state of the fourth switch.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种控制发信器的发信方法，该发信器包含第一元件、第二元件、与笔尖段，该发信方法包含：令该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据该笔尖段所接收的受力而变化；提供信号源至该第一元件与该第二元件；分别计算该第一元件与该第二元件所传回的第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2；根据该第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2的比例值，计算该受力；以及将该受力值传送出去。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling a transmitter, wherein the transmitter includes a first element, a second element, and a pen tip segment. The method includes: allowing the first impedance value of the first element to change according to the force received by the pen tip segment; providing a signal source to the first element and the second element; respectively calculating the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 transmitted back by the first element and the second element; calculating the force based on the ratio of the first current value I1 to the second current value I2; and transmitting the force value.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种用于判断发信器所接收的受力的触控系统，包含：发信器；以及主机，其中该发信器还包含：第一元件，用于接收信号源，其中该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据受力而变化；第二元件，用于接收该信号源，其中该第二元件具有第二阻抗值；笔尖段，用于接收该受力；控制单元，用于分别计算该第一元件与该第二元件所传回的第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2，并且根据该第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2的比例值，计算该受力；以及通信单元，用于将该受力值传送至该主机，该主机还包含主机通信单元接收该受力值。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch system for determining the force received by a transmitter, comprising: a transmitter; and a host, wherein the transmitter further comprises: a first element for receiving a signal source, wherein a first impedance value of the first element changes according to the force; a second element for receiving the signal source, wherein the second element has a second impedance value; a pen tip segment for receiving the force; a control unit for respectively calculating the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 transmitted back by the first element and the second element, and calculating the force based on the ratio of the first current value I1 to the second current value I2; and a communication unit for transmitting the force value to the host, wherein the host also comprises a host communication unit for receiving the force value.
在一实施例中，该触控系统还包含触控面板与触控处理装置，其中该触控处理装置用于连接该触控面板，用于侦测该发信器与该触控面板的相对位置，并且将该相对位置传送至该主机。In one embodiment, the touch control system further includes a touch panel and a touch control processing device, wherein the touch control processing device is used to connect to the touch panel, detect the relative position between the transmitter and the touch panel, and transmit the relative position to the host.
在一实施例中，该控制单元还根据该比例值，判断该第三开关的状态。在另一实施例中，该控制单元还根据该比例值，判断该第四开关的状态。在一实施例中，该通信单元，用于将该第三开关的状态传送出去。在另一实施例中，该通信单元还用于将该第四开关的状态传送出去。在一实施例中，该主机通信单元用于接收该第三开关的状态。在另一实施例中，该主机通信单元用于接收该第四开关的状态。In one embodiment, the control unit further determines the state of the third switch according to the ratio value. In another embodiment, the control unit further determines the state of the fourth switch according to the ratio value. In one embodiment, the communication unit is used to transmit the state of the third switch. In another embodiment, the communication unit is also used to transmit the state of the fourth switch. In one embodiment, the host communication unit is used to receive the state of the third switch. In another embodiment, the host communication unit is used to receive the state of the fourth switch.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：第一输入端，用于接收具有第一频率群组的信号；第二输入端，用于接收具有第二频率群组的信号；以及输出端，用于发出电信号，其中该电信号中第一频率群组的第一信号强度M1与该第二频率群组的第二信号强度M2的比例值相关于受力。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first input end for receiving a signal having a first frequency group; a second input end for receiving a signal having a second frequency group; and an output end for emitting an electrical signal, wherein the ratio of a first signal strength M1 of the first frequency group to a second signal strength M2 of the second frequency group in the electrical signal is related to the force.
在一实施例中，该比例值可以是下列其中之一：M1/M2、M2/M1、M1(M1+M2)、M2/(M1+M2)、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、或(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)。In one embodiment, the ratio value may be one of the following: M1/M2, M2/M1, M1(M1+M2), M2/(M1+M2), (M1-M2)/(M1+M2), or (M2-M1)/(M1+M2).
在一实施例中，该力传感器还包含第三开关。在一实施例中，当该比例值等于或落入第一范围值时，该受力为零。当该比例值等于或落入第二范围值时，该第三开关为闭路。In one embodiment, the force sensor further comprises a third switch. In one embodiment, when the ratio value is equal to or falls within the first range value, the force is zero. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the second range value, the third switch is closed.
在另一实施例中，该力传感器还包含第四开关。当该比例值等于或落入第三范围值时，该第四开关为闭路。当该比例值等于或落入第四范围值时，该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路。In another embodiment, the force sensor further comprises a fourth switch. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the third range value, the fourth switch is closed. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the fourth range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：输入端，用于接收信号源；第一输出端，用于输出具有第一电流值I1的信号；以及第二输出端，用于输出具有第二电流值I2的信号，其中该第一电流值I1与该第二电流值I2的比例值相关于受力。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: an input end for receiving a signal source; a first output end for outputting a signal having a first current value I1; and a second output end for outputting a signal having a second current value I2, wherein the ratio of the first current value I1 to the second current value I2 is related to the force.
在一实施例中，该比例值可以是下列其中之一：I1/I2、I2/I1、I1(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)、或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)。In one embodiment, the ratio value may be one of the following: I1/I2, I2/I1, I1(I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), (I1-I2)/(I1+I2), or (I2-I1)/(I1+I2).
在一实施例中，该力传感器还包含第三开关。在一实施例中，当该比例值等于或落入第一范围值时，该受力为零。当该比例值等于或落入第二范围值时，该第三开关为闭路。In one embodiment, the force sensor further comprises a third switch. In one embodiment, when the ratio value is equal to or falls within the first range value, the force is zero. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the second range value, the third switch is closed.
在另一实施例中，该力传感器还包含第四开关。当该比例值等于或落入第三范围值时，该第四开关为闭路。当该比例值等于或落入第四范围值时，该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路。In another embodiment, the force sensor further comprises a fourth switch. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the third range value, the fourth switch is closed. When the ratio value is equal to or falls within the fourth range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：第一电路板，包含第一金属板，用于接收第一频率群组的信号；第二电路板，与该第一电路板平行，包含互不接触的第二金属板与第三金属板，该第三金属板用于接收第二频率群组的信号，该第二金属板用于输出电信号，其中该第二金属板位于该第一金属板与该第三金属板之间；以及斜面机构，用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first circuit board, comprising a first metal plate, for receiving signals of a first frequency group; a second circuit board, parallel to the first circuit board, comprising a second metal plate and a third metal plate that do not contact each other, the third metal plate being used to receive signals of a second frequency group, the second metal plate being used to output electrical signals, wherein the second metal plate is located between the first metal plate and the third metal plate; and a ramp mechanism, for bending the first circuit board toward the top of the first circuit board.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：第一电路板，包含第一金属板，用于输出具有第一电流值的信号；第二电路板，与该第一电路板平行，包含互不接触的第二金属板与第三金属板，该第三金属板用于输出具有第二电流值的信号，该第二金属板用于输入信号源，其中该第二金属板位于该第一金属板与该第三金属板之间；以及斜面机构，用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first circuit board, comprising a first metal plate, for outputting a signal with a first current value; a second circuit board, parallel to the first circuit board, comprising a second metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, the third metal plate being used to output a signal with a second current value, the second metal plate being used to input a signal source, wherein the second metal plate is located between the first metal plate and the third metal plate; and a ramp mechanism, for bending the first circuit board toward the top of the first circuit board.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板的部分位于该第一电路板被弯折的地方。In one embodiment, a portion of the first metal plate is located where the first circuit board is bent.
在一实施例中，该力传感器还包含支撑元件，用于支撑该第一电路板。In one embodiment, the force sensor further includes a supporting element for supporting the first circuit board.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板、该第二金属板、该第三金属板相互平行。在另一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the first metal plate, the second metal plate, and the third metal plate are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容，该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容。在另一实施例中，在该第一电路板未被弯折的情况下，该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor. In another embodiment, when the first circuit board is not bent, the impedance value of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same.
在一实施例中，该第一电路板与该第二电路板均为印刷电路板。In one embodiment, the first circuit board and the second circuit board are both printed circuit boards.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：第一电路板，包含第一金属板与互不接触的第三金属板，分别用于接收第一频率群组的信号与第二频率群组的信号；第二电路板，与该第一电路板平行，包含用于输出电信号的第二金属板；以及斜面机构，用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first circuit board, comprising a first metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, respectively used to receive signals of a first frequency group and signals of a second frequency group; a second circuit board, parallel to the first circuit board, comprising a second metal plate for outputting electrical signals; and a ramp mechanism, used to bend the first circuit board upward from the first circuit board.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：第一电路板，包含第一金属板与互不接触的第三金属板，分别用于输出具有第一电流值与第二电流值的信号；第二电路板，与该第一电路板平行，包含用于输入信号源的第二金属板；以及斜面机构，用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first circuit board, comprising a first metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, and are respectively used to output signals with a first current value and a second current value; a second circuit board, parallel to the first circuit board, comprising a second metal plate for inputting a signal source; and a ramp mechanism, for bending the first circuit board toward the top of the first circuit board.
在一实施例中，该力传感器还包含支撑元件，用于支撑该第一电路板。In one embodiment, the force sensor further includes a supporting element for supporting the first circuit board.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板互相平行，该该第二金属板与该第三金属板相互平行。在另一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the first metal plate is parallel to the second metal plate, and the second metal plate is parallel to the third metal plate. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容，该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容。在另一实施例中，在该第一电路板未被弯折的情况下，该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor. In another embodiment, when the first circuit board is not bent, the impedance value of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same.
在一实施例中，该第一电路板与该第二电路板均为印刷电路板。In one embodiment, the first circuit board and the second circuit board are both printed circuit boards.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：第一电路板，包含互不接触的第一金属板与第三金属板，分别用于接收第一频率群组的信号与第二频率群组的信号；第二电路板，与该第一电路板平行，包含用于输出电信号的第二金属板；第三电路板，与该第二电路板平行，包含第四金属板与互不接触的第五金属板，分别用于接收该第一频率群组的信号与该第二频率群组的信号；以及斜面机构，用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板，以及向该第三电路板的下方弯折该第三电路板。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first circuit board, comprising a first metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, and are respectively used to receive signals of a first frequency group and signals of a second frequency group; a second circuit board, parallel to the first circuit board, comprising a second metal plate for outputting electrical signals; a third circuit board, parallel to the second circuit board, comprising a fourth metal plate and a fifth metal plate that are not in contact with each other, and are respectively used to receive signals of the first frequency group and signals of the second frequency group; and an inclined mechanism, used to bend the first circuit board upwards of the first circuit board, and to bend the third circuit board downwards of the third circuit board.
在一实施例中，该力传感器还包含第一支撑元件，用于支撑该第一电路板。在另一实施例中，该力传感器还包含第二支撑元件，用于支撑该第三电路板。In one embodiment, the force sensor further comprises a first supporting element for supporting the first circuit board. In another embodiment, the force sensor further comprises a second supporting element for supporting the third circuit board.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板互相平行，该第二金属板与该第三金属板相互平行，该第四金属板与该第二金属板互相平行，该第二金属板与该第五金属板互相平行。在另一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离，该第四金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第五金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the first metal plate is parallel to the second metal plate, the second metal plate is parallel to the third metal plate, the fourth metal plate is parallel to the second metal plate, and the second metal plate is parallel to the fifth metal plate. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate, and the distance between the fourth metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the fifth metal plate.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板位于该第四金属板的上方。在另一实施例中，该第三金属板的位置位于该第五金属板的上方。In one embodiment, the first metal plate is located above the fourth metal plate. In another embodiment, the third metal plate is located above the fifth metal plate.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板的面积等于该第四金属板的面积。在另一实施例中，该第三金属板的面积等于该第五金属板的面积。In one embodiment, the area of the first metal plate is equal to the area of the fourth metal plate. In another embodiment, the area of the third metal plate is equal to the area of the fifth metal plate.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容，该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容，该第四金属板与该第二金属板形成第三电容，该第二金属板与第五金属板形成第四电容。在另一实施例中，在该第一电路板未被弯折的情况下，该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。在另一实施例中，在该第三电路板未被弯折的情况下，该第三电容与该第四电容的阻抗值相同。在更一实施例当中，该第一电容与该第三电容的阻抗值相同，该第二电容与该第四电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor, the fourth metal plate and the second metal plate form a third capacitor, and the second metal plate and the fifth metal plate form a fourth capacitor. In another embodiment, when the first circuit board is not bent, the impedance value of the first capacitor is the same as that of the second capacitor. In another embodiment, when the third circuit board is not bent, the impedance value of the third capacitor is the same as that of the fourth capacitor. In a further embodiment, the impedance value of the first capacitor is the same as that of the third capacitor, and the impedance value of the second capacitor is the same as that of the fourth capacitor.
在一实施例中，该第一电路板、该第二电路板、与该第三电路板均为印刷电路板。In one embodiment, the first circuit board, the second circuit board, and the third circuit board are all printed circuit boards.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：第一电路板，包含第一金属板，用于接收第一频率群组的信号；第二电路板，与该第一电路板平行，包含互不接触且依序平行排列的第二金属板、第三金属板、第四金属板、与第五金属板，该第三金属板与该第四金属板用于接收第二频率群组的信号，该第二金属板与该第五金属板互相电性耦合，且用于输出电信号；第三电路板，包含第六金属板，用于接收该第一频率群组的信号，其中该第二电路板夹在该第一电路板与该第三电路板之间；以及斜面机构，用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板，以及向该第三电路板的下方弯折该第三电路板。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first circuit board, comprising a first metal plate, for receiving signals of a first frequency group; a second circuit board, parallel to the first circuit board, comprising a second metal plate, a third metal plate, a fourth metal plate, and a fifth metal plate, which are non-contacting and arranged in parallel in sequence, the third metal plate and the fourth metal plate are used to receive signals of a second frequency group, the second metal plate and the fifth metal plate are electrically coupled to each other and are used to output electrical signals; a third circuit board, comprising a sixth metal plate, for receiving signals of the first frequency group, wherein the second circuit board is sandwiched between the first circuit board and the third circuit board; and a ramp mechanism, for bending the first circuit board toward the top of the first circuit board, and bending the third circuit board toward the bottom of the third circuit board.
在一实施例中，该力传感器还包含第一支撑元件，用于支撑该第一电路板。在另一实施例中，该力传感器还包含第二支撑元件，用于支撑该第三电路板。In one embodiment, the force sensor further comprises a first supporting element for supporting the first circuit board. In another embodiment, the force sensor further comprises a second supporting element for supporting the third circuit board.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板互相平行，该第二金属板与该第三金属板相互平行，该第四金属板与该第五金属板互相平行，该第五金属板与该第六金属板相互平行。在另一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离，该第四金属板与该第五金属板的距离等于该第五金属板与该第六金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the first metal plate is parallel to the second metal plate, the second metal plate is parallel to the third metal plate, the fourth metal plate is parallel to the fifth metal plate, and the fifth metal plate is parallel to the sixth metal plate. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate, and the distance between the fourth metal plate and the fifth metal plate is equal to the distance between the fifth metal plate and the sixth metal plate.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板位于该第六金属板的上方。In one embodiment, the first metal plate is located above the sixth metal plate.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板的面积等于该第六金属板的面积。在另一实施例中，该第二金属板的面积等于该第五金属板的面积。在更一实施例中，该第三金属板的面积等于该第四金属板的面积。In one embodiment, the area of the first metal plate is equal to the area of the sixth metal plate. In another embodiment, the area of the second metal plate is equal to the area of the fifth metal plate. In yet another embodiment, the area of the third metal plate is equal to the area of the fourth metal plate.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容，该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容，该第四金属板与该第五金属板形成第三电容，该第五金属板与该第六金属板形成第四电容。在另一实施例中，在该第一电路板未被弯折的情况下，该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。在另一实施例中，在该第三电路板未被弯折的情况下，该第三电容与该第四电容的阻抗值相同。在更一实施例当中，该第一电容与该第四电容的阻抗值相同，该第二电容与该第三电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor, the fourth metal plate and the fifth metal plate form a third capacitor, and the fifth metal plate and the sixth metal plate form a fourth capacitor. In another embodiment, when the first circuit board is not bent, the impedance value of the first capacitor is the same as that of the second capacitor. In another embodiment, when the third circuit board is not bent, the impedance value of the third capacitor is the same as that of the fourth capacitor. In a further embodiment, the impedance value of the first capacitor is the same as that of the fourth capacitor, and the impedance value of the second capacitor is the same as that of the third capacitor.
在一实施例中，该第一电路板、该第二电路板、与该第三电路板均为印刷电路板。In one embodiment, the first circuit board, the second circuit board, and the third circuit board are all printed circuit boards.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：互不接触且依序平行排列的第一金属板、第二金属板、与第三金属板，其中该第一金属板用于接收第一频率群组的信号，该第三金属板用于接收第二频率群组的信号，该第二金属板用于输出电信号，其中该第二金属板的一端可受力发生弯折。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first metal plate, a second metal plate, and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other and are arranged in parallel in sequence, wherein the first metal plate is used to receive signals of a first frequency group, the third metal plate is used to receive signals of a second frequency group, and the second metal plate is used to output electrical signals, wherein one end of the second metal plate can be bent by force.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：互不接触且依序平行排列的第一金属板、第二金属板、与第三金属板，其中该第一金属板用于输出具有第一电流值的信号，该第三金属板用于输出具有第二电流值的信号，该第二金属板用于输入信号源，其中该第二金属板的一端可受力发生弯折。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first metal plate, a second metal plate, and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other and are arranged in parallel in sequence, wherein the first metal plate is used to output a signal with a first current value, the third metal plate is used to output a signal with a second current value, the second metal plate is used to input a signal source, and one end of the second metal plate can be bent by force.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容，该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容。在另一实施例中，在该第二金属板未被弯折的情况下，该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor. In another embodiment, when the second metal plate is not bent, the impedance values of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：互不接触且依序平行排列的第一金属板、第二金属板、与第三金属板，其中该第一金属板用于输出电信号，该第二金属板用于接收第一频率群组的信号，该第三金属板用于接收第二频率群组的信号，其中该第一金属板的一端可受力发生弯折。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first metal plate, a second metal plate, and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other and are arranged in parallel in sequence, wherein the first metal plate is used to output an electrical signal, the second metal plate is used to receive a signal of a first frequency group, and the third metal plate is used to receive a signal of a second frequency group, wherein one end of the first metal plate can be bent by force.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种力传感器，包含：互不接触且依序平行排列的第一金属板、第二金属板、与第三金属板，其中该第一金属板用于输入信号源，该第二金属板用于输出具有第一电流值的信号，该第三金属板用于输出具有第二电流值的信号，其中该第一金属板的一端可受力发生弯折。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first metal plate, a second metal plate, and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other and are arranged in parallel in sequence, wherein the first metal plate is used to input a signal source, the second metal plate is used to output a signal with a first current value, and the third metal plate is used to output a signal with a second current value, wherein one end of the first metal plate can be bent by force.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.
在一实施例中，该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容，该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容。在另一实施例中，在该第一金属板未被弯折的情况下，该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor. In another embodiment, when the first metal plate is not bent, the impedance value of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种发信器，包含：可动元件，用于沿着该发信器的轴心方向移动达一行程；绝缘物质，用于该可动元件的后端；以及导体，位于该绝缘物质的后端，用于与该可动元件及该绝缘物质形成力感应电容。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, comprising: a movable element, used to move a stroke along the axial direction of the transmitter; an insulating material, used for the rear end of the movable element; and a conductor, located at the rear end of the insulating material, used to form a force sensing capacitor with the movable element and the insulating material.
在一实施例中，该发信器还包含位于该可动元件的前端的笔尖段。在一实施例中，该笔尖段为导体，与该可动元件电性耦合。在另一实施例中，该笔尖段用于发出电信号，该电信号中的某一频率群组的信号强度与该力感应电容的阻抗值相关。In one embodiment, the transmitter further comprises a pen tip segment located at the front end of the movable element. In one embodiment, the pen tip segment is a conductor and is electrically coupled to the movable element. In another embodiment, the pen tip segment is used to send an electrical signal, and the signal strength of a certain frequency group in the electrical signal is related to the impedance value of the force sensing capacitor.
在一实施例中，该发信器还包含弹性元件与壳体，该弹性元件用于供该可动元件与该壳体之间的弹力，使得该可动元件受到弹力时，移动到该行程的前端。In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes an elastic element and a shell, and the elastic element is used to provide elastic force between the movable element and the shell, so that the movable element moves to the front end of the stroke when subjected to the elastic force.
在一实施例中，该绝缘物质为绝缘膜，该导体包含可压缩导体与导体基座。在另一实施例中，该绝缘物质为可压缩绝缘材料。In one embodiment, the insulating substance is an insulating film, and the conductor includes a compressible conductor and a conductor base. In another embodiment, the insulating substance is a compressible insulating material.
在一实施例中，该绝缘物质与该导体的接触面包含下列其中之一：单一斜面、多个突起面、圆锥斜面、与单一突起面。在另一实施例中，该导体与该绝缘物质的接触面包含下列其中之一：单一斜面、多个突起面、圆锥斜面、与单一突起面。In one embodiment, the contact surface between the insulating material and the conductor includes one of the following: a single inclined surface, a plurality of protruding surfaces, a conical inclined surface, and a single protruding surface. In another embodiment, the contact surface between the conductor and the insulating material includes one of the following: a single inclined surface, a plurality of protruding surfaces, a conical inclined surface, and a single protruding surface.
在一实施例中，该绝缘物质与该导体位于该壳体的内腔室当中。在另一实施例中，该内腔室为圆柱状。In one embodiment, the insulating material and the conductor are located in an inner chamber of the housing. In another embodiment, the inner chamber is cylindrical.
在一实施例中，该可动元件包含前端可动元件与后端可动元件，其中该前端可动元件与该笔尖段接触并且电性耦合。In one embodiment, the movable element includes a front movable element and a rear movable element, wherein the front movable element contacts and is electrically coupled with the pen tip section.
在一实施例中，该发信器还包含电路板，其中该电路板通过基底导线与该导体电性耦合，该电路板通过可动元件导线与该可动元件电性耦合。在另一实施例中，该可动元件导线连接到该弹性元件。In one embodiment, the transmitter further comprises a circuit board, wherein the circuit board is electrically coupled to the conductor via a base conductor, and the circuit board is electrically coupled to the movable element via a movable element conductor. In another embodiment, the movable element conductor is connected to the elastic element.
在一实施例中，该弹性元件并不环绕该可动元件。在另一实施例中，该基底导线并不环绕该导体。In one embodiment, the elastic element does not surround the movable element. In another embodiment, the base wire does not surround the conductor.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种电路开关，包含互相平行且依序排列的第一电路板、第二电路板、与第三电路板；以及双斜面装置，其中该第一电路板的第一端与该第三电路板的第一端分别抵住该双斜面装置的两个斜面，该第二电路板的第一端并未与该双斜面装置接触，该第二第路板的该第一端包含电路，该电路上下的第二点与第三点分别与该第一电路板的第一点与该第三电路板的第四点短路且电性耦合。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a circuit switch, comprising a first circuit board, a second circuit board, and a third circuit board that are parallel to each other and arranged in sequence; and a double-slope device, wherein the first end of the first circuit board and the first end of the third circuit board respectively abut against the two slopes of the double-slope device, the first end of the second circuit board does not contact the double-slope device, and the first end of the second circuit board comprises a circuit, and the second point and the third point above and below the circuit are short-circuited and electrically coupled with the first point of the first circuit board and the fourth point of the third circuit board respectively.
在一实施例中，当该双斜面装置朝向该第二电路板的方向移动时，该第一电路板与该第三电路板受到该双斜面装置的压迫而分别向上下弯折，使得该第一点与该第二点开路且电性不耦合以及该第三点与第四点开路且电性不耦合。In one embodiment, when the double-slope device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double-slope device and bend upward and downward respectively, so that the first point and the second point are open-circuited and electrically uncoupled, and the third point and the fourth point are open-circuited and electrically uncoupled.
在一实施例中，该第一点并联至第一端口与高电位，该第四点连接至低电位，当该第一点与第二点短路且第三点与第四点短路时，该第一端口为低电位，当该第一点与第二点开路或第三点与第四点开路时，该第一端口为高电位。In one embodiment, the first point is connected in parallel to the first port and a high potential, and the fourth point is connected to a low potential. When the first point and the second point are short-circuited and the third point and the fourth point are short-circuited, the first port is a low potential. When the first point and the second point are open-circuited or the third point and the fourth point are open-circuited, the first port is a high potential.
在一实施例中，该双斜面装置连接至发信器的笔尖段。In one embodiment, the dual bevel device is connected to the pen tip section of the transmitter.
在一实施例中，该电路位于该第二电路板的该第一端边缘。In one embodiment, the circuit is located at the first end edge of the second circuit board.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种电路开关，包含互相平行且依序排列的第一电路板、第二电路板、与第三电路板；以及双斜面装置，其中该第一电路板的第一端与该第三电路板的第一端分别抵住该双斜面装置的两个斜面，该第二电路板的第一端并未与该双斜面装置接触，该第二第路板的该第一端包含电路，该电路上的第二点与该第一电路板的第一点短路且电性耦合。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a circuit switch, comprising a first circuit board, a second circuit board, and a third circuit board that are parallel to each other and arranged in sequence; and a double-slope device, wherein the first end of the first circuit board and the first end of the third circuit board respectively abut against the two slopes of the double-slope device, the first end of the second circuit board does not contact the double-slope device, the first end of the second circuit board comprises a circuit, and the second point on the circuit is short-circuited and electrically coupled with the first point of the first circuit board.
在一实施例中，当该双斜面装置朝向该第二电路板的方向移动时，该第一电路板与该第三电路板受到该双斜面装置的压迫而分别向上下弯折，使得该第一点与该第二点开路且电性不耦合。In one embodiment, when the double-slope device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double-slope device and bend upward and downward respectively, so that the first point and the second point are open-circuited and electrically uncoupled.
在一实施例中，该第一点并联至第一端口与高电位，该第二点连接至低电位，当该第一点与第二点短路时，该第一端口为低电位，当该第一点与第二点开路开路时，该第一端口为高电位。In one embodiment, the first point is connected in parallel to the first port and a high potential, and the second point is connected to a low potential. When the first point and the second point are short-circuited, the first port is at a low potential, and when the first point and the second point are open-circuited, the first port is at a high potential.
在一实施例中，该双斜面装置连接至发信器的笔尖段。In one embodiment, the dual bevel device is connected to the pen tip section of the transmitter.
在一实施例中，该电路位于该第二电路板的该第一端边缘。In one embodiment, the circuit is located at the first end edge of the second circuit board.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种触控笔，包含：控制单元、笔尖段、与电路开关，该电路开关包含互相平行且依序排列的第一电路板、第二电路板、与第三电路板；以及连接至该笔尖段的双斜面装置，其中该第一电路板的第一端与该第三电路板的第一端分别抵住该双斜面装置的两个斜面，该第二电路板的第一端并未与该双斜面装置接触，该第二第路板的该第一端包含电路，该电路上下的第二点与第三点分别与该第一电路板的第一点与该第三电路板的第四点短路且电性耦合，该第一点并联至该控制单元的第一端口与高电位，该第四点连接至低电位，该第一端口为低电位。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a stylus pen, comprising: a control unit, a pen tip section, and a circuit switch, the circuit switch comprising a first circuit board, a second circuit board, and a third circuit board that are parallel to each other and arranged in sequence; and a double-bevel device connected to the pen tip section, wherein the first end of the first circuit board and the first end of the third circuit board respectively abut against the two bevels of the double-bevel device, the first end of the second circuit board does not contact the double-bevel device, the first end of the second circuit board comprises a circuit, the second and third points above and below the circuit are short-circuited and electrically coupled with the first point of the first circuit board and the fourth point of the third circuit board respectively, the first point is connected in parallel to the first port of the control unit and a high potential, the fourth point is connected to a low potential, and the first port is a low potential.
在一实施例中，当该双斜面装置朝向该第二电路板的方向移动时，该第一电路板与该第三电路板受到该双斜面装置的压迫而分别向上下弯折，使得该第一点与该第二点开路且电性不耦合以及该第三点与第四点开路且电性不耦合，该第一端口为高电位。In one embodiment, when the double-slope device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double-slope device and bend upward and downward respectively, so that the first point and the second point are open-circuited and electrically uncoupled, and the third point and the fourth point are open-circuited and electrically uncoupled, and the first port is at a high potential.
在一实施例中，当该第一端口从低电位变成高电位时，该控制单元被唤醒。In one embodiment, when the first port changes from a low potential to a high potential, the control unit is awakened.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种触控笔，包含：控制单元、笔尖段、与电路开关，该电路开关包含互相平行且依序排列的第一电路板、第二电路板、与第三电路板；以及连接至该笔尖段的双斜面装置，其中该第一电路板的第一端与该第三电路板的第一端分别抵住该双斜面装置的两个斜面，该第二电路板的第一端并未与该双斜面装置接触，该第二第路板的该第一端包含电路，该电路的第二点与该第一电路板的第一点短路且电性耦合，该第一点并联至该控制单元的第一端口与高电位，该第二点连接至低电位，该第一端口为低电位。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a stylus pen, comprising: a control unit, a pen tip section, and a circuit switch, the circuit switch comprising a first circuit board, a second circuit board, and a third circuit board that are parallel to each other and arranged in sequence; and a double-bevel device connected to the pen tip section, wherein the first end of the first circuit board and the first end of the third circuit board respectively abut against the two bevels of the double-bevel device, the first end of the second circuit board does not contact the double-bevel device, the first end of the second circuit board comprises a circuit, the second point of the circuit is short-circuited and electrically coupled with the first point of the first circuit board, the first point is connected in parallel to the first port of the control unit and a high potential, the second point is connected to a low potential, and the first port is a low potential.
在一实施例中，当该双斜面装置朝向该第二电路板的方向移动时，该第一电路板与该第三电路板受到该双斜面装置的压迫而分别向上下弯折，使得该第一点与该第二点开路且电性不耦合，该第一端口为高电位。In one embodiment, when the double-slope device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double-slope device and bend upward and downward respectively, so that the first point and the second point are open and electrically uncoupled, and the first port is at a high potential.
在一实施例中，当该第一端口从低电位变成高电位时，该控制单元被唤醒。In one embodiment, when the first port changes from a low potential to a high potential, the control unit is awakened.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种控制发信器的发信方法，包含：在第一时段内发出第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内发出第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling the transmission of a transmitter, comprising: transmitting a first time period electrical signal in a first time period; and transmitting a second time period electrical signal in a second time period, wherein the signal frequency group included in the first time period electrical signal is different from that included in the second time period electrical signal.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种发信器，用于在第一时段内发出第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内发出第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter for emitting a first time period electrical signal in a first time period; and emitting a second time period electrical signal in a second time period, wherein the signal frequency groups included in the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal are different.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种触控系统，该触控系统包含：发信器、触控面板、与连接该触控面板的触控处理装置，用于根据第一时段电信号与第二时段电信号侦测该发信器，其中该发信器，用于在第一时段内发出该第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内发出该第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, which includes: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, which is used to detect the transmitter based on a first time period electrical signal and a second time period electrical signal, wherein the transmitter is used to send the first time period electrical signal during the first time period; and send the second time period electrical signal during the second time period, wherein the signal frequency groups included in the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal are different.
在一实施例中，上述的一个信号频率群组包含一个或多个频率的信号。In one embodiment, the above-mentioned signal frequency group includes signals of one or more frequencies.
在一实施例中，该第一时段是在该发信器侦测到灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中，该灯塔信号的侦测时段与该第一时段之间有第一延迟时间。In one embodiment, the first time period is after the transmitter detects the lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the detection time period of the lighthouse signal and the first time period.
在一实施例中，该第一时段与该第二时段之间有第二延迟时间。In one embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.
在一实施例中，该第二时段之后有第三延迟时间。In one embodiment, the second period is followed by a third delay time.
在一实施例中，在该发信器侦测到该灯塔信号之前，侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中，该干扰信号包含与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号当中具有同调频率的信号。In one embodiment, the interference signal is detected before the transmitter detects the beacon signal. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal.
请参考上述的表一，在一实施例中，当该发信器的笔尖段未接触物体时，令该发信器的第一信号源与第二信号源同时发出相同的信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 1. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section of the transmitter is not in contact with an object, the first signal source and the second signal source of the transmitter simultaneously emit the same signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表一，在一实施例中，当该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路时，令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的第一信号频率群组，当该笔尖段未接触物体且该第一开关短路时，令该第一信号源与该第二信号源在该第一时段同时发出相同的第二信号频率群组，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 1 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section does not contact an object and the first switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same first signal frequency group. When the pen tip section does not contact an object and the first switch is short-circuited, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same second signal frequency group in the first time period, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表一，在一实施例中，当该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路时，令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的该第一信号频率群组，当该笔尖段未接触物体且该第二开关短路时，令该第一信号源与该第二信号源在该第二时段同时发出相同的第三信号频率群组，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第三信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 1 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section does not contact an object and the second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same first signal frequency group. When the pen tip section does not contact an object and the second switch is short-circuited, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same third signal frequency group in the second time period, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the third signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表二，在一实施例中，当该笔尖段接触物体时，令该发信器的第一信号源与第二信号源分别在该第二时段与该第一时段发出不同的信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 2 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section contacts an object, the first signal source and the second signal source of the transmitter emit different signal frequency groups in the second time period and the first time period respectively.
请参考上述的表二，在一实施例中，当该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路时，令该第二信号源在该第一时段发出第一信号频率群组，当该笔尖段接触物体且该第一开关短路时，令该第二信号源在该第一时段发出第二信号频率群组，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 2 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section contacts an object and the first switch of the transmitter is open, the second signal source emits a first signal frequency group during the first time period. When the pen tip section contacts an object and the first switch is short-circuited, the second signal source emits a second signal frequency group during the first time period, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表二，在一实施例中，当该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路时，令该第一信号源在该第二时段发出第三信号频率群组，当该笔尖段接触物体且该第二开关短路时，令该第一信号源在该第二时段发出该第二信号频率群组，其中该第三信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 2 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section contacts an object and the second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source emits a third signal frequency group during the second time period. When the pen tip section contacts an object and the second switch is short-circuited, the first signal source emits the second signal frequency group during the second time period, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
在一实施例中，该第一信号源与该第二信号源分别在第二时段与第一时段所发出的第一信号强度M1与第二信号强度M2的比例值相应于该发信器的受力。In one embodiment, the ratio of the first signal strength M1 to the second signal strength M2 emitted by the first signal source and the second signal source in the second time period and the first time period, respectively, corresponds to the force applied to the transmitter.
在一实施例中，该发信方法还包含在第零时段内，令环状电极发出第零时段电信号，其中该第零时段是在该发信器侦测到灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中，该灯塔信号的侦测时段与该第零时段之间有第零延迟时间。In one embodiment, the signaling method further includes causing the annular electrode to emit a zero-period electrical signal during a zero-period, wherein the zero-period is after the transmitter detects the beacon signal. In another embodiment, there is a zero-th delay time between the detection period of the beacon signal and the zero-period.
在一实施例当中，令该环状电极在该第一时段与该第二时段内，不发出电信号。In one embodiment, the annular electrode is configured not to emit an electrical signal during the first time period and the second time period.
在一实施例中，该第零时段电信号与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。In one embodiment, the zeroth period electrical signal includes a different signal frequency group from the first period electrical signal and the second period electrical signal.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种控制发信器的发信方法，包含：在第一时段内发出第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内发出第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling the transmission of a transmitter, comprising: transmitting a first time period electrical signal in a first time period; and transmitting a second time period electrical signal in a second time period, wherein the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal contain the same signal frequency group.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种发信器，用于在第一时段内发出第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内发出第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter for transmitting a first time period electrical signal in a first time period; and transmitting a second time period electrical signal in a second time period, wherein the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal contain the same signal frequency group.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种触控系统，该触控系统包含：发信器、触控面板、与连接该触控面板的触控处理装置，用于根据第一时段电信号与第二时段电信号侦测该发信器，其中该发信器用于在第一时段内发出该第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内发出该第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, which includes: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, which is used to detect the transmitter based on a first time period electrical signal and a second time period electrical signal, wherein the transmitter is used to send the first time period electrical signal during the first time period; and send the second time period electrical signal during the second time period, wherein the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal include the same signal frequency group.
在一实施例中，上述的一个信号频率群组包含一个或多个频率的信号。In one embodiment, the above-mentioned signal frequency group includes signals of one or more frequencies.
在一实施例中，该第一时段是在该发信器侦测到灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中，该灯塔信号的侦测时段与该第一时段之间有第一延迟时间。In one embodiment, the first time period is after the transmitter detects the lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the detection time period of the lighthouse signal and the first time period.
在一实施例中，该第一时段与该第二时段之间有第二延迟时间。In one embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.
在一实施例中，该第二时段之后有第三延迟时间。In one embodiment, the second period is followed by a third delay time.
在一实施例中，在该发信器侦测到该灯塔信号之前，侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中，该干扰信号包含与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号当中具有同调频率的信号。In one embodiment, the interference signal is detected before the transmitter detects the beacon signal. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal.
请参考上述的表三，在一实施例中，当该发信器的笔尖段未接触物体时，令该发信器的第一信号源与第二信号源同时发出相同的信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 3 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section of the transmitter is not in contact with an object, the first signal source and the second signal source of the transmitter simultaneously emit the same signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表三，在一实施例中，当该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路时，令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的第一信号频率群组，当该笔尖段未接触物体且该第一开关短路时，令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的第二信号频率群组，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 3 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section does not contact an object and the first switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same first signal frequency group. When the pen tip section does not contact an object and the first switch is short-circuited, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same second signal frequency group, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表三，在一实施例中，当该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路时，令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的该第一信号频率群组，当该笔尖段未接触物体且该第二开关短路时，令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的第三信号频率群组，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第三信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 3 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section does not contact an object and the second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same first signal frequency group. When the pen tip section does not contact an object and the second switch is short-circuited, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously emit the same third signal frequency group, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the third signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表四，在一实施例中，当该笔尖段接触物体时，令该发信器的第一信号源与第二信号源分别在该第二时段与该第一时段发出相同的信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section contacts an object, the first signal source and the second signal source of the transmitter emit the same signal frequency group in the second time period and the first time period respectively.
请参考上述的表四，在一实施例中，当该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路时，令该第二信号源在该第一时段发出第一信号频率群组，当该笔尖段接触物体且该第一开关短路时，令该第二信号源在该第一时段发出第二信号频率群组，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section contacts an object and the first switch of the transmitter is open, the second signal source emits a first signal frequency group during the first time period. When the pen tip section contacts an object and the first switch is short-circuited, the second signal source emits a second signal frequency group during the first time period, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表四，在一实施例中，当该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路时，令该第一信号源在该第二时段发出第三信号频率群组，当该笔尖段接触物体且该第二开关短路时，令该第一信号源在该第二时段发出该第二信号频率群组，其中该第三信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section contacts an object and the second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source emits a third signal frequency group during the second time period. When the pen tip section contacts an object and the second switch is short-circuited, the first signal source emits the second signal frequency group during the second time period, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
在一实施例中，该发信方法还包含于第零时段内，令环状电极发出第零时段电信号，其中该第零时段是在该发信器侦测到灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中，该灯塔信号的侦测时段与该第零时段之间有第零延迟时间。In one embodiment, the signaling method further includes causing the annular electrode to emit a zero-period electrical signal during the zero-period, wherein the zero-period is after the transmitter detects the beacon signal. In another embodiment, there is a zero-th delay time between the detection period of the beacon signal and the zero-period.
在一实施例当中，令该环状电极在该第一时段与该第二时段内，不发出电信号。In one embodiment, the annular electrode is configured not to emit an electrical signal during the first time period and the second time period.
在一实施例中，该第零时段电信号与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。In one embodiment, the zeroth period electrical signal includes the same signal frequency group as the first period electrical signal and the second period electrical signal.
在一实施例中，该第一信号源与该第二信号源分别在第二时段与第一时段所发出的第一信号强度M1与第二信号强度M2的比例值相应于该发信器的受力。In one embodiment, the ratio of the first signal strength M1 to the second signal strength M2 emitted by the first signal source and the second signal source in the second time period and the first time period, respectively, corresponds to the force applied to the transmitter.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种侦测发信器的侦测方法，包含：在第一时段内侦测该发信器所发出的第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内侦测该发信器所发出第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a detection method for a transmitter, comprising: detecting a first time period electrical signal emitted by the transmitter within a first time period; and detecting a second time period electrical signal emitted by the transmitter within a second time period, wherein the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal include different signal frequency groups.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种侦测发信器的触控处理装置，用于连接触控面板，该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极及其重叠处所形成的多个感测点，该触控处理装置用于在第一时段内侦测该发信器所发出的第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内侦测该发信器所发出第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for detecting a transmitter, which is used to connect to a touch panel, wherein the touch panel includes multiple first electrodes and multiple second electrodes and multiple sensing points formed by their overlapping parts. The touch processing device is used to detect a first time period electrical signal emitted by the transmitter within a first time period; and to detect a second time period electrical signal emitted by the transmitter within a second time period, wherein the signal frequency groups contained in the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal are different.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种触控系统，该触控系统包含：发信器、触控面板、与连接该触控面板的触控处理装置，用于根据该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号侦测该发信器，其中该发信器用于在第一时段内发出第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内发出第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, which includes: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, which is used to detect the transmitter based on the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal, wherein the transmitter is used to send a first time period electrical signal within a first time period; and send a second time period electrical signal within a second time period, wherein the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal include different signal frequency groups.
在一实施例中，上述的一个信号频率群组包含一个或多个频率的信号。In one embodiment, the above-mentioned signal frequency group includes signals of one or more frequencies.
在一实施例中，该第一时段是在该触控面板发出灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中，该灯塔信号的发出时段与该第一时段之间有第一延迟时间。In one embodiment, the first time period is after the touch panel sends out a beacon signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the sending time period of the beacon signal and the first time period.
在一实施例中，该第一时段与该第二时段之间有第二延迟时间。In one embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.
在一实施例中，该第二时段之后有第三延迟时间。在一实施例中，该第二时段之后还包含其他种侦测步骤。In one embodiment, there is a third delay time after the second period. In one embodiment, other detection steps are also included after the second period.
在一实施例中，在发出到该灯塔信号之前，侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中，在该第一时段之后，侦测干扰信号。在更一实施例中，在该第二时段之后，侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中，该干扰信号包含与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号当中具有同调频率的信号。In one embodiment, the interference signal is detected before the beacon signal is sent. In another embodiment, the interference signal is detected after the first period. In another embodiment, the interference signal is detected after the second period. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the first period electrical signal and the second period electrical signal.
请参考上述的表一，在一实施例中，当该发信器同时发出单一个信号频率群组，判定该发信器的笔尖段未接触物体。Please refer to the above Table 1. In one embodiment, when the transmitter simultaneously sends out a single signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip section of the transmitter is not in contact with the object.
请参考上述的表一，在一实施例中，当该发信器在该第一时段发出相同的第一信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路，当该发信器在该第一时段同时发出相同的第二信号频率群组时，判断该笔尖段未接触物体且该第一开关短路，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 1 above. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out the same first signal frequency group in the first time period, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the first switch of the transmitter is open. When the transmitter sends out the same second signal frequency group at the same time in the first time period, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the first switch is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表一，在一实施例中，当该发信器在该第二时段发出相同的第一信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路，当该发信器在该第二时段同时发出相同的第三信号频率群组时，判断该笔尖段未接触物体且该第二开关短路，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第三信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 1 above. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends the same first signal frequency group during the second time period, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the second switch of the transmitter is open. When the transmitter simultaneously sends the same third signal frequency group during the second time period, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the second switch is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the third signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表二，在一实施例中，当该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号包含不同的信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段接触物体。Please refer to the above Table 2. In one embodiment, when the first period electrical signal and the second period electrical signal include different signal frequency groups, it is determined that the pen tip segment is in contact with an object.
请参考上述的表二，在一实施例中，当该发信器在该第一时段发出第一信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路，当该发信器在该第一时段发出第二信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第一开关短路，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 2 above. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends a first signal frequency group in the first time period, it is determined that the pen tip segment is in contact with an object and the first switch of the transmitter is open. When the transmitter sends a second signal frequency group in the first time period, it is determined that the pen tip segment is in contact with an object and the first switch of the transmitter is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表二，在一实施例中，当该发信器在该第二时段发出第三信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路，当该发信器在该第二时段发出该第二信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段接触物体且该第二开关短路，其中该第三信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 2 above. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out the third signal frequency group in the second time period, it is determined that the pen tip segment is in contact with the object and the second switch of the transmitter is open. When the transmitter sends out the second signal frequency group in the second time period, it is determined that the pen tip segment is in contact with the object and the second switch is short-circuited, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
在一实施例中，还包含：分别计算该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号的第一信号强度M1与第二信号强度M2的比例值；以及根据该比例值，计算该发信器的受力。In one embodiment, it also includes: calculating the ratio of the first signal strength M1 and the second signal strength M2 of the electrical signal in the first time period and the electrical signal in the second time period respectively; and calculating the force on the transmitter according to the ratio.
在一实施例中，还包含在第零时段内，侦测该发信器所发出第零时段电信号，其中该第零时段是在发出该灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中，该灯塔信号的发出时段与该第零时段之间有第零延迟时间。In one embodiment, it further includes detecting the zeroth time period electrical signal sent by the transmitter in the zeroth time period, wherein the zeroth time period is after sending the beacon signal. In another embodiment, there is a zeroth delay time between the sending time period of the beacon signal and the zeroth time period.
在一实施例中，该第零时段电信号与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。In one embodiment, the zeroth period electrical signal includes a different signal frequency group from the first period electrical signal and the second period electrical signal.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种侦测发信器的侦测方法，包含：在第一时段内侦测该发信器所发出的第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内侦测该发信器所发出第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a detection method for a transmitter, comprising: detecting a first time period electrical signal emitted by the transmitter within a first time period; and detecting a second time period electrical signal emitted by the transmitter within a second time period, wherein the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal include the same signal frequency group.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种侦测发信器的触控处理装置，用于连接触控面板，该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极及其重叠处所形成的多个感测点，该触控处理装置用于在第一时段内侦测该发信器所发出的第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内侦测该发信器所发出第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for detecting a transmitter, which is used to connect to a touch panel, wherein the touch panel includes multiple first electrodes and multiple second electrodes and multiple sensing points formed by their overlapping parts. The touch processing device is used to detect a first time period electrical signal emitted by the transmitter within a first time period; and to detect a second time period electrical signal emitted by the transmitter within a second time period, wherein the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal include the same signal frequency group.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种触控系统，该触控系统包含：发信器、触控面板、与连接该触控面板的触控处理装置，其中该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极及其重叠处所形成的多个感测点，该触控处理装置用于在第一时段内侦测该发信器所发出的第一时段电信号；以及在第二时段内侦测该发信器所发出第二时段电信号，其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, which includes: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, wherein the touch panel includes multiple first electrodes and multiple second electrodes and multiple sensing points formed by their overlapping parts, and the touch processing device is used to detect a first time period electrical signal emitted by the transmitter within a first time period; and detect a second time period electrical signal emitted by the transmitter within a second time period, wherein the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal include the same signal frequency group.
在一实施例中，上述的一个信号频率群组包含一个或多个频率的信号。In one embodiment, the above-mentioned signal frequency group includes signals of one or more frequencies.
在一实施例中，该第一时段是在该触控面板发出灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中，该灯塔信号的发出时段与该第一时段之间有第一延迟时间。In one embodiment, the first time period is after the touch panel sends out a beacon signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the sending time period of the beacon signal and the first time period.
在一实施例中，该第一时段与该第二时段之间有第二延迟时间。In one embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.
在一实施例中，该第二时段之后有第三延迟时间。在一实施例中，该第二时段之后还包含其他种侦测步骤。In one embodiment, there is a third delay time after the second period. In one embodiment, other detection steps are also included after the second period.
在一实施例中，在发出到该灯塔信号之前，侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中，在该第一时段之后，侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中，在该第二时段之后，侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中，该干扰信号包含与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号当中具有同调频率的信号。In one embodiment, the interference signal is detected before the beacon signal is sent. In another embodiment, the interference signal is detected after the first period. In another embodiment, the interference signal is detected after the second period. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the first period electrical signal and the second period electrical signal.
请参考上述的表三，在一实施例中，当该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号具有相同的单一个信号频率群组时，判定该发信器的笔尖段未接触物体。Please refer to the above Table 3. In one embodiment, when the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal have the same single signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment of the transmitter is not in contact with the object.
请参考上述的表三，在一实施例中，当该发信器发出第一信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路，当该发信器发出第二信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的该第一开关短路，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 3 above. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out a first signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the first switch of the transmitter is open. When the transmitter sends out a second signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the first switch of the transmitter is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表三，在一实施例中，当该发信器发出第一信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路，当该发信器发出第三信号频率群组时，判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的该第二开关短路，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第三信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 3 above. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out a first signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the second switch of the transmitter is open. When the transmitter sends out a third signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the second switch of the transmitter is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the third signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表四，在一实施例中，当该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号具有相同的单一个信号频率群组时，且该第一时段电信号的第一信号强度M1与该第二时段电信号的第二信号强度M2的比例值不在第一范围内时，判定该发信器的笔尖段接触物体。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the first time period electrical signal and the second time period electrical signal have the same single signal frequency group, and the ratio of the first signal strength M1 of the first time period electrical signal to the second signal strength M2 of the second time period electrical signal is not within the first range, it is determined that the pen tip segment of the transmitter is in contact with an object.
请参考上述的表四，在一实施例中，当该发信器在该第一时段发出第一信号频率群组且该比例值不在该第一范围内时，判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路，当该发信器在该第一时段发出第二信号频率群组且该比例值不在该第一范围内时，判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的该第一开关短路，其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out a first signal frequency group in the first time period and the ratio value is not within the first range, it is determined that the pen tip segment is in contact with the object and the first switch of the transmitter is open. When the transmitter sends out a second signal frequency group in the first time period and the ratio value is not within the first range, it is determined that the pen tip segment is in contact with the object and the first switch of the transmitter is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
请参考上述的表四，在一实施例中，当该发信器在该第二时段发出第三信号频率群组且该比例值不在该第一范围内时，判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路，当该发信器在该第二时段发出第二信号频率群组且该比例值不在该第一范围内时，判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的该第二开关短路，其中该第三信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out a third signal frequency group in the second time period and the ratio value is not within the first range, it is determined that the pen tip segment is in contact with the object and the second switch of the transmitter is open. When the transmitter sends out a second signal frequency group in the second time period and the ratio value is not within the first range, it is determined that the pen tip segment is in contact with the object and the second switch of the transmitter is short-circuited, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.
在一实施例中，还包含：分别计算该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号的第一信号强度M1与第二信号强度M2的比例值；以及根据该比例值，计算该发信器的受力。In one embodiment, it also includes: calculating the ratio of the first signal strength M1 and the second signal strength M2 of the electrical signal in the first time period and the electrical signal in the second time period respectively; and calculating the force on the transmitter according to the ratio.
在一实施例中，还包含在第零时段内，侦测该发信器所发出第零时段电信号，其中该第零时段是在发出该灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中，该灯塔信号的发出时段与该第零时段之间有第零延迟时间。In one embodiment, it further includes detecting the zeroth time period electrical signal sent by the transmitter in the zeroth time period, wherein the zeroth time period is after sending the beacon signal. In another embodiment, there is a zeroth delay time between the sending time period of the beacon signal and the zeroth time period.
在一实施例中，该第零时段电信号与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。In one embodiment, the zeroth period electrical signal includes the same signal frequency group as the first period electrical signal and the second period electrical signal.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种发信器，包含：笔尖段；以及环绕该笔尖段的环状电极，该笔尖段与该环状电极的电性不耦合。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, comprising: a pen tip segment; and a ring-shaped electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, wherein the pen tip segment and the ring-shaped electrode are electrically uncoupled.
在一实施例中，该环状电极包含多个不相连的电极。In one embodiment, the ring electrode includes a plurality of disconnected electrodes.
在一实施例中，在第零时段，该环状电极与该笔尖段同时发出电信号。在另一实施例中，在第一时段，该笔尖段发出电信号，但该环状电极不发出电信号。在另一实施例中，该第一时段在该第零时段之后。In one embodiment, during the zeroth time period, the annular electrode and the pen tip segment simultaneously send out an electrical signal. In another embodiment, during the first time period, the pen tip segment sends out an electrical signal, but the annular electrode does not send out an electrical signal. In another embodiment, the first time period is after the zeroth time period.
在一实施例中，该环状电极与该笔尖段所发出的电信号包含相同一组的信号频率群组。在另一实施例中，该环状电极与该笔尖段分别发出不同的信号频率群组。In one embodiment, the electrical signals emitted by the annular electrode and the pen tip segment include the same signal frequency group. In another embodiment, the annular electrode and the pen tip segment emit different signal frequency groups.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种发信器位置的侦测方法，其中该发信器包含笔尖段以及环绕该笔尖段的环状电极，该笔尖段与该环状电极的电性不耦合，该侦测方法包含：在第零时段侦测该环状电极与该笔尖段所同时发出的电信号；以及在第一时段侦测该笔尖段所发出的电信号。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for detecting the position of a transmitter, wherein the transmitter includes a pen tip segment and an annular electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, and the pen tip segment and the annular electrode are electrically uncoupled. The detection method includes: detecting the electrical signal simultaneously emitted by the annular electrode and the pen tip segment in the zeroth time period; and detecting the electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment in the first time period.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种侦测发信器位置的触控处理装置，其中该发信器包含笔尖段以及环绕该笔尖段的环状电极，该笔尖段与该环状电极的电性不耦合，该触控处理装置连接至触控面板，该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极及其重叠处所形成的多个感测点，该触控处理装置用于在第零时段侦测该环状电极与该笔尖段所同时发出的电信号；以及在第一时段侦测该笔尖段所发出的电信号。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for detecting the position of a transmitter, wherein the transmitter includes a pen tip segment and a ring electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, the pen tip segment and the ring electrode are electrically uncoupled, the touch processing device is connected to a touch panel, the touch panel includes a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes and a plurality of sensing points formed by their overlapping parts, the touch processing device is used to detect the electrical signal simultaneously emitted by the ring electrode and the pen tip segment in the zero time period; and to detect the electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment in the first time period.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种触控系统，包含发信器、触控面板、与连接至该触控面板的触控处理装置，其中该发信器包含笔尖段以及环绕该笔尖段的环状电极，该笔尖段与该环状电极的电性不耦合，该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极及其重叠处所形成的多个感测点，该触控处理装置用于在第零时段侦测该环状电极与该笔尖段所同时发出的电信号；以及在第一时段侦测该笔尖段所发出的电信号。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, including a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch control processing device connected to the touch panel, wherein the transmitter includes a pen tip segment and a ring electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, the pen tip segment and the ring electrode are electrically uncoupled, the touch panel includes a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes and a plurality of sensing points formed by their overlapping parts, and the touch control processing device is used to detect the electrical signal simultaneously emitted by the ring electrode and the pen tip segment in the zero time period; and to detect the electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment in the first time period.
在一实施例中，该环状电极与该笔尖段所发出的电信号包含相同一组的信号频率群组。在另一实施例中，该环状电极与该笔尖段分别发出不同的信号频率群组。In one embodiment, the electrical signals emitted by the annular electrode and the pen tip segment include the same signal frequency group. In another embodiment, the annular electrode and the pen tip segment emit different signal frequency groups.
在一实施例中，该第一时段在该第零时段之后。In one embodiment, the first time period is after the zeroth time period.
在一实施例中，还包含根据该第零时段所侦测的电信号，计算该发信器的第一重心位置。在另一实施例中，还包含根据该第一时段所侦测的电信号，计算该发信器的第二重心位置。In one embodiment, the method further includes calculating the first center of gravity position of the transmitter according to the electrical signal detected in the zeroth time period. In another embodiment, the method further includes calculating the second center of gravity position of the transmitter according to the electrical signal detected in the first time period.
在一实施例中，根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置，计算该发信器接触触控面板的表面位置，其中该表面位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与该触控面板的表面层交会的位置。In one embodiment, the surface position of the transmitter contacting the touch panel is calculated based on the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position, wherein the surface position is the position where the axis of the pen tip section of the transmitter intersects the surface layer of the touch panel.
在一实施例中，根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置，计算该发信器接触触控面板的显示位置，其中该显示位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与该触控面板的显示层交会的位置。In one embodiment, the display position of the transmitter contacting the touch panel is calculated based on the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position, wherein the display position is the position where the axis of the pen tip segment of the transmitter intersects the display layer of the touch panel.
在一实施例中，根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置，计算该发信器接触触控面板的倾斜角。In one embodiment, the tilt angle of the transmitter in contact with the touch panel is calculated based on the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种计算发信器接触触控面板的表面位置的方法，该方法包含：接收该发信器的第一重心位置，该第一重心位置是根据该发信器的环状电极与笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来；接收该发信器的第二重心位置，该第二重心位置是根据该笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来；以及根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置，计算该表面位置，其中该表面位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与该触控面板的表面层交会的位置。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for calculating the surface position of a transmitter contacting a touch panel, the method comprising: receiving a first center of gravity position of the transmitter, the first center of gravity position being calculated based on electrical signals emitted by the annular electrode and the pen tip segment of the transmitter; receiving a second center of gravity position of the transmitter, the second center of gravity position being calculated based on electrical signals emitted by the pen tip segment; and calculating the surface position based on the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position, wherein the surface position is the position where the axis of the pen tip segment of the transmitter intersects with the surface layer of the touch panel.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种计算发信器接触触控面板的显示位置的方法，该方法包含：接收该发信器的第一重心位置，该第一重心位置是根据该发信器的环状电极与笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来；接收该发信器的第二重心位置，该第二重心位置是根据该笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来；以及根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置，计算该显示位置，其中该显示位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与该触控面板的显示层交会的位置。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for calculating the display position of a transmitter touching a touch panel, the method comprising: receiving a first center of gravity position of the transmitter, the first center of gravity position being calculated based on the electrical signal emitted by the annular electrode and the pen tip segment of the transmitter; receiving a second center of gravity position of the transmitter, the second center of gravity position being calculated based on the electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment; and calculating the display position based on the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position, wherein the display position is the position where the axis of the pen tip segment of the transmitter intersects with the display layer of the touch panel.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种计算发信器接触触控面板的倾斜角的方法，该方法包含：接收该发信器的第一重心位置，该第一重心位置是根据该发信器的环状电极与笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来；接收该发信器的第二重心位置，该第二重心位置是根据该笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来；以及根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置，计算该倾斜角。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for calculating the tilt angle of a transmitter contacting a touch panel, the method comprising: receiving a first center of gravity position of the transmitter, the first center of gravity position being calculated based on the electrical signal emitted by the annular electrode and the pen tip segment of the transmitter; receiving a second center of gravity position of the transmitter, the second center of gravity position being calculated based on the electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment; and calculating the tilt angle based on the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position.
在一实施例中，还包含在第零时段计算该第一重心位置。在另一实施例中，还包含在第一时段计算该第二重心位置。在一实施例中，该第一时段在该第零时段之后。在一实施例中，该环状电极与该笔尖段分别发出不同的信号频率群组。In one embodiment, the first center of gravity position is calculated in the zeroth time period. In another embodiment, the second center of gravity position is calculated in the first time period. In one embodiment, the first time period is after the zeroth time period. In one embodiment, the annular electrode and the pen tip segment respectively emit different signal frequency groups.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种显示方法，包含：接收发信器的位置；接收该发信器的倾斜角；以及根据该位置与该倾斜角决定显示范围。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a display method, comprising: receiving the position of a transmitter; receiving the tilt angle of the transmitter; and determining a display range based on the position and the tilt angle.
在一实施例中，该位置包含下列其中之一：第一重心位置；第二重心位置；表面位置；以及显示位置，其中该第一重心位置是根据该发信器的环状电极与笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来，该第二重心位置是根据该笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来，该表面位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与触控面板的表面层交会的位置，该显示位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与该触控面板的显示层交会的位置。在一实施例中，该环状电极与该笔尖段分别发出不同的信号频率群组。In one embodiment, the position includes one of the following: a first center of gravity position; a second center of gravity position; a surface position; and a display position, wherein the first center of gravity position is calculated based on the electrical signal emitted by the annular electrode and the pen tip segment of the transmitter, the second center of gravity position is calculated based on the electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment, the surface position is the position where the axis of the pen tip segment of the transmitter intersects with the surface layer of the touch panel, and the display position is the position where the axis of the pen tip segment of the transmitter intersects with the display layer of the touch panel. In one embodiment, the annular electrode and the pen tip segment respectively emit different signal frequency groups.
在一实施例中，该显示范围包含椭圆形。在另一实施例中，该位置位于下列其中之一：该椭圆形的中心；椭圆形的焦点之一；以及该椭圆形的双焦点的联机与该椭圆形的交会点之一。在一实施例中，该椭圆形的双焦点的联机方向相对应于该倾斜角的方向。In one embodiment, the display range includes an ellipse. In another embodiment, the position is located at one of the following: the center of the ellipse; one of the foci of the ellipse; and one of the intersection points of the line of the two foci of the ellipse and the ellipse. In one embodiment, the direction of the line of the two foci of the ellipse corresponds to the direction of the tilt angle.
在一实施例中，该显示范围包含泪滴形。在另一实施例中，该位置位于下列其中之一：该泪滴形的中心；该泪滴形的顶点；以及该泪滴形的端点。在一实施例中，该泪滴形方向相对应于该倾斜角的方向。In one embodiment, the display range includes a teardrop shape. In another embodiment, the position is located at one of: the center of the teardrop shape; the apex of the teardrop shape; and the end point of the teardrop shape. In one embodiment, the teardrop shape direction corresponds to the direction of the tilt angle.
在一实施例中，该显示范围的方向相对应于该倾斜角的方向。在另一实施例中，该显示范围的大小相对应于该倾斜角的大小。在更一实施例中，该显示范围的颜色相对应于下列其中之一：该倾斜角的大小；以及该倾斜角的方向。In one embodiment, the direction of the display range corresponds to the direction of the tilt angle. In another embodiment, the size of the display range corresponds to the size of the tilt angle. In yet another embodiment, the color of the display range corresponds to one of the following: the size of the tilt angle; and the direction of the tilt angle.
在一实施例中，还包含接收该发信器的受力，该显示范围的大小相对应于该受力的大小。In one embodiment, the method further includes receiving a force applied to the transmitter, and the size of the display range corresponds to the size of the force applied.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种发信器的发信方法，包含：在该发信器的力传感器未感测到力的时候，发出具有第一信号强度的第一电信号；以及在该力传感器感测到力的时候，发出具有第二信号强度的第二电信号，其中该第一信号强度大于该第二信号强度。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a method for transmitting a signal from a transmitter, comprising: when the force sensor of the transmitter does not sense force, transmitting a first electrical signal with a first signal strength; and when the force sensor senses force, transmitting a second electrical signal with a second signal strength, wherein the first signal strength is greater than the second signal strength.
在一实施例中，该力传感器包含该发信器的笔尖段。In one embodiment, the force sensor includes a pen tip segment of the transmitter.
在一实施例中，该发信器还包含环状电极，其中该第一电信号是由该笔尖段与该环状电极所发出，该第二电信号是由该笔尖段所发出。In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes a ring electrode, wherein the first electrical signal is emitted by the pen tip segment and the ring electrode, and the second electrical signal is emitted by the pen tip segment.
本发明的特征之一，在于提供一种发信器，包含：力传感器；以及控制模块，用于：在该力传感器未感测到力的时候，令该发信器发出具有第一信号强度的第一电信号；以及在该力传感器感测到力的时候，令该发信器发出具有第二信号强度的第二电信号，其中该第一信号强度大于该第二信号强度。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, comprising: a force sensor; and a control module, which is used to: when the force sensor does not sense force, cause the transmitter to emit a first electrical signal with a first signal strength; and when the force sensor senses force, cause the transmitter to emit a second electrical signal with a second signal strength, wherein the first signal strength is greater than the second signal strength.
码分多重存取技术(CDMA)是第三代行动通信服务所采用的无线展频通信技术。在无线通信技术中，展频指的是载波信号本身所耗用的带宽(bandwidth)要超过载波信号所载内容的带宽。使用较大带宽的载波信号更能够容许在传输过程中所受的干扰噪讯信号。展频技术的其中一种为直接序列展频(Direct Sequence Spreading Spectrum,DSSS)的调变技术。DSSS调变技术系利用一种称之为虚拟噪讯(PN,Pseudo Noise)的位序列码。这个位序列码或虚拟随机数码包含了多个短周期的脉冲波，每一个脉冲波的周期或称之为chip，每个chip的周期要比数据码的周期短。换言之，虚拟随机数码所占用的带宽要高于数据码。将带宽较低的数据码调变成带宽较高的虚拟随机数码，意味着所调变出来的载波信号的带宽将和虚拟随机数码的带宽一致。Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) is a wireless spread spectrum communication technology used in third generation mobile communication services. In wireless communication technology, spread spectrum refers to the bandwidth consumed by the carrier signal itself exceeding the bandwidth of the content carried by the carrier signal. Using a carrier signal with a larger bandwidth can better tolerate interference noise signals during transmission. One of the spread spectrum technologies is the Direct Sequence Spreading Spectrum (DSSS) modulation technology. DSSS modulation technology uses a bit sequence code called pseudo noise (PN). This bit sequence code or pseudo random number contains multiple short-period pulse waves, and the period of each pulse wave is called a chip. The period of each chip is shorter than the period of the data code. In other words, the bandwidth occupied by the pseudo random number is higher than that of the data code. Modulating the lower bandwidth data code into a higher bandwidth pseudo random number means that the bandwidth of the modulated carrier signal will be the same as the bandwidth of the pseudo random number.
在载波信号的调变过程中，主要是将数据码与虚拟随机数码相乘，而这里所谓的虚拟随机数码，通常是虚拟随机数序列(pseudo random sequence)，这个序列通常包含1与-1的组合。虚拟随机数码的特性是当虚拟随机数码乘以虚拟随机数码时，也就是1x1＝1,-1x-1＝1，就会还原回原值。这个步骤称之为解展频(de-spreading)。换言之，当接收端也同样知道这串虚拟随机数码的时候，只要进行解展频的动作，就可以得知载波信号所含的内容码。In the modulation process of the carrier signal, the data code is mainly multiplied by the pseudo random number. The so-called pseudo random number here is usually a pseudo random number sequence, which usually contains a combination of 1 and -1. The characteristic of the pseudo random number is that when the pseudo random number is multiplied by the pseudo random number, that is, 1x1=1, -1x-1=1, it will be restored to the original value. This step is called de-spreading. In other words, when the receiving end also knows this string of pseudo random numbers, as long as the de-spreading operation is performed, the content code contained in the carrier signal can be obtained.
请参考图30所示，其为展频技术的波形示意图。在图30最上方的波形为数据码，中间的波形为pseudo random number码，也就是所谓的虚拟随机数码，最下方为载波信号的波形。可以知道，当数据码的电位为高时，载波信号的波形与虚拟随机数码的波形刚好相反。当数据码的电位为低时，载波信号的波形就等同于虚拟随机数码的波形。换言之，当接收端将载波信号与虚拟随机数码相比，当波形相反时，则可以推知数据码的电位为高。反之，当载波信号与虚拟随机数码的波形相同时，可以推知数据码的电位为低。据此，只要知道虚拟随机数码，接收端就能回推数据码。Please refer to FIG. 30, which is a waveform diagram of the spread spectrum technology. The waveform at the top of FIG. 30 is the data code, the waveform in the middle is the pseudo random number code, which is the so-called virtual random number, and the waveform at the bottom is the waveform of the carrier signal. It can be seen that when the potential of the data code is high, the waveform of the carrier signal is exactly opposite to the waveform of the virtual random number. When the potential of the data code is low, the waveform of the carrier signal is equivalent to the waveform of the virtual random number. In other words, when the receiving end compares the carrier signal with the virtual random number, when the waveforms are opposite, it can be inferred that the potential of the data code is high. Conversely, when the waveforms of the carrier signal and the virtual random number are the same, it can be inferred that the potential of the data code is low. Based on this, as long as the virtual random number is known, the receiving end can deduce the data code.
请参考图31所示，其为图1所示实施例的变化。该触控系统100还包含第一触控笔111与/或第二触控笔112。在一实施例中，这些触控笔111与112为主动触控笔。Please refer to Fig. 31, which is a variation of the embodiment shown in Fig. 1. The touch control system 100 further includes a first stylus 111 and/or a second stylus 112. In one embodiment, the stylus 111 and 112 are active styluses.
在某些实施例中，可以令主动触控笔111或112将笔上的各传感器的感测值编成上述的数据码。所谓的传感器之感测值可以包含但不限于下列几种：笔尖所受的压力值、按钮是否被按下的感测值、陀螺仪的姿态感测值、加速度计的加速度感测值、电池电量的感测值、笔身流水编号值、笔身所接受的无线信号强度等。接着主动触控笔111或112根据某个虚拟随机数码，将上述的数据码编成经过展频后的载波信号。然后，通过笔尖将包含载波信号的电信号发出，使得触控屏幕的触控处理装置接收该电信号之后，至少可以获得以下几种信息：主动触控笔111或112近接于触控屏幕的位置、主动触控笔111或112所使用的虚拟随机数码形式、以及前述的数据码的内容。In some embodiments, the active stylus 111 or 112 can encode the sensing values of each sensor on the pen into the above-mentioned data code. The so-called sensing values of the sensors can include but are not limited to the following: the pressure value of the pen tip, the sensing value of whether the button is pressed, the attitude sensing value of the gyroscope, the acceleration sensing value of the accelerometer, the sensing value of the battery power, the serial number value of the pen body, the strength of the wireless signal received by the pen body, etc. Then, the active stylus 111 or 112 encodes the above-mentioned data code into a carrier signal after spread spectrum according to a certain virtual random digital number. Then, the electrical signal containing the carrier signal is sent out through the pen tip, so that after the touch processing device of the touch screen receives the electrical signal, at least the following information can be obtained: the position of the active stylus 111 or 112 close to the touch screen, the virtual random digital form used by the active stylus 111 or 112, and the content of the above-mentioned data code.
在上述的过程中，接收端的触控处理装置130必须要将接收的载波信号与虚拟随机数码同步对齐，才能得到正确的数据码。然而，当主动触控笔111或112发出电信号时，触控处理装置130未必能够立即同步，也就难以解算出数据码。In the above process, the touch processing device 130 at the receiving end must synchronize the received carrier signal with the virtual random number to obtain the correct data code. However, when the active stylus 111 or 112 sends an electrical signal, the touch processing device 130 may not be able to synchronize immediately, making it difficult to decode the data code.
接收端通常可以将所接收载波信号或由接收端生成的局部震荡信号与已知的虚拟随机数码的相乘操作延迟一段时间，再进行相乘操作，而延迟相乘可以称为相关操作。当两信号不同步时，它们的相关操作的计算值将不会超过门坎值。反之，当两信号同步时，它们的相关操作的计算值将会超过该门坎值。当两信号不同步时，接收端可以重复地调整其延迟时间，直到该两信号同步或对齐。The receiving end can usually delay the multiplication operation of the received carrier signal or the local oscillation signal generated by the receiving end and the known virtual random number for a period of time before performing the multiplication operation, and the delayed multiplication can be called a correlation operation. When the two signals are not synchronized, the calculated value of their correlation operation will not exceed the threshold value. On the contrary, when the two signals are synchronized, the calculated value of their correlation operation will exceed the threshold value. When the two signals are not synchronized, the receiving end can repeatedly adjust its delay time until the two signals are synchronized or aligned.
在本发明的一实施例中，由主动触控笔发出的电信号或载波信号可以包含信号框，该信号框还包含前置码(preamble)与其后的数据码段。该数据码段可以用于传送该触控笔上的传感器的感测状态。举例来说，可以传送如触控笔上的按钮是否被按下，或是触控笔笔尖段所感应的压力值之类的感测值。In one embodiment of the present invention, the electrical signal or carrier signal sent by the active stylus may include a signal frame, which further includes a preamble and a subsequent data code segment. The data code segment may be used to transmit the sensing state of the sensor on the stylus. For example, sensing values such as whether a button on the stylus is pressed or the pressure value sensed by the stylus tip segment may be transmitted.
在本实施例的一变化中，该些主动触控笔111或112可以在不同时段传送上述的完整信号框，以通知其传感器的状态。在本实施例的另一变化中，不同的主动触控笔可以有不同的前置码与/或虚拟随机数码，使得触控处理装置130可以识别与/或区别同时近接该触控屏幕120的至少两只主动触控笔。例如，该第一主动触控笔111发出由第一虚拟随机数码调变的第一前置码，该第二主动触控笔112发出由第二虚拟随机数码调变的第二前置码。接着，分别根据该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码，该触控处理装置130对所接收的信号解调变或解展频，其可以判断是否接收到第一前置码与/或第二前置码。In a variation of the present embodiment, the active styluses 111 or 112 may transmit the above-mentioned complete signal frame at different time periods to notify the status of their sensors. In another variation of the present embodiment, different active styluses may have different preamble codes and/or virtual random digital codes, so that the touch processing device 130 may identify and/or distinguish at least two active styluses that are simultaneously close to the touch screen 120. For example, the first active stylus 111 sends out a first preamble code modulated by a first virtual random digital code, and the second active stylus 112 sends out a second preamble code modulated by a second virtual random digital code. Then, according to the first virtual random digital code and the second virtual random digital code, respectively, the touch processing device 130 demodulates or de-spreads the received signal, and it can determine whether the first preamble code and/or the second preamble code are received.
当触控处理装置130得知电信号中包含两个前置码时，根据其所分别对应的第一虚拟随机数码与第二虚拟随机数码，就可以判断第一主动触控笔111与第二主动触控笔112近接该触控屏幕120。更由于触控处理装置130知道第一虚拟随机数码与第二虚拟随机数码的时机，就可以分别和第一主动触控笔111与第二主动触控笔112所发出的信号框进行同步，接着对信号框后的数据码段进行译码。When the touch processing device 130 knows that the electrical signal contains two preamble codes, it can determine that the first active stylus 111 and the second active stylus 112 are close to the touch screen 120 according to the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number respectively corresponding thereto. Furthermore, since the touch processing device 130 knows the timing of the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number, it can synchronize with the signal frames sent by the first active stylus 111 and the second active stylus 112 respectively, and then decode the data code segment after the signal frame.
在本发明的一实施例当中，为了快速同步起见，将多条或全部的第二电极122连接到同一线路或同一通道(channel)，在此可称之为同步线路或同步通道。由触控处理装置130负责对该同步线路或该同步通道进行量测，并且针对已知的前置码做同步的动作。In one embodiment of the present invention, for the purpose of fast synchronization, multiple or all second electrodes 122 are connected to the same line or the same channel, which may be referred to as a synchronization line or a synchronization channel. The touch processing device 130 is responsible for measuring the synchronization line or the synchronization channel and performing synchronization operations for a known preamble.
本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到，当触控处理装置130已知虚拟随机数码与欲传送的前置码时，能够利用习知技术对载波信号进行同步，或是找到载波信号与局部震荡信号的相位差(phase shift)。当确认两者之间的相位差后，则可以令接收到电信号的第一电极121做后续数据码段的译码，以便得知主动触控笔111或112所传送的传感器状态。A person skilled in the art can understand that when the touch processing device 130 knows the virtual random number and the preamble to be transmitted, it can use conventional techniques to synchronize the carrier signal or find the phase shift between the carrier signal and the local oscillation signal. After the phase shift between the two is confirmed, the first electrode 121 that receives the electrical signal can decode the subsequent data code segment to obtain the sensor state transmitted by the active stylus 111 or 112.
在本发明的一实施例中，上述的译码步骤，可以只针对一条第一电极121所接收的载波信号进行后续数据码段的译码。而用于译码的第一电极121的载波信号为所有第一电极121与/或第二电极122的信号量最大者。In one embodiment of the present invention, the above decoding step can only decode the subsequent data code segment for a carrier signal received by the first electrode 121. The carrier signal of the first electrode 121 used for decoding is the signal with the largest amount among all the first electrodes 121 and/or the second electrodes 122.
在本发明的另一实施例中，可以对多条第一电极121所接收的载波信号进行数据码段的译码步骤，所得到的数据码应该是一致的。当有不一致的时候，可以取多数相同者为其数据码。In another embodiment of the present invention, the carrier signals received by the plurality of first electrodes 121 may be decoded into data code segments, and the obtained data codes should be consistent. If there are inconsistencies, the data codes with the most consistency may be taken as the data codes.
除此之外，多条第一电极121所接收的载波信号当中，经过所得的相位差调整之后，与局部震荡信号最相关者，应该是噪讯最小的，通常就是最靠近主动触控笔111或112的近接位置的第一电极121。据此，还可以根据各条第一电极121所接收的载波信号经过上述相位差调整后的多个相关值的偏差值，计算该主动触控笔111或112与各条第一电极121的位置。换言之，也能够计算出主动触控笔111在第二轴的坐标。In addition, among the carrier signals received by the multiple first electrodes 121, the one most correlated with the local oscillation signal after the phase difference adjustment should be the one with the least noise, which is usually the first electrode 121 closest to the close position of the active stylus 111 or 112. Based on this, the position of the active stylus 111 or 112 and each first electrode 121 can also be calculated based on the deviation value of the multiple correlation values of the carrier signals received by each first electrode 121 after the above phase difference adjustment. In other words, the coordinates of the active stylus 111 on the second axis can also be calculated.
请参考图32所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的解算展频信号方法3200的流程示意图。图31的触控处理装置130可以实施图32的流程，无论是用软件、硬件或软硬件合并的方式实作。值得注意的是，除非各个步骤之间有因果关系，否则图32的步骤编号并不影响步骤所执行的先后次序。步骤之间也可以插入其他和本发明不相关的步骤。Please refer to FIG. 32 , which is a flowchart of a method 3200 for solving a spread spectrum signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. The touch processing device 130 of FIG. 31 can implement the process of FIG. 32 , whether it is implemented by software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. It is worth noting that unless there is a causal relationship between the steps, the step numbering of FIG. 32 does not affect the order in which the steps are executed. Other steps that are not related to the present invention can also be inserted between the steps.
步骤3210：将多条第二电极的至少两条连接为同步通道。触控处理装置130可以使用模拟开关或数字加法器的方式实施本步骤。在一变化中，上述的同步通道连接所有的该第二电极。Step 3210: Connect at least two of the plurality of second electrodes into a synchronization channel. The touch processing device 130 may implement this step using an analog switch or a digital adder. In one variation, the synchronization channel connects all of the second electrodes.
步骤3220：利用第一虚拟随机数码解算该同步通道所接收信号的第一信号框的第一前置码，以取得第一同步信息。Step 3220: Use a first pseudo random number to solve a first preamble of a first signal frame of a signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain first synchronization information.
步骤3230：利用该第一同步信息与该第一虚拟随机数码，将至少一条第一电极所接收信号当中位于该第一前置码后续的第一数据码进行译码。Step 3230: Decode a first data code subsequent to the first preamble code in at least one signal received by the first electrode by using the first synchronization information and the first pseudo random number.
在一变化中，上述的用于解算该第一数据码的电信号来自于接收电信号量最大的该第一电极。在另一变化中，上述的用于解算该第一数据码的电信号来自于多条该第一电极。在一衍生变化中，该方法还包含：根据该第一同步信息计算该多条第一电极的信号相关值的多个偏差值；以及根据该多个偏差值计算该第一主动触控笔在该第二轴的位置。In one variation, the electrical signal used to resolve the first data code comes from the first electrode that receives the largest amount of electrical signals. In another variation, the electrical signal used to resolve the first data code comes from multiple first electrodes. In a derivative variation, the method further includes: calculating multiple deviation values of signal correlation values of the multiple first electrodes based on the first synchronization information; and calculating the position of the first active stylus on the second axis based on the multiple deviation values.
步骤3240：利用第二虚拟随机数码解算该同步通道所接收信号的第二信号框的第二前置码，以取得第二同步信息。Step 3240: Use a second pseudo random number to solve the second preamble of the second signal frame of the signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain second synchronization information.
步骤3250：根据该第二同步信息与该第二虚拟随机数码，将至少一条第一电极所接收信号当中位于该第二前置码后续的第二数据码进行译码。Step 3250: Decode a second data code subsequent to the second preamble code in at least one signal received by the first electrode according to the second synchronization information and the second pseudo random number.
在一变化中，上述的用于解算该第二数据码的电信号来自于接收电信号量最大的该第一电极。在另一变化中，上述的用于解算该第二数据码的电信号来自于多条该第一电极。在一衍生变化中，该方法还包含：根据该第二同步信息计算该多条第一电极的信号相关值的多个偏差值；以及根据该多个偏差值计算该第二主动触控笔在该第二轴的位置。In one variation, the electrical signal for calculating the second data code comes from the first electrode that receives the largest amount of electrical signals. In another variation, the electrical signal for calculating the second data code comes from multiple first electrodes. In a derivative variation, the method further includes: calculating multiple deviation values of signal correlation values of the multiple first electrodes based on the second synchronization information; and calculating the position of the second active stylus on the second axis based on the multiple deviation values.
本发明的优点之一在于，触控处理装置130能够迅速的在一个信号框内就能够快速地同步以DSSS调变的电信号，并且解算出主动触控笔111与/或112所发出的数据码段。本发明的另一优点在于，当有多个主动触控笔111与112同时运作时，可以同时让这些主动触控笔发出信号。只要这些主动触控笔使用不同的虚拟随机数码，即便它们同时发出信号，触控处理装置130都能够在接收信号中分辨出它们所发出的信号框与数据码。One advantage of the present invention is that the touch processing device 130 can quickly synchronize the electrical signal modulated by DSSS within a signal frame and resolve the data code segment sent by the active stylus 111 and/or 112. Another advantage of the present invention is that when multiple active styluses 111 and 112 are operating at the same time, these active styluses can send signals at the same time. As long as these active styluses use different virtual random numbers, even if they send signals at the same time, the touch processing device 130 can distinguish the signal frames and data codes they send in the received signal.
在一实施例中，本发明提供一种解算展频信号的方法，适用于触控屏幕，该触控屏幕包含平行于第一轴的多条第一电极与平行于第二轴的多条第二电极，该解算展频信号的方法包含：将该多条第二电极的至少两条连接为同步通道；利用第一虚拟随机数码解算该同步通道所接收信号的第一信号框的第一前置码，以取得第一同步信息；以及利用该第一同步信息与该第一虚拟随机数码，将至少一条该第一电极所接收信号当中位于该第一前置码后续的第一数据码进行译码。In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method for decoding a spread spectrum signal, which is applicable to a touch screen, wherein the touch screen includes multiple first electrodes parallel to a first axis and multiple second electrodes parallel to a second axis. The method for decoding a spread spectrum signal includes: connecting at least two of the multiple second electrodes as a synchronization channel; using a first pseudo random number to decode a first preamble code of a first signal frame of a signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain first synchronization information; and using the first synchronization information and the first pseudo random number to decode a first data code located subsequent to the first preamble code in at least one signal received by the first electrode.
在特定实施例中，其中上述之第一信号框来自近接于该触控屏幕的第一主动触控笔，该第一数据码至少包含下列型态的信息之一：笔尖所受的压力；按钮是否被按下的感测值；陀螺仪的姿态感测值；加速度计的加速度感测值；电池电量的感测值；笔身流水编号值；以及笔身所接受的无线信号强度等。In a specific embodiment, the above-mentioned first signal frame comes from a first active stylus close to the touch screen, and the first data code includes at least one of the following types of information: the pressure exerted on the pen tip; the sensing value of whether the button is pressed; the attitude sensing value of the gyroscope; the acceleration sensing value of the accelerometer; the sensing value of the battery power; the serial number value of the pen body; and the strength of the wireless signal received by the pen body, etc.
在特定实施例中，其中上述之同步通道连接所有的该第二电极。In a specific embodiment, the synchronization channel is connected to all the second electrodes.
在特定实施例中，其中上述的用于解算该第一数据码的电信号来自于接收电信号量最大的该第一电极。In a specific embodiment, the electrical signal used to decode the first data code comes from the first electrode that receives the largest amount of electrical signals.
在特定实施例中，其中上述的用于解算该第一数据码的电信号来自于多条该第一电极。该解算展频信号的方法还包含：根据该第一同步信息计算该多条第一电极的信号相关值的多个偏差值；以及根据该多个偏差值计算该第一主动触控笔在该第二轴的位置。In a specific embodiment, the electrical signal for solving the first data code comes from the plurality of first electrodes. The method for solving the spread spectrum signal further comprises: calculating a plurality of deviation values of the signal correlation values of the plurality of first electrodes according to the first synchronization information; and calculating the position of the first active stylus on the second axis according to the plurality of deviation values.
在特定实施例中，该解算展频信号的方法还包含：利用第二虚拟随机数码解算该同步通道所接收信号的第二信号框的第二前置码，以取得第二同步信息；以及利用该第二同步信息与该第二虚拟随机数码，将至少一条第一电极所接收信号当中位于该第二前置码后续的第二数据码进行译码，其中上述的第二信号框来自近接于该触控屏幕的第二主动触控笔。In a specific embodiment, the method for decoding the spread spectrum signal also includes: using a second virtual random digital number to decode a second preamble code of a second signal frame of the signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain second synchronization information; and using the second synchronization information and the second virtual random digital number to decode a second data code located subsequent to the second preamble code in at least one signal received by the first electrode, wherein the above-mentioned second signal frame comes from a second active stylus close to the touch screen.
在特定实施例中，其中上述的第一信号框与第二信号框至少有部分为同时出现在该第一电极所接收信号中。In a specific embodiment, at least a portion of the first signal frame and the second signal frame appear simultaneously in the signal received by the first electrode.
在一实施例中，本发明提供一种解算展频信号的触控系统，包含：触控屏幕，该触控屏幕包含平行于第一轴的多条第一电极与平行于第二轴的多条第二电极；以及连接到该多条第一电极与该多条第二电极的触控处理装置，该触控处理装置用于：将该多条第二电极的至少两条连接为同步通道；利用第一虚拟随机数码解算该同步通道所接收信号的第一信号框的第一前置码，以取得第一同步信息；以及利用该第一同步信息与该第一虚拟随机数码，将至少一条该第一电极所接收信号当中位于该第一前置码后续的第一数据码进行译码。In one embodiment, the present invention provides a touch system for decoding spread spectrum signals, comprising: a touch screen, the touch screen comprising multiple first electrodes parallel to a first axis and multiple second electrodes parallel to a second axis; and a touch processing device connected to the multiple first electrodes and the multiple second electrodes, the touch processing device being used to: connect at least two of the multiple second electrodes as a synchronization channel; use a first virtual random number to decode a first preamble code of a first signal frame of a signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain first synchronization information; and use the first synchronization information and the first virtual random number to decode a first data code located subsequent to the first preamble code in at least one signal received by the first electrode.
在一实施例中，本发明提供一种解算展频信号的触控处理装置，用于连接触控屏幕上平行于第一轴的多条第一电极与平行于第二轴的多条第二电极，该触控处理装置用于：将该多条第二电极的至少两条连接为同步通道；利用第一虚拟随机数码解算该同步通道所接收信号的第一信号框的第一前置码，以取得第一同步信息；以及利用该第一同步信息与该第一虚拟随机数码，将至少一条该第一电极所接收信号当中位于该第一前置码后续的第一数据码进行译码。In one embodiment, the present invention provides a touch processing device for solving spread spectrum signals, which is used to connect multiple first electrodes parallel to a first axis and multiple second electrodes parallel to a second axis on a touch screen, and the touch processing device is used to: connect at least two of the multiple second electrodes as a synchronization channel; use a first virtual random number to solve a first preamble code of a first signal frame of a signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain first synchronization information; and use the first synchronization information and the first virtual random number to decode a first data code located subsequent to the first preamble code in at least one signal received by the first electrode.
在特定实施例中，其中上述的第一信号框来自近接于该触控屏幕的第一主动触控笔，该第一数据码至少包含下列型态的信息之一：笔尖所受的压力；按钮是否被按下的感测值；陀螺仪的姿态感测值；加速度计的加速度感测值；电池电量的感测值；笔身流水编号值；以及笔身所接受的无线信号强度等。In a specific embodiment, the above-mentioned first signal frame comes from a first active stylus that is close to the touch screen, and the first data code includes at least one of the following types of information: the pressure exerted on the pen tip; the sensing value of whether the button is pressed; the attitude sensing value of the gyroscope; the acceleration sensing value of the accelerometer; the sensing value of the battery power; the serial number value of the pen body; and the strength of the wireless signal received by the pen body, etc.
在特定实施例中，其中上述的同步通道连接所有的该第二电极。In a specific embodiment, the synchronization channel is connected to all the second electrodes.
在特定实施例中，其中上述的用于解算该第一数据码的电信号来自于接收电信号量最大的该第一电极。In a specific embodiment, the electrical signal used to decode the first data code comes from the first electrode that receives the largest amount of electrical signals.
在特定实施例中，其中上述的用于解算该第一数据码的电信号来自于多条该第一电极。该触控处理装置还用于：根据该第一同步信息计算该多条第一电极的信号相关值的多个偏差值；以及根据该多个偏差值计算该第一主动触控笔在该第二轴的位置。In a specific embodiment, the electrical signal for solving the first data code comes from the plurality of first electrodes. The touch processing device is further used to: calculate a plurality of deviation values of signal correlation values of the plurality of first electrodes according to the first synchronization information; and calculate the position of the first active stylus on the second axis according to the plurality of deviation values.
在特定实施例中，该触控处理装置还用于：利用第二虚拟随机数码解算该同步通道所接收信号的第二信号框的第二前置码，以取得第二同步信息；以及利用该第二同步信息与该第二虚拟随机数码，将至少一条第一电极所接收信号当中位于该第二前置码后续的第二数据码进行译码，其中上述的第二信号框来自近接于该触控屏幕的第二主动触控笔。In a specific embodiment, the touch processing device is also used to: use a second virtual random digital number to solve a second preamble code of a second signal frame of a signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain second synchronization information; and use the second synchronization information and the second virtual random digital number to decode a second data code that follows the second preamble code in at least one signal received by the first electrode, wherein the second signal frame comes from a second active stylus that is close to the touch screen.
在特定实施例中，其中上述的第一信号框与第二信号框至少有部分为同时出现在该第一电极所接收信号中。In a specific embodiment, at least a portion of the first signal frame and the second signal frame appear simultaneously in the signal received by the first electrode.
请参考图33所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的主动触控笔111的方框示意图。该主动触控笔111可以包含控制器3310、频率信号模块3320、电池3330、具有第一阻抗Z1的该第一元件221、具有第二阻抗Z2的该第二元件222、以及笔尖段230。该控制器3310用于同时产生两个不同的虚拟随机数码编码的信号3311与3312，并且分别传送至该第一元件221与该第二元件222。该控制器3310可以包含模拟与数字电路、信号处理器、通用的计算处理器、用于存储处理器所需指令与数据的挥发性或非挥发性内存。该信号处理器与/或处理器可执行一或多指令集，例如ARM指令集、英特尔8051指令集等。Please refer to FIG. 33 , which is a block diagram of an active stylus 111 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The active stylus 111 may include a controller 3310, a frequency signal module 3320, a battery 3330, the first element 221 having a first impedance Z1, the second element 222 having a second impedance Z2, and a pen tip section 230. The controller 3310 is used to simultaneously generate two different virtual random digital encoded signals 3311 and 3312, and transmit them to the first element 221 and the second element 222, respectively. The controller 3310 may include analog and digital circuits, a signal processor, a general-purpose computing processor, and a volatile or non-volatile memory for storing instructions and data required by the processor. The signal processor and/or the processor may execute one or more instruction sets, such as the ARM instruction set, the Intel 8051 instruction set, etc.
该电池3330可以是充电式或不可充电式。该控制器3310可包含可充电电池3330的充电电路。储存在该电池3330的电力用于供应该控制器3310与该频率信号模块3320的运作。该频率信号模块3320可以是任何形式的振荡器，其可以输出一或多个频率信号至该控制器3310。举例来说，该振荡器可以是石英振荡器、晶体振荡器(XO)、温度补偿晶体振荡器(TCXO)、恒温控制晶体振荡器(OCXO)、或压控晶体振荡器(VCXO)。该控制器3310可包含除频器或是倍频器以产生数据信号或载波信号所需的频率信号。如图30所示，数据码的频率要慢于载波信号。该频率信号模块3320用于提供一或多个频率信号给上述的编码过程。The battery 3330 may be rechargeable or non-rechargeable. The controller 3310 may include a charging circuit for the rechargeable battery 3330. The power stored in the battery 3330 is used to supply the operation of the controller 3310 and the frequency signal module 3320. The frequency signal module 3320 may be any type of oscillator that can output one or more frequency signals to the controller 3310. For example, the oscillator may be a quartz oscillator, a crystal oscillator (XO), a temperature compensated crystal oscillator (TCXO), an oven controlled crystal oscillator (OCXO), or a voltage controlled crystal oscillator (VCXO). The controller 3310 may include a frequency divider or a frequency multiplier to generate the frequency signal required for the data signal or the carrier signal. As shown in FIG. 30, the frequency of the data code is slower than the carrier signal. The frequency signal module 3320 is used to provide one or more frequency signals to the above-mentioned encoding process.
多个虚拟随机数码被储存在该控制器3310内。第一虚拟随机数码相应于信号3311，而第二虚拟随机数码相应于信号3312。所有可用的虚拟随机数码都互相正交。意思是任两个虚拟随机数码都是正交的。A plurality of pseudo random digital numbers are stored in the controller 3310. The first pseudo random digital number corresponds to a signal 3311, and the second pseudo random digital number corresponds to a signal 3312. All available pseudo random digital numbers are orthogonal to each other, which means that any two pseudo random digital numbers are orthogonal.
在一实施例中，信号3311与虚拟随机数码的映像关系是可供设定的，并且储存在该控制器3310当中。举例来说，在一些主动触控笔111当中可以储存10个虚拟随机数码。每一个主动触控笔111可以设定使用一组两个虚拟随机数码。因此，该触控处理装置130可以分辨出从该些触控笔111所同时发出的五组虚拟随机数码。每一只触控笔111的位置可以根据由笔尖段230发出的电信号来判定。In one embodiment, the mapping relationship between the signal 3311 and the virtual random number is configurable and stored in the controller 3310. For example, 10 virtual random numbers can be stored in some active styluses 111. Each active stylus 111 can be configured to use a set of two virtual random numbers. Therefore, the touch processing device 130 can distinguish five sets of virtual random numbers simultaneously emitted from the styluses 111. The position of each stylus 111 can be determined based on the electrical signal emitted by the pen tip segment 230.
为了提供映像关系的设定接口，触控笔111可以包含实体性的人机接口以供输出输入。在一范例中，该触控笔111可以包含视效与/或音效的指示器以显示该控制器3310所使用的该组虚拟随机数码。该视效或音效的指示器连接到该控制器3310并且接受其控制。In order to provide a setting interface for the mapping relationship, the stylus pen 111 may include a physical human-machine interface for input and output. In one example, the stylus pen 111 may include a visual effect and/or sound effect indicator to display the set of virtual random digital numbers used by the controller 3310. The visual effect or sound effect indicator is connected to the controller 3310 and is controlled by it.
该视效指示器可以包含多个灯泡、发光二极管、或等效的装置，其中每一灯光是相关于每一组虚拟随机数码。在其他范例中，该视效指示器可以包含一个发光二极管，其可以在一短时间内闪烁一或多次，以显示所映像的虚拟随机数码组合。或者，该视效指示器可以显示不同颜色以显示所设定的那一组虚拟随机数码。The visual indicator may include a plurality of light bulbs, light emitting diodes, or equivalent devices, wherein each light is associated with each set of virtual random numbers. In other examples, the visual indicator may include a light emitting diode that may flash one or more times in a short period of time to display the imaged virtual random number combination. Alternatively, the visual indicator may display different colors to display the set of virtual random numbers.
类似地，该音效指示器可包含蜂鸣器，其用于在短时期内通过哔声的数量来提醒使用者。或者可以使用扩音器来输出语音与/或声响以广播所设定的那一组虚拟随机数码。Similarly, the sound effect indicator may include a buzzer, which is used to remind the user by the number of beeps in a short period of time. Alternatively, a loudspeaker may be used to output voice and/or sound to broadcast the set set of virtual random digital numbers.
该触控笔111的输入按钮、开关、或旋钮可以用于设定该组虚拟随机数码。该按钮、该开关或该旋钮的状态可以用于指示被设定的那一组虚拟随机数码。The input button, switch, or knob of the stylus pen 111 can be used to set the set of virtual random numbers. The state of the button, switch, or knob can be used to indicate the set of virtual random numbers.
除了实体性的人机接口以外，触控笔111可以包含通信单元以自远程机器接收该设定至该控制器3310。该通信单元可以符合有线或无线的工业标准接口，诸如蓝牙、USB、无线USB、UWB等。本领域普通技术人员可以了解到类似的通信单元已经广泛地应用在现代的消费性电子系统当中，诸如智能型手机、移动式计算机等。举例来说，图7A至图7D所示的发信器无线通信单元770可以应用于此。In addition to the physical human-machine interface, the stylus 111 may include a communication unit to receive the setting from the remote machine to the controller 3310. The communication unit may comply with a wired or wireless industry standard interface, such as Bluetooth, USB, wireless USB, UWB, etc. A person skilled in the art may understand that similar communication units have been widely used in modern consumer electronic systems, such as smart phones, mobile computers, etc. For example, the transmitter wireless communication unit 770 shown in Figures 7A to 7D may be used here.
远程机器可以用于连接至该通信单元以便读取与/或设定该组虚拟随机数码。可以在该远程机器上执行设定程序以读取或以设定该组虚拟随机数码至连接的该触控笔111。在一实施例中，该远程机器可以同时连接到多只触控笔111以确保每一只已连接的触控笔111使用不同组虚拟随机数码。万一该远程机器侦测到已连接的触控笔111使用的虚拟随机数码组合有冲突，该远程机器可以自动指定不同组虚拟随机数码至冲突的触控笔111。A remote machine may be used to connect to the communication unit to read and/or set the set of virtual random numbers. A setting program may be executed on the remote machine to read or set the set of virtual random numbers to the connected stylus 111. In one embodiment, the remote machine may be connected to multiple styluses 111 simultaneously to ensure that each connected stylus 111 uses a different set of virtual random numbers. In the event that the remote machine detects that the virtual random number combinations used by the connected stylus 111 conflict, the remote machine may automatically assign a different set of virtual random numbers to the conflicting stylus 111.
在某些实施例中，触控笔111所使用的虚拟随机数码组合是固定的，或是在出厂前硬性设定。该触控笔111可以使用某一特定颜色的涂装或是在触控笔身显示视效标示。使用者可以检查其触控笔111的颜色或视效标示。如果他们使用不同颜色的触控笔111，该触控处理装置130可以识别每一只触控笔111。In some embodiments, the virtual random digital combination used by the stylus 111 is fixed or hard-set before leaving the factory. The stylus 111 can be painted with a specific color or display a visual effect mark on the stylus body. Users can check the color or visual effect mark of their stylus 111. If they use styluses 111 of different colors, the touch processing device 130 can identify each stylus 111.
该触控笔111可以包含一或多个人机接口或是传感器，诸如按钮、旋钮、高度计传感器、陀螺仪、加速度仪、电信号接收器等。该控制器3310可以周期性地收集这些人机接口或传感器的状态。这些状态或其他信息(诸如该触控笔111的唯一标识符)可以作为图30所示的数据码送至该触控处理装置130。该控制器3310可以调变所欲传送的该数据码与该第一虚拟随机数码。本领域的普通技术人员可以了译码分多重存取或直接序列展频已经广泛地使用在第三代行动通信技术当中。该控制器3310包含硬件电路与/或嵌入式处理器用于调变。传统上，需要乘法器来根据该数据码与该虚拟随机数码产生载波信号。如果不需要发送任何数据码，由笔尖段230所接收的信号3311与3312可以分别是该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码。The stylus 111 may include one or more human-machine interfaces or sensors, such as buttons, knobs, altimeter sensors, gyroscopes, accelerometers, electrical signal receivers, etc. The controller 3310 may periodically collect the status of these human-machine interfaces or sensors. These statuses or other information (such as a unique identifier of the stylus 111) may be sent to the touch processing device 130 as a data code as shown in FIG. 30. The controller 3310 may modulate the data code and the first virtual random number to be transmitted. A person skilled in the art may understand that code division multiple access or direct sequence spread spectrum has been widely used in third-generation mobile communication technology. The controller 3310 includes a hardware circuit and/or an embedded processor for modulation. Traditionally, a multiplier is required to generate a carrier signal based on the data code and the virtual random number. If no data code is required to be sent, the signals 3311 and 3312 received by the pen tip segment 230 may be the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number, respectively.
可以根据该第一虚拟随机数码调变该数据码以产生该信号3311。也可以根据该第二虚拟随机数码调变该数据码以产生该信号3312。换言之，数据段可以经由该信号3311与3312的其中之一或两者传送。该触控处理装置130可以根据该第一与该第二虚拟随机数码的其中之一，对该笔尖端230所传送的数据码进行解展频或译码。假设根据该第一虚拟随机数码所译码的数据码与根据该第二虚拟随机数码所译码的数据码相符，则该数据码是可信的。否则，这两个不同的数据码应该被丢弃或是无视。The data code may be modulated according to the first virtual random number to generate the signal 3311. The data code may also be modulated according to the second virtual random number to generate the signal 3312. In other words, the data segment may be transmitted via one or both of the signals 3311 and 3312. The touch processing device 130 may de-spread or decode the data code transmitted by the pen tip 230 according to one of the first and second virtual random numbers. Assuming that the data code decoded according to the first virtual random number matches the data code decoded according to the second virtual random number, the data code is credible. Otherwise, the two different data codes should be discarded or ignored.
该主动触控笔111可以还包含接收器以同步该触控处理装置130。如同先前的段落所述，该触控处理装置130可以通过该触控面板120的电极发出用于同步的灯塔信号。该笔尖段230可以作用接收灯塔信号的接收天线。图9A至图9F所示的灯塔信号可以用于本实施例当中。The active stylus 111 may further include a receiver to synchronize the touch processing device 130. As described in the previous paragraph, the touch processing device 130 may send a beacon signal for synchronization through the electrodes of the touch panel 120. The tip section 230 may act as a receiving antenna for receiving the beacon signal. The beacon signals shown in FIGS. 9A to 9F may be used in this embodiment.
该控制器3310可以连接到该笔尖段230以接收该灯塔信号。为了正确地接收和识别该灯塔信号，该处理器3310可以包含诸如积分器、取样器、放大器、模拟数字转换器、加法器与其他任何电路以接收该灯塔信号。所接收的信号可以还由该处理器接收以在干扰当中取得灯塔信号所携带的同步信号与/或信息。一旦接收灯塔信号，该控制器3310可以在该触控处理装置130已知的预定地周转时段(turnaround period)之后，通过笔尖段230传送该信号3311与3312。或者是该灯塔信号可以包含时段参数，其用于指示该周转时段的长度。The controller 3310 may be connected to the pen tip segment 230 to receive the beacon signal. In order to correctly receive and identify the beacon signal, the processor 3310 may include circuits such as integrators, samplers, amplifiers, analog-to-digital converters, adders, and any other circuits to receive the beacon signal. The received signal may also be received by the processor to obtain synchronization signals and/or information carried by the beacon signal amid interference. Once the beacon signal is received, the controller 3310 may transmit the signals 3311 and 3312 through the pen tip segment 230 after a predetermined turnaround period known to the touch processing device 130. Alternatively, the beacon signal may include a period parameter that indicates the length of the turnaround period.
如果在该触控系统100当中有多只触控笔111正在操作，没有任何周转时段的灯塔信号会导致所有触控笔111同时发出电信号。然而，由于这些触控笔111所发出的电信号是由不同的虚拟随机数码进行编码，触控处理装置可以辨别出每一只触控笔111。If there are multiple styluses 111 operating in the touch control system 100, there is no turnaround beacon signal that causes all styluses 111 to send out electrical signals at the same time. However, since the electrical signals sent out by these styluses 111 are encoded by different pseudo random numbers, the touch control processing device can identify each stylus 111.
在一实施例中，灯塔信号可以还包含对应至触控笔的标识符与周转时段。如果触控笔111接收了包含其标识符的灯塔信号，该触控笔可以在根据该灯塔信号所指定的周转时段之后，通过该笔尖段230发出该电信号。为了避免或减少该触控系统100当中的干扰，该触控处理装置130可以发出灯塔信号，其包含了多组触控笔标识符与其指定的周转时段或时槽。In one embodiment, the beacon signal may further include an identifier and a turnaround time period corresponding to the stylus. If the stylus 111 receives the beacon signal including its identifier, the stylus may send the electrical signal through the pen tip segment 230 after the turnaround time period specified by the beacon signal. In order to avoid or reduce interference in the touch control system 100, the touch control processing device 130 may send a beacon signal including multiple sets of stylus identifiers and their specified turnaround time periods or time slots.
在另外的作法当中，该触控处理装置130可以传送多个灯塔信号111。该些灯塔信号是以不同的方式进行调变。举例来说，该些灯塔信号的调变可以根据频率、相位、振幅等来变化。因此，该些触控笔111当中的每一只触控笔可以倾听其所指定的灯塔信号。In another embodiment, the touch processing device 130 can transmit multiple beacon signals 111. The beacon signals are modulated in different ways. For example, the modulation of the beacon signals can be changed according to frequency, phase, amplitude, etc. Therefore, each of the stylus 111 can listen to its designated beacon signal.
在一实施例中，该触控系统100可以包含不同调变的灯塔信号给不同组别的触控笔111。在每一种调变的灯塔信号当中，可以包含多组触控笔标识符与其指定的周转时段或时槽。该触控处理装置130可以控制每一种调变的灯塔信号的更新频率。当该些触控笔111静止不动，送至该触控笔111的灯塔信号可以被延迟发送或甚至跳过不送。当该些触控笔111活动剧烈时，该触控处理装置130可以比其他的触控笔111传送还多次的灯塔信号至该触控笔111，以便更频繁与更准确地得到该触控笔的位置与数据码。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到该触控处理装置130可以通过控制相应灯塔信号的传送，来调整每一只触控笔111的数据更新率。In one embodiment, the touch control system 100 may include differently modulated beacon signals for different groups of styluses 111. In each modulated beacon signal, multiple groups of stylus identifiers and their designated turnaround periods or time slots may be included. The touch control processing device 130 may control the update frequency of each modulated beacon signal. When the styluses 111 are stationary, the beacon signal sent to the stylus 111 may be delayed or even skipped. When the styluses 111 are active, the touch control processing device 130 may send more beacon signals to the stylus 111 than other styluses 111, so as to obtain the position and data code of the stylus more frequently and more accurately. Those skilled in the art may understand that the touch control processing device 130 may adjust the data update rate of each stylus 111 by controlling the transmission of the corresponding beacon signal.
在另外的作法当中，可以由该主机140发出该灯塔信号。举例来说，该触控处理装置130可使用该主机140所装备的无线通信单元来传送该灯塔信号。根据无线通信协议的规定，该灯塔信号可以广播或是单播(unicast)至每一只触控笔111。举例来说，蓝牙协议定义了广播机制以传送广告信息。该灯塔信号可以借由蓝牙协议的广播机制来发送。任何收到作为灯塔信号的该广告信息的触控笔可借此同步。否则，该灯塔信号可以自该主机140无线地单播到该触控笔111。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到触控笔111与该触控处理装置130的同步可以借由触控面板120所传送的灯塔信号同步，或是由两者之间的有线或无线通信频道来达成。In another approach, the beacon signal can be sent by the host 140. For example, the touch processing device 130 can use a wireless communication unit equipped by the host 140 to transmit the beacon signal. According to the provisions of the wireless communication protocol, the beacon signal can be broadcast or unicast to each stylus 111. For example, the Bluetooth protocol defines a broadcast mechanism to transmit advertising information. The beacon signal can be sent by the broadcast mechanism of the Bluetooth protocol. Any stylus that receives the advertising information as a beacon signal can be synchronized thereby. Otherwise, the beacon signal can be wirelessly unicast from the host 140 to the stylus 111. Those skilled in the art can understand that the synchronization of the stylus 111 and the touch processing device 130 can be achieved by synchronizing the beacon signal transmitted by the touch panel 120, or by a wired or wireless communication channel between the two.
虽然可以借由灯塔信号来达成，该触控处理装置130可以自行同步该电信号。该控制器3310可以借由该第一元件221与该第二元件222的其中之一或两者来传送前置码。该前置码可以借由该第一与该第二虚拟随机数码的其中之一或两者进行编码。最终由该笔尖段230所发出的该电信号包含该前置码与/或数据码。一旦该触控处理装置130通过该触控面板120接收到电信号，会对所接收的电信号进行放大、取样、转换成数字形式并且储存在内存当中。因此，该触控处理装置130的电路或嵌入其中的处理器可以将所储存的信号与该触控笔111相应的前置码进行比较。当该储存的信号全部或部分符合该前置码时，该触控处理装置130可以计算所储存前置码的接收时机。据此，该触控处理装置130可以根据所储存的前置码来计算该触控笔111下一次的传送时机。在某些实施例中，该前置码的匹配可以快到让同一次传送的数据码可以被译码。特别是当前置码的长度足够长的时候。可以针对内存当中的储存信号使用滑动窗的技术来寻找该前置码。Although it can be achieved by a beacon signal, the touch processing device 130 can synchronize the electrical signal by itself. The controller 3310 can transmit the preamble code by one or both of the first element 221 and the second element 222. The preamble code can be encoded by one or both of the first and second virtual random digital codes. The electrical signal finally emitted by the pen tip segment 230 includes the preamble code and/or the data code. Once the touch processing device 130 receives the electrical signal through the touch panel 120, the received electrical signal will be amplified, sampled, converted into digital form and stored in the memory. Therefore, the circuit of the touch processing device 130 or the processor embedded therein can compare the stored signal with the corresponding preamble code of the stylus 111. When the stored signal fully or partially matches the preamble code, the touch processing device 130 can calculate the reception timing of the stored preamble code. Accordingly, the touch processing device 130 can calculate the next transmission timing of the stylus 111 according to the stored preamble code. In some embodiments, the preamble matching can be fast enough to allow the data code transmitted at the same time to be decoded, especially when the length of the preamble is long enough. The preamble can be found using a sliding window technique for the stored signal in the memory.
当找到前置码时，该触控处理装置130可以根据所接收的信号来计算该触控笔111接触或靠近该触控面板120的位置。当有两个或两个以上的触控笔111使用不同组的虚拟随机数码时，这些触控笔111所使用的前置码都不同且正交。甚至当同时接收到这些前置码时，该触控处理装置130可以找到这些触控笔111近接该触控面板120的位置。When the preamble is found, the touch processing device 130 can calculate the position where the stylus 111 touches or approaches the touch panel 120 according to the received signal. When two or more stylus 111 use different sets of virtual random numbers, the preambles used by these stylus 111 are different and orthogonal. Even when these preambles are received at the same time, the touch processing device 130 can find the positions where these stylus 111 are close to the touch panel 120.
请参考图34，其为根据本发明一实施例的触控处理装置130的方框示意图。该触控处理装置130可以包含嵌入式处理器3440，其用于连接与控制连接网络3410、驱动电路3420、感测电路3430、与主机接口3450。该驱动电路3420可以通过该连接网络3410分别连接每一条第一电极121与每一条第二电极122以发出驱动信号。该感测电路3430可以通过该连接网络3410分别连接每一条第一电极121与每一条第二电极122以利用这些电极来感测信号。该嵌入式处理器3440可以通过该主机接口3450与该主机140进行通信。该嵌入式处理器3440可以执行储存在非挥发性内存内的程序模块来侦测上述的近接对象或事件。Please refer to FIG. 34 , which is a block diagram of a touch processing device 130 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The touch processing device 130 may include an embedded processor 3440, which is used to connect and control a connection network 3410, a driving circuit 3420, a sensing circuit 3430, and a host interface 3450. The driving circuit 3420 may be connected to each first electrode 121 and each second electrode 122 through the connection network 3410 to send a driving signal. The sensing circuit 3430 may be connected to each first electrode 121 and each second electrode 122 through the connection network 3410 to use these electrodes to sense signals. The embedded processor 3440 may communicate with the host 140 through the host interface 3450. The embedded processor 3440 may execute a program module stored in a non-volatile memory to detect the aforementioned proximity object or event.
该嵌入式处理器3440可以动态地该连接网络3410。该驱动电路3420可以连接一条或多条该第一电极121与/或每一条第二电极122。类似地，该感测电路3430可以连接一条或多条该第一电极121与/或每一条第二电极122。在一实施例中，该驱动电路3420与该感测电路3430合起来称为模拟前端电路，其可以包含放大器、滤波器、取样器、积分器、数字模拟转换器、模拟数字转换器、加法器、乘法器、可变电阻等元器件的任意组合。除了包含该驱动电路3420与该感测电路3430的模拟电路之外，该嵌入式处理器3440可以进行数字部分的信号处理。该主机接口3450用于连接该嵌入式处理器3440与该主机140。典型地，该主接接口3450可以兼容于诸如USB、I2C、PCI、PCI-Express、SCSI等的工业标准。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到该主机接口3450在现代电子装置中是非常常见的。The embedded processor 3440 can dynamically connect the network 3410. The driving circuit 3420 can connect one or more of the first electrodes 121 and/or each of the second electrodes 122. Similarly, the sensing circuit 3430 can connect one or more of the first electrodes 121 and/or each of the second electrodes 122. In one embodiment, the driving circuit 3420 and the sensing circuit 3430 are collectively referred to as an analog front-end circuit, which can include any combination of components such as amplifiers, filters, samplers, integrators, digital analog converters, analog digital converters, adders, multipliers, variable resistors, etc. In addition to the analog circuits including the driving circuit 3420 and the sensing circuit 3430, the embedded processor 3440 can perform digital signal processing. The host interface 3450 is used to connect the embedded processor 3440 and the host 140. Typically, the host interface 3450 can be compatible with industrial standards such as USB, I2C, PCI, PCI-Express, SCSI, etc. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the host interface 3450 is very common in modern electronic devices.
请参考图35，其为根据本发明一实施例的图33所示的该控制器3310所实施的流程示意图。该流程可以应用于图33所示的触控笔111当中。除非特别写到因果关系，本发明并不限制图35当中任两步骤的执行顺序。Please refer to FIG35, which is a flowchart of the controller 3310 shown in FIG33 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flowchart can be applied to the stylus 111 shown in FIG33. Unless a causal relationship is specifically stated, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps in FIG35.
可选的步骤3510：接收第一虚拟随机数码与第二虚拟随机数码的设定。先前已经讨论过该设定机制。Optional step 3510: Receive the setting of the first pseudo random number and the second pseudo random number. The setting mechanism has been discussed previously.
可选的步骤3520：接收灯塔信号。该触控处理装置130可以通过该触控面板120的至少一条第一电极121或第二电极122发出灯塔信号至该触控笔111。在其他实施方式当中，该触控处理装置130可以要求该主机140的通信单元来传送该灯塔信号至该触控笔111的相应通信单元。Optional step 3520: receiving a beacon signal. The touch processing device 130 may send a beacon signal to the stylus 111 through at least one first electrode 121 or second electrode 122 of the touch panel 120. In other embodiments, the touch processing device 130 may request the communication unit of the host 140 to transmit the beacon signal to the corresponding communication unit of the stylus 111.
可选的步骤3530：译码标识符与周转时段参数。如果执行了可选的步骤3520并且收到灯塔信号，该灯塔信号可能包含给特定一只或一群触控笔111的标识符与/或周转时段参数。据此，在该灯塔信号中的该触控笔111的标识符与/或周转时段参数被译码得知。Optional step 3530: Decoding identifier and turnaround time parameter. If optional step 3520 is performed and a beacon signal is received, the beacon signal may include an identifier and/or turnaround time parameter for a specific stylus or a group of styluses 111. Accordingly, the identifier and/or turnaround time parameter of the stylus 111 in the beacon signal is decoded.
可选的步骤3540：根据触控笔上的传感器状态产生数据码。如果触控笔111除了连接到第一元件221的压力传感器之外，还包含一或多个笔上的传感器，诸如按钮、开关、旋钮、电池容量等，可以产生反应这些笔上传感器状态与/或其他信息的数据码，其他信息可以包含触控笔111的标识符与/或型号、厂商名称等信息。Optional step 3540: Generate a data code according to the state of the sensor on the stylus. If the stylus 111 includes one or more sensors on the pen, such as buttons, switches, knobs, battery capacity, etc., in addition to the pressure sensor connected to the first element 221, a data code reflecting the state of the sensors on the pen and/or other information can be generated. The other information may include the identifier and/or model, manufacturer name, etc. of the stylus 111.
步骤3550：传送根据该第一虚拟随机数码编码的第一前置码与/或数据码至第一元件，其具有对应至压力的可变阻抗。传送的信号可以是该第一前置码、该数据码的一或两者。由于它们都是由该第一虚拟随机数码编码，在理论上，该触控处理装置130可以借由该电极121与/或电极122来侦测由笔尖段230所传送的信号。Step 3550: Transmitting a first preamble code and/or a data code according to the first pseudo random digital code to a first element having a variable impedance corresponding to the pressure. The transmitted signal may be one or both of the first preamble code and the data code. Since they are both encoded by the first pseudo random digital code, in theory, the touch processing device 130 can detect the signal transmitted by the pen tip segment 230 through the electrode 121 and/or the electrode 122.
步骤3560：传送根据该第二虚拟随机数码编码的第二前置码与/或数据码至第二元件，其具有固定阻抗。传送的信号可以是该第二前置码、该数据码的一或两者。由于它们都是由该第二虚拟随机数码编码，在理论上，该触控处理装置130可以借由该电极121与/或电极122来侦测由笔尖段230所传送的信号。Step 3560: Transmit the second preamble code and/or data code according to the second pseudo random digital code to the second element, which has a fixed impedance. The transmitted signal can be one or both of the second preamble code and the data code. Since they are both encoded by the second pseudo random digital code, in theory, the touch processing device 130 can detect the signal transmitted by the pen tip segment 230 through the electrode 121 and/or the electrode 122.
请参考图36A，其为根据本发明一实施例的嵌入式处理器3440所实施的流程示意图。该流程可以适用于图33与图34所示的触控处理装置130。除非写明因果关系，本发明并不限定图36A任两个步骤的执行顺序。假设触控系统100使用灯塔信号作为同步信号，该流程自步骤3610开始。Please refer to FIG. 36A , which is a schematic diagram of a flow chart implemented by an embedded processor 3440 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flow chart can be applied to the touch processing device 130 shown in FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 . Unless a causal relationship is specified, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps in FIG. 36A . Assuming that the touch control system 100 uses a beacon signal as a synchronization signal, the flow chart starts from step 3610 .
可选的步骤3610：传送灯塔信号。本步骤相应于图35的步骤3520。该触控处理装置130可以通过该触控面板120的至少一条该第一电极121或该第二电极122来传送该灯塔信号至该触控笔111。在其他的实施方式中，该触控处理装置130可以要求该主机140的通信单元传送灯塔信号至该触控笔111上相应的通信单元。可选的是，该灯塔信号可以包含一或多个特定触控笔111或一组特定触控笔111的一或多个标识符与/或周转时段参数。Optional step 3610: transmitting a beacon signal. This step corresponds to step 3520 of FIG. 35 . The touch processing device 130 may transmit the beacon signal to the stylus 111 through at least one of the first electrode 121 or the second electrode 122 of the touch panel 120. In other embodiments, the touch processing device 130 may request the communication unit of the host 140 to transmit the beacon signal to the corresponding communication unit on the stylus 111. Optionally, the beacon signal may include one or more identifiers and/or turnaround time parameters of one or more specific styluses 111 or a group of specific styluses 111.
可选的步骤3620：等待一周转时段。当该传送的灯塔信号指定该周转时段时，该嵌入式处理器3440或该触控处理装置130可以在这时段内等待或休眠。在其他的实施方式中，该嵌入式处理器3440可以执行其他的功能，例如在该周转时段内进行电容式感应，以侦测近接该触控面板120的外部导电对象。Optional step 3620: Wait for a turnaround period. When the transmitted beacon signal specifies the turnaround period, the embedded processor 3440 or the touch processing device 130 may wait or sleep during this period. In other embodiments, the embedded processor 3440 may perform other functions, such as performing capacitive sensing during the turnaround period to detect an external conductive object in proximity to the touch panel 120.
步骤3630：通过触控面板的电极接收电信号。该触控笔111通过笔尖段230传送电信号至该触控面板120的至少一条电极121与122。该电信号由触控处理装置130的感测电路3430经由该笔尖段230附近的电极接收该电信号。Step 3630: Receive electrical signals through electrodes of the touch panel. The stylus 111 transmits electrical signals to at least one electrode 121 and 122 of the touch panel 120 through the pen tip segment 230. The electrical signals are received by the sensing circuit 3430 of the touch processing device 130 via electrodes near the pen tip segment 230.
可选的步骤3640：根据第一虚拟随机数码对所接收电信号的第一前置码进行解展频。假如该触控笔111所发出的电信号包含该第一前置码，该触控处理装置130的嵌入式处理器3440可以根据该第一虚拟随机数码对该第一前置码解展频。在某些实施例中，该系统100不使用该灯塔信号以同不传送电信号的时机，亦即略去步骤3610与3620，则该嵌入式处理器3440可能需要使用滑动窗技术来获取接收信号当中的第一前置码，因为该嵌入式处理器3440无从知悉该触控笔111何时要传送该电信号。Optional step 3640: De-spread the first preamble of the received electrical signal according to the first virtual random number. If the electrical signal sent by the stylus 111 includes the first preamble, the embedded processor 3440 of the touch processing device 130 can de-spread the first preamble according to the first virtual random number. In some embodiments, the system 100 does not use the lighthouse signal to transmit the electrical signal at the same time, that is, steps 3610 and 3620 are omitted, then the embedded processor 3440 may need to use a sliding window technique to obtain the first preamble in the received signal, because the embedded processor 3440 has no way of knowing when the stylus 111 is going to transmit the electrical signal.
可选的步骤3650：根据该第一虚拟随机数码对所接收电信号的第一数据码进行解展频。假如该触控笔111所发出的电信号包含该第一数据码，该触控处理装置130的嵌入式处理器3440可以根据该第一虚拟随机数码对该第一数据码进行译码。本申请的实施例可以包含步骤3640与3650的其中的一或两者。Optional step 3650: De-spread the first data code of the received electrical signal according to the first pseudo random number. If the electrical signal sent by the stylus 111 includes the first data code, the embedded processor 3440 of the touch processing device 130 can decode the first data code according to the first pseudo random number. The embodiment of the present application may include one or both of steps 3640 and 3650.
可选的步骤3660：根据第二虚拟随机数码对所接收电信号的第二前置码进行解展频。假如该触控笔111所发出的电信号包含该第二前置码，该触控处理装置130的嵌入式处理器3440可以根据该第二虚拟随机数码对该第二前置码解展频。在某些实施例中，该系统100不使用该灯塔信号以同不传送电信号的时机，亦即略去步骤3610与3620，则该嵌入式处理器3440可能需要使用滑动窗技术来获取接收信号当中的第一前置码，因为该嵌入式处理器3440无从知悉该触控笔111何时要传送该电信号。Optional step 3660: De-spread the second preamble of the received electrical signal according to the second virtual random number. If the electrical signal sent by the stylus 111 includes the second preamble, the embedded processor 3440 of the touch processing device 130 can de-spread the second preamble according to the second virtual random number. In some embodiments, the system 100 does not use the lighthouse signal to transmit the electrical signal at the same time, that is, steps 3610 and 3620 are omitted, then the embedded processor 3440 may need to use a sliding window technique to obtain the first preamble in the received signal, because the embedded processor 3440 has no way of knowing when the stylus 111 is going to transmit the electrical signal.
可选的步骤3670：根据该第二虚拟随机数码对所接收电信号的第二数据码进行解展频。假如该触控笔111所发出的电信号包含该第二数据码，该触控处理装置130的嵌入式处理器3440可以根据该第二虚拟随机数码对该第二数据码进行译码。本申请的实施例可以包含步骤3660与3670的其中的一或两者。Optional step 3670: De-spread the second data code of the received electrical signal according to the second pseudo random number. If the electrical signal sent by the stylus 111 includes the second data code, the embedded processor 3440 of the touch processing device 130 can decode the second data code according to the second pseudo random number. The embodiment of the present application may include one or both of steps 3660 and 3670.
为了要减少设计的复杂度，该控制器3310可以将相应笔上传感器状态的数据码编码在信号3311与3312其中之一。据此，只需要执行步骤3650与3670的其中之一，以及步骤3640与3660。In order to reduce the complexity of the design, the controller 3310 can encode the data code of the corresponding sensor state on the pen in one of the signals 3311 and 3312. Accordingly, only one of the steps 3650 and 3670, and the steps 3640 and 3660 need to be executed.
为了要增加传输可靠度，该控制器3310可以将数据码编码在信号3311与3312的两者。据此，可以执行步骤3650与3670以得到该第一数据码与该第二数据码。在一实施例中，该流程可以还包含比较步骤，以比较该第一数据码与该第二数据码。当这两个数据码不一致时，该流程可以抛弃这两个数据码，因为很明显地在传输过程中造成了错误。然而，为了减少设计的复杂度，该流程可以只包含执行步骤3650与3670的其中之一，虽然触控笔111把数据码编码在信号3311与3312的两者。In order to increase the transmission reliability, the controller 3310 may encode the data code in both the signals 3311 and 3312. Accordingly, steps 3650 and 3670 may be executed to obtain the first data code and the second data code. In one embodiment, the process may further include a comparison step to compare the first data code with the second data code. When the two data codes are inconsistent, the process may discard the two data codes because it is obvious that an error has been caused during the transmission process. However, in order to reduce the complexity of the design, the process may only include executing one of steps 3650 and 3670, although the stylus 111 encodes the data code in both the signals 3311 and 3312.
在缺少灯塔信号的实施例当中，假设触控笔111传送电信号的时机在步骤3640或3650当中被找到，可以根据所找到的时机点来执行步骤3660与/或3670。换言之，已经建立起同步。相反地，当在步骤3660或3670找到电信号的时机点时，可以根据所找到的时机点来执行步骤3640与/或3650。换言之，为了与触控笔111同步，该嵌入式处理器只需要执行一次滑动窗算法就可以获得该第一与该第二前置码的其中之一，以及该第一与该第二数据码的其中之一。否则，在一实施例中，可以同时或独立地执行步骤3640至3670，虽然需要执行超过一次的滑动窗技术。In an embodiment in which a beacon signal is missing, assuming that the timing for the stylus 111 to transmit an electrical signal is found in step 3640 or 3650, steps 3660 and/or 3670 may be performed based on the timing point found. In other words, synchronization has been established. Conversely, when the timing point for the electrical signal is found in step 3660 or 3670, steps 3640 and/or 3650 may be performed based on the timing point found. In other words, in order to synchronize with the stylus 111, the embedded processor only needs to execute the sliding window algorithm once to obtain one of the first and second preamble codes, and one of the first and second data codes. Otherwise, in one embodiment, steps 3640 to 3670 may be performed simultaneously or independently, although the sliding window technique may need to be performed more than once.
步骤3680：根据相应于该第一虚拟随机数码的第一部分与相应于该第二虚拟随机数码的第二部分的信号强度比例来计算压力。相应于该第一虚拟随机数码的第一部分可以是该第一前置码与该第一数据码的其中的一或两者。类似地，相应于该第二虚拟随机数码的第二部分可以是该第二前置码与该第二数据码的其中的一或两者。假设该电信号包含该第一前置码与该第二前置码，该步骤3680可以是根据该第一前置码与该第二前置码的信号强度比例来计算该触控笔的压力传感器的压力。在该电信号包含该第一数据码与该第二数据码的范例中，该步骤3680可以是根据该第一数据码与该第二数据码的信号强度比例来计算该触控笔的压力传感器的压力。在一变化当中，假设该电信号包含全部四种信号，该步骤3680可以是根据该第一部分与该第二部分的信号强度比例来计算该触控笔的压力传感器的压力。假定该第一部分的信号强度是M1，而第二部分的信号强度是M2，这两个信号强度的比例可以是M1/M2、M2/M1、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)、M1/(M1+M2)、M2/(M1+M2)与任何其他牵涉到这两个参数M1与M2的计算。换言之，当所计算出的比例直是一个常数或预设值时，可以得到该触控笔111的压力传感器并未感测到任何压力。如果该压力传感器用于感测该触控笔111笔尖段230所受压力时，其意味着该触控笔111的笔尖段230没有接触到包含触控面板120在内的任何物体。Step 3680: Calculate the pressure according to the signal strength ratio of the first part corresponding to the first pseudo random number and the second part corresponding to the second pseudo random number. The first part corresponding to the first pseudo random number may be one or both of the first preamble and the first data code. Similarly, the second part corresponding to the second pseudo random number may be one or both of the second preamble and the second data code. Assuming that the electrical signal includes the first preamble and the second preamble, the step 3680 may be to calculate the pressure of the pressure sensor of the stylus according to the signal strength ratio of the first preamble and the second preamble. In the example where the electrical signal includes the first data code and the second data code, the step 3680 may be to calculate the pressure of the pressure sensor of the stylus according to the signal strength ratio of the first data code and the second data code. In a variation, assuming that the electrical signal includes all four signals, the step 3680 may be to calculate the pressure of the pressure sensor of the stylus according to the signal strength ratio of the first part and the second part. Assuming that the signal strength of the first part is M1 and the signal strength of the second part is M2, the ratio of the two signal strengths can be M1/M2, M2/M1, (M1-M2)/(M1+M2), (M2-M1)/(M1+M2), M1/(M1+M2), M2/(M1+M2) and any other calculation involving the two parameters M1 and M2. In other words, when the calculated ratio is a constant or a preset value, it can be obtained that the pressure sensor of the stylus 111 does not sense any pressure. If the pressure sensor is used to sense the pressure of the tip segment 230 of the stylus 111, it means that the tip segment 230 of the stylus 111 does not touch any object including the touch panel 120.
当触控笔111的笔尖段230接触到触控面板120时，该笔尖段230受到压力而移动。据此，该第一元件221的第一阻抗值Z1依据该笔尖段230的压力或移动行程而变化，使得M1与M2的比例不再是上述的常数或预设值。触控处理装置130可以根据该比例值感生性的感测压力值。前述的常数或预设值可能不是一个数值，而是具有误差的一段区间。When the tip segment 230 of the stylus 111 contacts the touch panel 120, the tip segment 230 is moved by pressure. Accordingly, the first impedance value Z1 of the first element 221 changes according to the pressure or movement stroke of the tip segment 230, so that the ratio of M1 to M2 is no longer the above-mentioned constant or preset value. The touch processing device 130 can sense the pressure value inductively according to the ratio value. The above-mentioned constant or preset value may not be a numerical value, but a range with an error.
利用本领域所熟知的算法，触控处理装置130可以根据至少一条该第一电极121与至少一条该第二电极122所接收到的电信号，计算出触控笔111的笔尖段230接触或靠近触控面板上的一个位置。因此，触控处理装置130可以接收到触控笔111的位置、压力、笔上传感器的状态与/或其他信息。因此，触控处装置130接收的信息可以转送至在主机140上执行的操作系统以及应用程序。Using algorithms well known in the art, the touch processing device 130 can calculate a position on the touch panel where the tip segment 230 of the stylus pen 111 contacts or approaches based on the electrical signals received by at least one of the first electrodes 121 and at least one of the second electrodes 122. Therefore, the touch processing device 130 can receive the position, pressure, state of the sensor on the stylus pen 111, and/or other information. Therefore, the information received by the touch processing device 130 can be transferred to the operating system and application programs executed on the host 140.
请参考图36B所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的嵌入式处理器3440所实施的流程示意图。该流程可以适用于图33与图34所示的触控处理装置130。除非写明因果关系，本发明并不限定图36B任两个步骤的执行顺序。假设触控系统100使用灯塔信号作为同步信号，该流程自步骤3610开始。Please refer to FIG. 36B , which is a flowchart of an embedded processor 3440 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flowchart can be applied to the touch processing device 130 shown in FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 . Unless a causal relationship is specified, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps in FIG. 36B . Assuming that the touch control system 100 uses a beacon signal as a synchronization signal, the flowchart starts from step 3610 .
图36A与图36B所示流程图的差异在于步骤3630至3670被图32所示的步骤3210与3250所替换。流程3200的目的之一，在于利用耦合至少两个第二电极作为同步通道以便加速获得一或多只触控笔的前置码。换言之，该触控处理装置130不用灯塔信号机制来同步触控笔。虽然图36B所示的流程包含可选的步骤3610与3620，这两个步骤可以适用于触控系统100，其包含至少一只会倾听灯塔信号的触控笔111以及其他不会同步灯塔信号的触控笔111。换言之，触控处理装置130可以和具有灯塔信号接收功能与不具该功能的触控笔同时合作。虽然触控处理装置130需要更多的处理能力与更多的内存空间以便储存电信号，但这种触控系统的互操作性(interoperability)显著地增加了。The difference between the flowcharts shown in FIG. 36A and FIG. 36B is that steps 3630 to 3670 are replaced by steps 3210 and 3250 shown in FIG. 32 . One of the purposes of the process 3200 is to utilize the coupling of at least two second electrodes as a synchronization channel to accelerate the acquisition of the preamble code of one or more styluses. In other words, the touch processing device 130 does not use the lighthouse signal mechanism to synchronize the stylus. Although the process shown in FIG. 36B includes optional steps 3610 and 3620, these two steps can be applied to the touch system 100, which includes at least one stylus 111 that listens to the lighthouse signal and other styluses 111 that do not synchronize the lighthouse signal. In other words, the touch processing device 130 can cooperate with styluses that have the lighthouse signal receiving function and those that do not have this function at the same time. Although the touch processing device 130 requires more processing power and more memory space to store the electrical signal, the interoperability of such a touch system is significantly increased.
借由比较电信号的传送时机与灯塔信号当中所指定的周转时段，触控处理装置130可以侦测到某只触控笔111并不具备灯塔信号同步能力，因为其发送电信号的时机并不符合所指定的周转时段。By comparing the transmission timing of the electrical signal with the specified turnaround time in the beacon signal, the touch processing device 130 can detect that a certain stylus 111 does not have the beacon signal synchronization capability because the timing of sending the electrical signal does not conform to the specified turnaround time.
如果触控系统100包含具有灯塔信号同步能力的一触控笔111与不具此能力的另一触控笔111，该触控处理装置130可以调整灯塔信号的发送时机与/或灯塔信号所指定的周转时段，使得这两只触控笔111可以同时传送电信号，以便最小化自这些触控笔111接收电信号的时段，并且最大化用于侦测如手指之类的外部导电对象的时段。在其他的实施方式中，触控处理装置130可以调整灯塔信号的发送时机与/或灯塔信号所指定的周转时段，使得这两只触控笔111可以在不重叠的时段中发送电信号，以便最小化两电信号之间的干扰。再者，由于触控笔所发出的电信号会干扰到灯塔信号的接收，该触控处理装置130可以调整灯塔信号的发送时机与/或灯塔信号所指定的周转时段，以减轻或避免灯塔信号与触控笔所发出电信号之间的干扰。If the touch control system 100 includes a stylus 111 with a beacon signal synchronization capability and another stylus 111 without such capability, the touch control processing device 130 can adjust the timing of sending the beacon signal and/or the turnaround time specified by the beacon signal so that the two styluses 111 can transmit electrical signals at the same time, so as to minimize the time period for receiving electrical signals from the styluses 111 and maximize the time period for detecting external conductive objects such as fingers. In other embodiments, the touch control processing device 130 can adjust the timing of sending the beacon signal and/or the turnaround time specified by the beacon signal so that the two styluses 111 can send electrical signals in non-overlapping time periods, so as to minimize interference between the two electrical signals. Furthermore, since the electrical signal emitted by the stylus will interfere with the reception of the beacon signal, the touch control processing device 130 can adjust the timing of sending the beacon signal and/or the turnaround time specified by the beacon signal to reduce or avoid interference between the beacon signal and the electrical signal emitted by the stylus.
在图35、36A与36B所示的实施例当中，每只触控笔111被指定两个虚拟随机数码。因此，触控处理装置130能够识别同时发出电信号的全部触控笔111。然而，不像触控处理装置130，触控笔111的计算资源与内部空间都相当受到限制。因此，可能需要减少该控制器3310的计算复杂度。因此，图33所示的触控笔111的控制器3310可以在两个不同时段传送以同一虚拟随机数码编码的相同信号3311与3312。只要在一个触控系统100之内的每一只触控笔111都被指定不同的虚拟随机数码，该触控处理装置130能够识别可能在同时发出电信号的全部触控笔111。考虑到同一只触控笔111在两个不同时段发出的电信号，触控处理装置130也可以根据这两个时段的信号强度比例来计算压力值。甚者，控制器3310可以收集触控笔111的传感器两次以产生两数据码，以便通过笔尖段230将其传送出去。借由将虚拟随机数码的数量从两个减省到一个，控制器3310的设计复杂度可以降低。In the embodiments shown in FIGS. 35 , 36A and 36B , each stylus 111 is assigned two virtual random numbers. Therefore, the touch processing device 130 is able to identify all styluses 111 that send out electrical signals at the same time. However, unlike the touch processing device 130 , the computing resources and internal space of the stylus 111 are quite limited. Therefore, it may be necessary to reduce the computational complexity of the controller 3310 . Therefore, the controller 3310 of the stylus 111 shown in FIG. 33 may transmit the same signals 3311 and 3312 encoded with the same virtual random number at two different time periods. As long as each stylus 111 within a touch control system 100 is assigned a different virtual random number, the touch processing device 130 is able to identify all styluses 111 that may send out electrical signals at the same time. Considering the electrical signals sent out by the same stylus 111 at two different time periods, the touch processing device 130 may also calculate the pressure value according to the signal strength ratio of the two time periods. Furthermore, the controller 3310 can collect the sensor of the stylus pen 111 twice to generate two data codes so as to transmit them through the pen tip segment 230. By reducing the number of pseudo random numbers from two to one, the design complexity of the controller 3310 can be reduced.
请参考图37A，其为根据本发明一实施例的由图33所示的控制器3310所实施的流程示意图。该流程也可以适用于图33所示的触控笔111。除非写明因果关系，本发明并不限定图37A所示的任两个步骤的执行顺序。步骤3510、3530与3540已经在图35所示实施例的相关段落中解释过。Please refer to FIG. 37A, which is a flowchart of the controller 3310 shown in FIG. 33 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flowchart can also be applied to the stylus 111 shown in FIG. 33. Unless the causal relationship is specified, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps shown in FIG. 37A. Steps 3510, 3530 and 3540 have been explained in the relevant paragraphs of the embodiment shown in FIG. 35.
可选的步骤3710：接受虚拟随机数码的设定。已经描述过该设定机制。Optional step 3710: Accept the setting of the pseudo random number. The setting mechanism has been described.
步骤3750：在第一时段中传送根据该虚拟随机数码编码的前置码与/或数据码至第一元件，其阻抗值根据压力值而变化。该传送信号可以是该前置码、该数据码其中的一或两者。由于它们均由被指定的该虚拟随机数码所编码，触控处理装置130可以侦测与译码在第一时段内由笔尖段230与电极121与/或122所传送的电信号。Step 3750: Transmitting a preamble code and/or a data code encoded by the pseudo random number to the first element in the first period, wherein the impedance value thereof varies according to the pressure value. The transmission signal may be one or both of the preamble code and the data code. Since they are both encoded by the designated pseudo random number, the touch processing device 130 may detect and decode the electrical signal transmitted by the pen tip segment 230 and the electrodes 121 and/or 122 in the first period.
步骤3760：在第二时段中传送根据该虚拟随机数码编码的该前置码与/或数据码至第二元件，其具有固定的阻抗值。该传送信号可以是该前置码、该数据码其中的一或两者。由于它们均由被指定的该虚拟随机数码所编码，触控处理装置130可以侦测与译码在第一时段内由笔尖段230与电极121与/或122所传送的电信号。Step 3760: Transmit the preamble code and/or data code encoded by the pseudo random number to the second element in the second period, which has a fixed impedance value. The transmission signal can be one or both of the preamble code and the data code. Since they are all encoded by the designated pseudo random number, the touch processing device 130 can detect and decode the electrical signal transmitted by the pen tip segment 230 and the electrodes 121 and/or 122 in the first period.
在一实施例中，在第一时段与第二时段之间可以存有周转时段。在该周转时段当中，控制器3310可以将信号输出从第一元件221切换到第二元件222。In one embodiment, there may be a turnaround period between the first period and the second period. During the turnaround period, the controller 3310 may switch the signal output from the first element 221 to the second element 222.
请参考图37B，其为根据本发明一实施例的由图33所示的控制器3310所实施的流程示意图。该流程也可以适用于图33所示的触控笔111。除非写明因果关系，本发明并不限定图37B所示的任两个步骤的执行顺序。Please refer to FIG37B, which is a flowchart of a process implemented by the controller 3310 shown in FIG33 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The process can also be applied to the stylus 111 shown in FIG33. Unless a causal relationship is specified, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps shown in FIG37B.
可选的步骤3745：根据笔上传感器的状态产生第一数据码。当触控笔111除了连接到第一元件221的压力传感器之外，还包含一或多个传感器，诸如按钮、开关、旋钮、电池容量等，可以产生反应笔上传感器状态与/或其他信息的数据码，其他信息像是触控笔111的标识符与/或型号与厂牌名称。Optional step 3745: Generate a first data code according to the state of the sensor on the pen. When the stylus 111 includes one or more sensors such as buttons, switches, knobs, battery capacity, etc. in addition to the pressure sensor connected to the first element 221, a data code reflecting the state of the sensor on the pen and/or other information can be generated, such as the identifier and/or model and brand name of the stylus 111.
步骤3755：在第一时段内，将根据该虚拟随机数码编码的前置码与/或第一数据码传送至第一元件，其具有反应压力的可变阻抗。传送的信号可以包含该前置码与该第一数据码其中的一或两者。由于它们全都是由指定的该虚拟随机数码进行编码，触控处理装置130可以在第一时段中经由该电极121与/或122侦测并译码由该笔尖段230所传送的信号。在步骤3755之后，流程可以走向可选的步骤3746以产生另外的数据码。Step 3755: During a first period of time, a preamble code and/or a first data code encoded according to the pseudo random digital number is transmitted to a first element having a variable impedance that responds to pressure. The transmitted signal may include one or both of the preamble code and the first data code. Since they are all encoded by the specified pseudo random digital number, the touch processing device 130 can detect and decode the signal transmitted by the pen tip segment 230 via the electrodes 121 and/or 122 during the first period of time. After step 3755, the process can proceed to optional step 3746 to generate another data code.
可选的步骤3746：根据笔上传感器的状态产生第二数据码。Optional step 3746: Generate a second data code based on the state of the sensor on the pen.
步骤3765：在第二时段内，将根据该虚拟随机数码编码的前置码与/或第二数据码传送至第二元件，其具有固定阻抗。传送的信号可以包含该前置码与该第二数据码其中的一或两者。由于它们全都是由指定的该虚拟随机数码进行编码，触控处理装置130可以在第二时段中经由该电极121与/或122侦测并译码由该笔尖段230所传送的信号。Step 3765: During the second period, the preamble code and/or the second data code encoded by the pseudo random number are transmitted to the second element, which has a fixed impedance. The transmitted signal may include one or both of the preamble code and the second data code. Since they are all encoded by the specified pseudo random number, the touch processing device 130 can detect and decode the signal transmitted by the pen tip segment 230 via the electrodes 121 and/or 122 during the second period.
虽然在图37A的流程图中，该流程在步骤3760之前执行步骤3750。本领域普通技术人员可以了解，步骤3750与3760的执行步骤可以调换。在某些实施例中，流程可以先执行步骤3540，再执行步骤3760。然后，流程在执行完步骤3760之后，再执行步骤3750。类似地，在图37A的流程图中，流程可以在执行完步骤3765之后，再执行步骤3745与3755。简而言之，本发明并不要求控制器3310一定要让信号3311与3312的哪一个先被送出。Although in the flowchart of FIG. 37A , the process executes step 3750 before step 3760. A person skilled in the art will appreciate that the execution steps of steps 3750 and 3760 can be swapped. In some embodiments, the process may first execute step 3540 and then execute step 3760. Then, after executing step 3760, the process executes step 3750. Similarly, in the flowchart of FIG. 37A , the process may execute steps 3745 and 3755 after executing step 3765. In short, the present invention does not require the controller 3310 to send out one of the signals 3311 and 3312 first.
请参考图38A，其为根据本发明一实施例的嵌入式处理器3440所实施的流程示意图。相应于一或多只触控笔所实施的图37A与37B的流程图，本流程适用于图33与34所示的触控处理装置130。除非说明因果关系，本发明并不限定图38A所示任两步骤的执行顺序。当系统100使用灯塔信号作为同步信号时，本流程由步骤3610开始执行。步骤3610与3620已经在图36A所示实施例的段落中说明过。流程可以在执行完步骤3620之后，执行步骤3830。Please refer to FIG. 38A, which is a flowchart of an embedded processor 3440 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Corresponding to the flowcharts of FIGS. 37A and 37B implemented by one or more styluses, this process is applicable to the touch processing device 130 shown in FIGS. 33 and 34. Unless a causal relationship is described, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps shown in FIG. 38A. When the system 100 uses a beacon signal as a synchronization signal, this process starts with step 3610. Steps 3610 and 3620 have been described in the paragraph of the embodiment shown in FIG. 36A. The process can execute step 3830 after executing step 3620.
步骤3830：在第一时段与第二时段通过触控面板的电极接收电信号。步骤3830可以在第二时段当中与步骤3850至3870的任何一个步骤同时执行。触控处理装置130的感测电路3430经由笔尖段230附近的电极来接收电信号。在这两个不同时段内接收的电信号被分别储存。Step 3830: Receive electrical signals through electrodes of the touch panel during the first time period and the second time period. Step 3830 can be performed simultaneously with any of steps 3850 to 3870 during the second time period. The sensing circuit 3430 of the touch processing device 130 receives electrical signals via electrodes near the pen tip segment 230. The electrical signals received during the two different time periods are stored separately.
可选的步骤3840：根据虚拟随机数码对于在第一时段内所接收的电信号进行解展频以得到第一前置码。假如该触控笔111所传送的电信号包含该第一前置码，触控处理装置130的嵌入式处理器3440能够根据该虚拟随机数码解展频出第一前置码。在某些实施例中，系统100不使用灯塔信号作为同步传送电信号的时机，亦即不执行步骤3610与3620，因为嵌入式处理器3440不知道触控笔111何时传送电信号，可能需要使用滑动窗技术来获得已接收电信号当中的前置码。Optional step 3840: De-spread the electrical signal received in the first time period according to the virtual random number to obtain a first preamble code. If the electrical signal transmitted by the stylus 111 includes the first preamble code, the embedded processor 3440 of the touch processing device 130 can de-spread the first preamble code according to the virtual random number. In some embodiments, the system 100 does not use the lighthouse signal as the timing for synchronously transmitting the electrical signal, that is, steps 3610 and 3620 are not executed, because the embedded processor 3440 does not know when the stylus 111 transmits the electrical signal, and may need to use a sliding window technique to obtain the preamble code in the received electrical signal.
可选的步骤3850：根据该虚拟随机数码对于在第一时段内所接收的电信号进行译码以得到第一数据码。假如该触控笔111所传送的电信号包含该第一数据码，触控处理装置130的嵌入式处理器3440能够根据该虚拟随机数码译码出该第一数据码。本申请的实施例可以包含步骤3840与3850的其中的一或两者。Optional step 3850: Decode the electrical signal received in the first time period according to the pseudo random number to obtain a first data code. If the electrical signal transmitted by the stylus 111 includes the first data code, the embedded processor 3440 of the touch processing device 130 can decode the first data code according to the pseudo random number. The embodiment of the present application may include one or both of steps 3840 and 3850.
可选的步骤3860：根据虚拟随机数码对于在第二时段内所接收的电信号进行解展频以得到第二前置码。假如该触控笔111所传送的电信号包含该第二前置码，触控处理装置130的嵌入式处理器3440能够根据该虚拟随机数码解展频出第二前置码。请注意由于该第一前置码与该第二前置码是由同一虚拟随机数码进行编码，如果不论其信号强度，它们应该是相同的。在某些实施例中，系统100不使用灯塔信号作为同步传送电信号的时机，亦即不执行步骤3610与3620，因为嵌入式处理器3440不知道触控笔111何时传送电信号，可能需要使用滑动窗技术来获得已接收电信号当中的前置码。Optional step 3860: De-spread the electrical signal received in the second time period according to the virtual random number to obtain a second preamble. If the electrical signal transmitted by the stylus 111 includes the second preamble, the embedded processor 3440 of the touch processing device 130 can de-spread the second preamble according to the virtual random number. Please note that since the first preamble and the second preamble are encoded by the same virtual random number, they should be the same regardless of their signal strength. In some embodiments, the system 100 does not use the lighthouse signal as the timing for synchronously transmitting the electrical signal, that is, steps 3610 and 3620 are not executed, because the embedded processor 3440 does not know when the stylus 111 transmits the electrical signal, and may need to use a sliding window technique to obtain the preamble in the received electrical signal.
可选的步骤3870：根据该虚拟随机数码对于在第二时段内所接收的电信号进行译码以得到第二数据码。假如该触控笔111所传送的电信号包含该第二数据码，触控处理装置130的嵌入式处理器3440能够根据该虚拟随机数码译码出该第二数据码。本申请的实施例可以包含步骤3860与3870的其中的一或两者。Optional step 3870: Decode the electrical signal received in the second time period according to the pseudo random number to obtain a second data code. If the electrical signal transmitted by the stylus 111 includes the second data code, the embedded processor 3440 of the touch processing device 130 can decode the second data code according to the pseudo random number. The embodiment of the present application may include one or both of steps 3860 and 3870.
如同图37B所示的实施例，该控制器3310可以为两个时段的两次传输产生两组数据码。如果第一数据码不同于第二数据码，也就是笔上传感器在上述两次产生过程中改变了状态。显然地，触控笔的位置也可能在两次产生过程中改变了。因此，触控处理装置130可以根据第一时段与第二时段所接收的电信号分别计算第一位置与第二位置。或者，该触控处理装置130可以根据第一时段与第二时段所接收的电信号其中之一来计算单一个位置。As shown in the embodiment of FIG. 37B , the controller 3310 can generate two sets of data codes for two transmissions in two time periods. If the first data code is different from the second data code, it means that the sensor on the pen has changed its state during the above two generation processes. Obviously, the position of the stylus may also change during the two generation processes. Therefore, the touch processing device 130 can calculate the first position and the second position respectively based on the electrical signals received in the first time period and the second time period. Alternatively, the touch processing device 130 can calculate a single position based on one of the electrical signals received in the first time period and the second time period.
步骤3880：根据第一时段所接收到的第一部分与第二时段所接收到的第二部分的信号强度比例来计算压力。在第一时段所接收的电信号第一部分可以是第一前置码与第一数据码的其中的一或两者。类似地，在第二时段所接收的电信号第二部分可以是第二前置码与第二数据码的其中的一或两者。当该电信号包含该第一前置码与该第二前置码，则步骤3880可以是根据该第一前置码与该第二前置码的信号强度比例来计算该压力。当该电信号包含该第一数据码与该第二数据码，则步骤3880可以是根据该第一数据码与该第二数据码的信号强度比例来计算该压力。在一变化当中，假如该电信号包含全部四种码，步骤3880可以根据第一时段所接收到的第一部分与第二时段所接收到的第二部分的信号强度比例来计算压力。假定该第一部分的信号强度是M1，而第二部分的信号强度是M2，这两个信号强度的比例可以是M1/M2、M2/M1、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)、M1/(M1+M2)、M2/(M1+M2)与任何其他牵涉到这两个参数M1与M2的计算。换言之，当所计算出的比例直是一个常数或预设值时，可以得到该触控笔111的压力传感器并未感测到任何压力。如果该压力传感器用于感测该触控笔111笔尖段230所受压力时，其意味着该触控笔111的笔尖段230没有接触到包含触控面板120在内的任何物体。Step 3880: Calculate the pressure based on the ratio of the signal strength of the first part received in the first time period to the second part received in the second time period. The first part of the electrical signal received in the first time period may be one or both of the first preamble code and the first data code. Similarly, the second part of the electrical signal received in the second time period may be one or both of the second preamble code and the second data code. When the electrical signal includes the first preamble code and the second preamble code, step 3880 may be to calculate the pressure based on the ratio of the signal strength of the first preamble code to the second preamble code. When the electrical signal includes the first data code and the second data code, step 3880 may be to calculate the pressure based on the ratio of the signal strength of the first data code to the second data code. In a variation, if the electrical signal includes all four codes, step 3880 may calculate the pressure based on the ratio of the signal strength of the first part received in the first time period to the second part received in the second time period. Assuming that the signal strength of the first part is M1 and the signal strength of the second part is M2, the ratio of the two signal strengths can be M1/M2, M2/M1, (M1-M2)/(M1+M2), (M2-M1)/(M1+M2), M1/(M1+M2), M2/(M1+M2) and any other calculation involving the two parameters M1 and M2. In other words, when the calculated ratio is a constant or a preset value, it can be obtained that the pressure sensor of the stylus 111 does not sense any pressure. If the pressure sensor is used to sense the pressure of the tip segment 230 of the stylus 111, it means that the tip segment 230 of the stylus 111 does not touch any object including the touch panel 120.
请参考图38B所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的嵌入式处理器3440所实施的一流程示意图。相应于一或多只触控笔所实施的图37A与37B的流程图，本流程适用于图33与34所示的触控处理装置130。除非说明因果关系，本发明并不限定图38B所示任两步骤的执行顺序。当系统100使用灯塔信号作为同步信号时，本流程由步骤3610开始执行。步骤3610与3620已经在图36A所示实施例的段落中说明过。流程可以在执行完步骤3620之后，执行步骤3830。Please refer to FIG. 38B , which is a flowchart of an embedded processor 3440 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Corresponding to the flowcharts of FIGS. 37A and 37B implemented by one or more styluses, this process is applicable to the touch processing device 130 shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 . Unless a causal relationship is described, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps shown in FIG. 38B . When the system 100 uses a beacon signal as a synchronization signal, this process starts with step 3610 . Steps 3610 and 3620 have been described in the paragraph of the embodiment shown in FIG. 36A . The process can execute step 3830 after executing step 3620.
可选的步骤3815：根据虚拟随机数码，对于在第一时段内于同步通道所接收的第一信号框进行第一前置码的解展频以取得第一同步信息。Optional step 3815: De-spread the first preamble of the first signal frame received on the synchronization channel within the first time period according to the pseudo random number to obtain the first synchronization information.
可选的步骤3825：根据该第一同步信息与该虚拟随机数码，对于在该第一时段内在至少一条第一电极所接收的电信号，进行该第一前置码之后的第一数据码的译码。Optional step 3825: Decode a first data code following the first preamble code for an electrical signal received by at least one first electrode within the first time period according to the first synchronization information and the virtual random number.
可选的步骤3835：根据该虚拟随机数码，对于在第二时段内在同步通道所接收的第二信号框进行第二前置码的解展频以取得第二同步信息。Optional step 3835: De-spread the second preamble of the second signal frame received on the synchronization channel within the second time period according to the pseudo random number to obtain second synchronization information.
可选的步骤3845：根据该第二同步信息与该虚拟随机数码，对于在该第二时段内在至少一条第一电极所接收的电信号，进行该第二前置码之后的第二数据码的译码。Optional step 3845: Decode the second data code following the second preamble code for the electrical signal received by at least one first electrode in the second time period according to the second synchronization information and the virtual random number.
在一实施例中，一旦得知了第一时段相应的第一同步信息，可以据此计算第二同步信息。In one embodiment, once the first synchronization information corresponding to the first time period is known, the second synchronization information can be calculated accordingly.
在一实施例中，请注意由于该第一前置码与该第二前置码是由同一虚拟随机数码进行编码，如果不论其信号强度，它们应该是相同的。在某些实施例中，系统100不使用灯塔信号作为同步传送电信号的时机，亦即不执行步骤3610与3620，因为嵌入式处理器3440不知道触控笔111何时传送电信号，可能需要使用滑动窗技术来获得已接收电信号当中的前置码。In one embodiment, please note that since the first preamble and the second preamble are encoded by the same pseudo random number, they should be the same regardless of their signal strength. In some embodiments, the system 100 does not use the lighthouse signal as the timing for synchronously transmitting the electrical signal, that is, steps 3610 and 3620 are not performed, because the embedded processor 3440 does not know when the stylus 111 transmits the electrical signal, and may need to use a sliding window technique to obtain the preamble in the received electrical signal.
如同图37B所示的实施例，该控制器3310可以为两个时段的两次传输产生两组数据码。如果第一数据码不同于第二数据码，也就是笔上传感器在上述两次产生过程中改变了状态。显然地，触控笔的位置也可能在两次产生过程中改变了。因此，触控处理装置130可以根据第一时段与第二时段所接收的电信号分别计算第一位置与第二位置。或者，该触控处理装置130可以根据第一时段与第二时段所接收的电信号其中之一来计算单一个位置。As shown in the embodiment of FIG. 37B , the controller 3310 can generate two sets of data codes for two transmissions in two time periods. If the first data code is different from the second data code, it means that the sensor on the pen has changed its state during the above two generation processes. Obviously, the position of the stylus may also change during the two generation processes. Therefore, the touch processing device 130 can calculate the first position and the second position respectively based on the electrical signals received in the first time period and the second time period. Alternatively, the touch processing device 130 can calculate a single position based on one of the electrical signals received in the first time period and the second time period.
步骤3880：根据第一时段所接收到的第一部分与第二时段所接收到的第二部分的信号强度比例来计算压力。在第一时段所接收的电信号第一部分可以是第一前置码与第一数据码的其中的一或两者。类似地，在第二时段所接收的电信号第二部分可以是第二前置码与第二数据码的其中的一或两者。当该电信号包含该第一前置码与该第二前置码，则步骤3880可以是根据该第一前置码与该第二前置码的信号强度比例来计算该压力。当该电信号包含该第一数据码与该第二数据码，则步骤3880可以是根据该第一数据码与该第二数据码的信号强度比例来计算该压力。在一变化当中，假如该电信号包含全部四种码，步骤3880可以根据第一时段所接收到的第一部分与第二时段所接收到的第二部分的信号强度比例来计算压力。假定该第一部分的信号强度是M1，而第二部分的信号强度是M2，这两个信号强度的比例可以是M1/M2、M2/M1、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)、M1/(M1+M2)、M2/(M1+M2)与任何其他牵涉到这两个参数M1与M2的计算。换言之，当所计算出的比例直是一个常数或预设值时，可以得到该触控笔111的压力传感器并未感测到任何压力。如果该压力传感器用于感测该触控笔111笔尖段230所受压力时，其意味着该触控笔111的笔尖段230没有接触到包含触控面板120在内的任何物体。Step 3880: Calculate the pressure based on the ratio of the signal strength of the first part received in the first time period to the second part received in the second time period. The first part of the electrical signal received in the first time period may be one or both of the first preamble code and the first data code. Similarly, the second part of the electrical signal received in the second time period may be one or both of the second preamble code and the second data code. When the electrical signal includes the first preamble code and the second preamble code, step 3880 may be to calculate the pressure based on the ratio of the signal strength of the first preamble code to the second preamble code. When the electrical signal includes the first data code and the second data code, step 3880 may be to calculate the pressure based on the ratio of the signal strength of the first data code to the second data code. In a variation, if the electrical signal includes all four codes, step 3880 may calculate the pressure based on the ratio of the signal strength of the first part received in the first time period to the second part received in the second time period. Assuming that the signal strength of the first part is M1 and the signal strength of the second part is M2, the ratio of the two signal strengths can be M1/M2, M2/M1, (M1-M2)/(M1+M2), (M2-M1)/(M1+M2), M1/(M1+M2), M2/(M1+M2) and any other calculation involving the two parameters M1 and M2. In other words, when the calculated ratio is a constant or a preset value, it can be obtained that the pressure sensor of the stylus 111 does not sense any pressure. If the pressure sensor is used to sense the pressure of the tip segment 230 of the stylus 111, it means that the tip segment 230 of the stylus 111 does not touch any object including the touch panel 120.
在真实世界的场景当中，弄丢无线触控笔111的事情并非罕见。此外，也需要经常对无线触控笔111的电池进行充电。在某些情况下，想要拥有一或多个实际连接到触控系统的有线触控笔。使用相同的虚拟随机数码机制，触控处理装置可以选择传送信号到有线触控笔的时机，并且自触控面板120接收上述的信号。这种机制可以免去在无线触控笔111与触控处理装置130之间的同步机制。In real-world scenarios, it is not uncommon to lose the wireless stylus 111. In addition, the battery of the wireless stylus 111 needs to be frequently charged. In some cases, it is desirable to have one or more wired styluses that are physically connected to the touch system. Using the same virtual random digital mechanism, the touch processing device can choose the timing to send a signal to the wired stylus and receive the above signal from the touch panel 120. This mechanism can eliminate the need for a synchronization mechanism between the wireless stylus 111 and the touch processing device 130.
请参考图39A，其为根据本发明一实施例的触控系统3900的方框示意图。该触控系统3900可以包含该触控面板120、该触控处理装置130、该主机140与有线触控笔3910。该有线触控笔3910可以包含具有可变第一阻抗Z1的第一元件221，其第一阻抗Z1反应对于第一元件221所施加的压力、具有固定第二阻抗Z2的第二元件222、连接到该第一元件221与该第二元件222输出的该笔尖段230、以及用于包容该第一元件221、该第二元件222与该笔尖段230的壳体或容器。连接缆线用于连接该触控笔3910与该触控处理装置130。该连接缆线可以是包含绞线与遮蔽的缆线，其可以包含第一信号电路3911、第二信号电路3912、以及第三电路3913。在一实施例中，该第三线3913可以电性耦合该壳体，当使用者用手握住触控笔3910时，该壳体可以借此接地。除此之外，该第三线3913可以电性耦合至该触控处理装置130的地面电位端。Please refer to FIG. 39A , which is a block diagram of a touch control system 3900 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The touch control system 3900 may include the touch panel 120, the touch control processing device 130, the host 140, and a wired stylus 3910. The wired stylus 3910 may include a first element 221 having a variable first impedance Z1, wherein the first impedance Z1 reflects the pressure applied to the first element 221, a second element 222 having a fixed second impedance Z2, a pen tip segment 230 connected to the outputs of the first element 221 and the second element 222, and a housing or container for containing the first element 221, the second element 222, and the pen tip segment 230. A connecting cable is used to connect the stylus 3910 and the touch control processing device 130. The connecting cable may be a cable including a twisted wire and a shield, and may include a first signal circuit 3911, a second signal circuit 3912, and a third circuit 3913. In one embodiment, the third line 3913 can be electrically coupled to the housing, so that when the user holds the stylus 3910 , the housing can be grounded. In addition, the third line 3913 can be electrically coupled to the ground potential terminal of the touch processing device 130 .
虽然在图39A当中只有示出单一只有线触控笔3910，在本发明的某些实施例当中，可以包含连接到该触控处理装置130的多只有线触控笔3910。根据所提供的机制，多只有线触控笔3910可以同时操作。更重要的是，根据本发明实施例的一触控系统可以包含无线与有线的触控笔。本领域普通技术人员可以理解到，当每一只无线和有线的触控笔都同时传送以不同组虚拟随机数码编码的电信号时，触控处理装置130可以使用同步机制让无线触控笔111在触控处理装置130通过有线触控笔3910传送电信号的同时传送电信号。Although only a single wired stylus 3910 is shown in FIG. 39A , in certain embodiments of the present invention, multiple wired styluses 3910 connected to the touch processing device 130 may be included. According to the provided mechanism, multiple wired styluses 3910 may be operated simultaneously. More importantly, a touch system according to an embodiment of the present invention may include wireless and wired styluses. It can be understood by a person skilled in the art that when each wireless and wired stylus simultaneously transmits an electrical signal encoded with a different set of virtual random digital codes, the touch processing device 130 may use a synchronization mechanism to allow the wireless stylus 111 to transmit an electrical signal at the same time as the touch processing device 130 transmits an electrical signal through the wired stylus 3910.
图39A所示的有线触控笔3910不包含开关或按钮。然而一只有线触控笔3910可以包含一或多个笔上传感器，诸如用于接受使用者输入的开关或按钮。在一实施例中，每一个笔上传感器可以通过连接缆线当中的一或多条电路连接到该触控处理装置130。因此，该触控处理装置130可以通过连接缆线来侦测笔上传感器的状态。举例来说，该触控处理装置130可以通过连接到橡皮擦按钮的一或多条电路来侦测橡皮擦按钮是否被按下。然而，类似于图4A与图4B所示的实施例，有线触控笔3910可以还包含并联于该第一元件或该第二元件的开关与相应元件。该触控处理装置130可以根据两个虚拟随机数码的信号强度比例来判断触控笔3910的开关状态。The wired stylus 3910 shown in FIG. 39A does not include a switch or button. However, a wired stylus 3910 may include one or more on-pen sensors, such as a switch or button for receiving user input. In one embodiment, each on-pen sensor may be connected to the touch processing device 130 via one or more circuits in a connecting cable. Therefore, the touch processing device 130 may detect the state of the on-pen sensor via the connecting cable. For example, the touch processing device 130 may detect whether the eraser button is pressed by connecting to one or more circuits of the eraser button. However, similar to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B , the wired stylus 3910 may further include a switch and a corresponding element connected in parallel to the first element or the second element. The touch processing device 130 may determine the switch state of the stylus 3910 based on the signal strength ratio of two virtual random numbers.
请参考图39B所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的触控系统3900的变化型的方框示意图。该触控笔3910可以还包含第三开关3920与第三元件3930，其并联于该第一元件221。该第三元件3930可以是具有第三阻抗Z3的电阻与/或电容。当第三开关3920被触控笔3910的使用者设成闭路时，经由信号电路3911所驱动的信号会经由第一元件221与第三元件3930传播至该笔尖段230。反之，当第三开关3920被触控笔3910的使用者设成开路时，经由信号电路3911所驱动的信号会经由第一元件221传播至该笔尖段230。经由信号电路3912所驱动的信号会经由第二元件222传播至该笔尖段230。在接收信号电路3911与3912借由笔尖段230所发出的信号之后，触控处理装置130可以根据信号电路3911与3912所发出的信号强度比例来得知第三开关3920的状态。假设该比例落在第一区间，该触控处理装置130判断该第三开关3920是开路状态。假设该比例落在一第二区间，该触控处理装置130判断该第三开关3920是闭路状态。可以控制第三元件3930的第三阻抗值，使得第一区间不会与第二区间重叠。再者，触控处理装置130可以根据落在第一区间或第二区间的比例值，来计算第一元件221所受的压力。Please refer to FIG. 39B , which is a block diagram of a variation of a touch control system 3900 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The stylus pen 3910 may further include a third switch 3920 and a third element 3930, which are connected in parallel to the first element 221. The third element 3930 may be a resistor and/or a capacitor having a third impedance Z3. When the third switch 3920 is set to a closed circuit by the user of the stylus pen 3910, the signal driven by the signal circuit 3911 is transmitted to the pen tip segment 230 via the first element 221 and the third element 3930. Conversely, when the third switch 3920 is set to an open circuit by the user of the stylus pen 3910, the signal driven by the signal circuit 3911 is transmitted to the pen tip segment 230 via the first element 221. The signal driven by the signal circuit 3912 is transmitted to the pen tip segment 230 via the second element 222. After receiving the signal sent by the signal circuits 3911 and 3912 through the pen tip segment 230, the touch processing device 130 can know the state of the third switch 3920 according to the ratio of the signal strengths sent by the signal circuits 3911 and 3912. Assuming that the ratio falls within a first interval, the touch processing device 130 determines that the third switch 3920 is in an open circuit state. Assuming that the ratio falls within a second interval, the touch processing device 130 determines that the third switch 3920 is in a closed circuit state. The third impedance value of the third element 3930 can be controlled so that the first interval does not overlap with the second interval. Furthermore, the touch processing device 130 can calculate the pressure on the first element 221 according to the ratio value falling within the first interval or the second interval.
请回头参考图4A。主动触控笔110包含两个开关SWE与SWB、相应于开关SWE的橡皮擦电容441与相应于开关SWB的笔杆电容442。它们被设置成并联于该第一电容321。虽然图39B所示的有线触控笔3910只包含单一个第三开关3920与单一个相应的第三元件3930，本领域普通技术人员可以理解到有线触控笔3910可以具有超过一组的第三开关3920与其相应的第三元件3930，其并联于该第一元件221。Please refer back to Figure 4A. The active stylus 110 includes two switches SWE and SWB, an eraser capacitor 441 corresponding to the switch SWE, and a pen holder capacitor 442 corresponding to the switch SWB. They are configured to be connected in parallel to the first capacitor 321. Although the wired stylus 3910 shown in Figure 39B only includes a single third switch 3920 and a single corresponding third element 3930, a person skilled in the art can understand that the wired stylus 3910 can have more than one set of third switches 3920 and their corresponding third elements 3930, which are connected in parallel to the first element 221.
请参考图39C，其为根据本发明一实施例的触控系统3900的变化型的方框示意图。该触控笔3910可以还包含第四开关3940与第四元件3950，其并联于该第二元件222。该第四元件3950可以是具有第四阻抗Z4的电阻与/或电容。当第四开关3940被触控笔3910的使用者设成闭路时，经由信号电路3912所驱动的信号会经由第二元件222与第四元件3950传播至该笔尖段230。反之，当第四开关3940被触控笔3910的使用者设成开路时，经由信号电路3912所驱动的信号会经由第二元件222传播至该笔尖段230。经由信号电路3911所驱动的信号会经由第一元件221传播至该笔尖段230。在接收信号电路3911与3912借由笔尖段230所发出的信号之后，触控处理装置130可以根据信号电路3911与3912所发出的信号强度比例来得知第四开关3940的状态。假设该比例落在第三区间，该触控处理装置130判断该第四开关3940是开路状态。假设该比例落在第四区间，该触控处理装置130判断该第四开关3940是闭路状态。可以控制第四元件3950的第四阻抗值，使得第三区间不会与第四区间重叠。再者，触控处理装置130可以根据落在第三区间或第四区间的比例值，来计算第一元件221所受的压力。Please refer to FIG. 39C , which is a block diagram of a variation of a touch control system 3900 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The stylus 3910 may further include a fourth switch 3940 and a fourth element 3950, which are connected in parallel to the second element 222. The fourth element 3950 may be a resistor and/or a capacitor having a fourth impedance Z4. When the fourth switch 3940 is set to a closed circuit by the user of the stylus 3910, the signal driven by the signal circuit 3912 is transmitted to the pen tip segment 230 via the second element 222 and the fourth element 3950. Conversely, when the fourth switch 3940 is set to an open circuit by the user of the stylus 3910, the signal driven by the signal circuit 3912 is transmitted to the pen tip segment 230 via the second element 222. The signal driven by the signal circuit 3911 is transmitted to the pen tip segment 230 via the first element 221. After receiving the signal sent by the signal circuits 3911 and 3912 through the pen tip segment 230, the touch processing device 130 can know the state of the fourth switch 3940 according to the ratio of the signal strengths sent by the signal circuits 3911 and 3912. Assuming that the ratio falls within the third interval, the touch processing device 130 determines that the fourth switch 3940 is in an open circuit state. Assuming that the ratio falls within the fourth interval, the touch processing device 130 determines that the fourth switch 3940 is in a closed circuit state. The fourth impedance value of the fourth element 3950 can be controlled so that the third interval does not overlap with the fourth interval. Furthermore, the touch processing device 130 can calculate the pressure on the first element 221 according to the ratio value falling within the third interval or the fourth interval.
请回头参考图4B。主动触控笔110包含两个开关SWE与SWB、相应于开关SWE的橡皮擦电容441与相应于开关SWB的笔杆电容442。它们被设置成并联于该第二电容322。虽然图39C所示的有线触控笔3910只包含单一个第四开关3940与单一个相应的第四元件3950，本领域普通技术人员可以理解到有线触控笔3910可以具有超过一组的第四开关与其相应的第四元件，其并联于该第二元件222。Please refer back to Figure 4B. The active stylus 110 includes two switches SWE and SWB, an eraser capacitor 441 corresponding to the switch SWE, and a pen holder capacitor 442 corresponding to the switch SWB. They are configured to be connected in parallel to the second capacitor 322. Although the wired stylus 3910 shown in Figure 39C includes only a single fourth switch 3940 and a single corresponding fourth element 3950, a person skilled in the art can understand that the wired stylus 3910 can have more than one set of fourth switches and their corresponding fourth elements, which are connected in parallel to the second element 222.
在一实施例中，触控处理装置130可同时通过信号电路3911与3912传送信号至该触控笔3910，其分别根据第一虚拟随机数码与第二虚拟随机数码进行编码。因此，触控处理装置130可自触控面板120同时接收信号电路3911与3912所驱动的信号。在另一实施例中，触控处理装置130可以分时通过信号电路3911与3912传送信号至该触控笔3910，其分别根据同一虚拟随机数码进行编码。据此，触控处理装置130可自触控面板120在两个不同时段分别接收信号电路3911与3912所驱动的信号。在这两个实施例当中，触控处理装置130可以根据信号电路3911与3912所驱动的信号强度的比例来判断该第三开关3920或第四开关3940的状态。再者，触控处理装置130可以根据信号电路3911与3912所驱动的信号强度的比例来判断作用在第一元件221上的压力。In one embodiment, the touch processing device 130 can simultaneously transmit signals to the stylus 3910 through the signal circuits 3911 and 3912, which are respectively encoded according to the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number. Therefore, the touch processing device 130 can simultaneously receive signals driven by the signal circuits 3911 and 3912 from the touch panel 120. In another embodiment, the touch processing device 130 can time-share transmit signals to the stylus 3910 through the signal circuits 3911 and 3912, which are respectively encoded according to the same virtual random number. Accordingly, the touch processing device 130 can receive signals driven by the signal circuits 3911 and 3912 from the touch panel 120 in two different time periods. In these two embodiments, the touch processing device 130 can determine the state of the third switch 3920 or the fourth switch 3940 according to the ratio of the signal strength driven by the signal circuits 3911 and 3912. Furthermore, the touch processing device 130 can determine the pressure acting on the first element 221 according to the ratio of the signal strengths driven by the signal circuits 3911 and 3912 .
请参考图40所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的触控处理装置130的方框示意图。与图34所示的触控处理装置130相比，该触控处理装置130还包含一或多个触控笔接口4010，其耦合到该连接网络3410。该触控笔接口4010可以兼容于现有的工业标准或专属标准，其包含对应至触控笔3910的的三条电路3911、3912与3913。对于一只触控笔3910而言，有一个相应的触控笔接口4010。Please refer to FIG. 40 , which is a block diagram of a touch processing device 130 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Compared with the touch processing device 130 shown in FIG. 34 , the touch processing device 130 further includes one or more stylus interfaces 4010, which are coupled to the connection network 3410. The stylus interface 4010 may be compatible with existing industrial standards or proprietary standards, and includes three circuits 3911, 3912, and 3913 corresponding to the stylus 3910. For one stylus 3910, there is one corresponding stylus interface 4010.
触控处理装置130可以还包含嵌入式处理器4040，其用于产生对应至每一只触控笔3910的一或多个虚拟随机数码所编码的信号。这些产生的信号可以送至该驱动电路3420以便进行前端模拟处理。而该连接网络3410可以接收嵌入式处理器4040的设定，以便选择性地将该驱动电路3420连接到该信号电路3911与3912的至少一条。因此，由虚拟随机数码所编码的信号可以传送到相应触控笔3910的笔尖段230，该触控笔连接到该触控笔接口4010。The touch processing device 130 may further include an embedded processor 4040, which is used to generate signals encoded by one or more pseudo random numbers corresponding to each stylus 3910. These generated signals can be sent to the driving circuit 3420 for front-end analog processing. The connection network 3410 can receive the setting of the embedded processor 4040 to selectively connect the driving circuit 3420 to at least one of the signal circuits 3911 and 3912. Therefore, the signal encoded by the pseudo random number can be transmitted to the tip segment 230 of the corresponding stylus 3910, which is connected to the stylus interface 4010.
再者，连接网络3410可以还接收嵌入式处理器4040的设定，以便连接该感测电路3430与该触控面板120的电极。当相应触控笔3910的笔尖段230被放置在该触控面板之上或附近时，通过笔尖段230所传送的电信号将由经由触控面板120的电极由该感测电路3430所接收。在进行完前端模拟处理与模拟数字转换之后，嵌入式处理器40404自该感测电路3430接收信号。本领域普通技术人员可以分别计算出相应于信号电路3911与3912的接收信号的强度。据此，可以计算出信号强度的比例。如同前些断落的解释，基于该接收信号与该比例，该嵌入式处理器4040可以判断出三个参数：触控笔3910所接收到的压力；该触控笔3910的开关的状态；以及该触控笔3910的笔尖段230近接触控面板120的位置。Furthermore, the connection network 3410 can also receive the setting of the embedded processor 4040 so as to connect the sensing circuit 3430 with the electrodes of the touch panel 120. When the tip segment 230 of the corresponding stylus 3910 is placed on or near the touch panel, the electrical signal transmitted by the tip segment 230 will be received by the sensing circuit 3430 via the electrodes of the touch panel 120. After performing front-end analog processing and analog-to-digital conversion, the embedded processor 40404 receives the signal from the sensing circuit 3430. A person of ordinary skill in the art can calculate the strength of the received signals corresponding to the signal circuits 3911 and 3912, respectively. Based on this, the ratio of the signal strengths can be calculated. As explained in the previous section, based on the received signal and the ratio, the embedded processor 4040 can determine three parameters: the pressure received by the stylus 3910; the state of the switch of the stylus 3910; and the position of the tip segment 230 of the stylus 3910 close to the touch panel 120.
请参考图41A所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的适用于有线触控笔的操作方法的流程示意图。该流程特别适用于图39A所示的有线触控笔3910。除非有说明因果关系，本发明并不限定图41A任两个步骤的执行顺序。Please refer to FIG. 41A , which is a flowchart of an operation method applicable to a wired stylus according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flowchart is particularly applicable to the wired stylus 3910 shown in FIG. 39A . Unless there is a causal relationship, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps in FIG. 41A .
步骤4110：由具有反应压力而改变阻抗的第一元件来接收由第一虚拟随机数码编码的第一前置码。如图39A所示，触控笔3910的第一元件221通过信号电路3911接收该第一前置码。Step 4110 : Receive the first preamble code encoded by the first pseudo random number by the first element having impedance changed in response to pressure. As shown in FIG39A , the first element 221 of the stylus pen 3910 receives the first preamble code through the signal circuit 3911 .
步骤4120：由具有固定阻抗的第二元件来接收由第二虚拟随机数码编码的第二前置码。如图39A所示，触控笔3910的第二元件222通过信号电路3912接收该第一前置码。可以同时执行或分时执行步骤4110与4120。Step 4120: The second preamble encoded by the second pseudo random number is received by the second element with fixed impedance. As shown in FIG39A , the second element 222 of the stylus 3910 receives the first preamble through the signal circuit 3912. Steps 4110 and 4120 may be performed simultaneously or in a time-sharing manner.
步骤4130：由该第一元件传送该第一前置码至笔尖段。Step 4130: The first component transmits the first preamble to the pen tip segment.
步骤4140：由该第二元件传送该第二前置码至该笔尖段。当该步骤4110与4120是同时执行时，步骤4130与4140也同时执行。或者是说，所有四个步骤4110至4140都是同时执行。Step 4140: The second component transmits the second preamble to the pen tip segment. When steps 4110 and 4120 are performed simultaneously, steps 4130 and 4140 are also performed simultaneously. In other words, all four steps 4110 to 4140 are performed simultaneously.
如果触控处理装置130连接多只触控笔3910。可以指定一组两个虚拟随机数码给每一只触控笔3910。举例来说，一组包含第一与第二虚拟随机数码的组合可以指定给第一有线触控笔3910，而另一组包含第三与第四虚拟随机数码的组合可以指定给第二有线触控笔3910。图41A所示的流程图可以适用于该第一与该第二有线触控笔3910。换言之，可以同时在一个触控面板120上操作两只有线触控笔。If the touch processing device 130 is connected to multiple styluses 3910, a set of two virtual random numbers can be assigned to each stylus 3910. For example, a set of combinations including the first and second virtual random numbers can be assigned to the first wired stylus 3910, and another set of combinations including the third and fourth virtual random numbers can be assigned to the second wired stylus 3910. The flowchart shown in FIG. 41A can be applied to the first and second wired styluses 3910. In other words, two wired styluses can be operated on one touch panel 120 at the same time.
请参考图41B所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的适用于有线触控笔的操作方法的流程示意图。该流程特别适用于图39B所示的有线触控笔3910。除非有说明因果关系，本发明并不限定图41B任两个步骤的执行顺序。由于图39B所示的有线触控笔3910包含该第三开关3920与该第三元件3930，所以流程图还包含步骤4122与4124。Please refer to FIG. 41B , which is a flowchart of an operation method applicable to a wired stylus according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flowchart is particularly applicable to the wired stylus 3910 shown in FIG. 39B . Unless there is a causal relationship, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps in FIG. 41B . Since the wired stylus 3910 shown in FIG. 39B includes the third switch 3920 and the third element 3930 , the flowchart also includes steps 4122 and 4124 .
步骤4122：选择性地由第三元件接收该第一前置码，该第三元件与该第一元件并联。该选择性地接收步骤是由图39B的第三开关3920所执行。Step 4122: Selectively receive the first preamble by a third component, the third component being connected in parallel with the first component. The selective receiving step is performed by the third switch 3920 of FIG. 39B .
步骤4124：选择性地由该第三元件传送该第一前置码至笔尖段。该选择性地接收步骤也是由图39B的第三开关3920所执行。步骤4110、4120、4122与4124可以同时执行。Step 4124: selectively transmit the first preamble to the pen tip segment by the third component. The selective receiving step is also performed by the third switch 3920 of Figure 39B. Steps 4110, 4120, 4122 and 4124 can be performed simultaneously.
请参考图41C所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的适用于有线触控笔的操作方法的流程示意图。该流程特别适用于图39C所示的有线触控笔3910。除非有说明因果关系，本发明并不限定图41C任两个步骤的执行顺序。由于图39C所示的有线触控笔3910包含该第四开关3940与该第四元件3950，所以流程图还包含步骤4126与4128。Please refer to FIG. 41C , which is a flowchart of an operation method applicable to a wired stylus according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flowchart is particularly applicable to the wired stylus 3910 shown in FIG. 39C . Unless there is a causal relationship, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps in FIG. 41C . Since the wired stylus 3910 shown in FIG. 39C includes the fourth switch 3940 and the fourth element 3950 , the flowchart also includes steps 4126 and 4128 .
步骤4126：选择性地由第四元件接收该第二前置码，该第四元件与该第二元件并联。该选择性地接收步骤是由图39C的第四开关3940所执行。Step 4126: Selectively receive the second preamble by a fourth element, the fourth element being connected in parallel with the second element. The selective receiving step is performed by the fourth switch 3940 of FIG. 39C.
步骤4128：选择性地由该第四元件传送该第二前置码至笔尖段。该选择性地接收步骤也是由图39C的第四开关3940所执行。步骤4110、4120、4126与4128可以同时执行。Step 4128: selectively transmit the second preamble to the pen tip segment by the fourth component. The selective receiving step is also performed by the fourth switch 3940 of Figure 39C. Steps 4110, 4120, 4126 and 4128 can be performed simultaneously.
请参考图42所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的适用于触控处理装置130的流程示意图。该流程可以适用于图40所示的触控处理装置130，其用于控制如图41A至41C所示的一只有线触控笔3910。举例来说，该流程图可以由该触控处理装置130的嵌入式处理器所执行的指令来实施。除非有说明因果关系，本发明并不限定图42任两个步骤的执行顺序。在流程中所包含的步骤3630、3640、3660与3680已经在图36A与36B所示的实施例当中解释过了。Please refer to FIG. 42, which is a flowchart applicable to a touch processing device 130 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flowchart can be applicable to the touch processing device 130 shown in FIG. 40, which is used to control a wired stylus 3910 as shown in FIGS. 41A to 41C. For example, the flowchart can be implemented by instructions executed by an embedded processor of the touch processing device 130. Unless there is a causal relationship, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps in FIG. 42. Steps 3630, 3640, 3660 and 3680 included in the flowchart have been explained in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 36A and 36B.
步骤4210：传送根据第一虚拟随机数码所编码的第一前置码至触控笔的第一电路。例如，该第一前置码是由该嵌入式处理器4040所产生，经由该驱动电路3420所处理，以及通过该触控笔接口4010传送至该信号电路3911。Step 4210 : Send a first preamble encoded according to a first pseudo random number to a first circuit of the stylus. For example, the first preamble is generated by the embedded processor 4040 , processed by the driving circuit 3420 , and sent to the signal circuit 3911 through the stylus interface 4010 .
步骤4220：传送根据第二虚拟随机数码所编码的第二前置码至该触控笔的第二电路。例如，该第二前置码是由该嵌入式处理器4040所产生，经由该驱动电路3420所处理，以及通过该触控笔接口4010传送至该信号电路3912。步骤4210与4220可以同时执行。Step 4220: Transmitting a second preamble encoded according to a second pseudo random number to a second circuit of the stylus. For example, the second preamble is generated by the embedded processor 4040, processed by the driving circuit 3420, and transmitted to the signal circuit 3912 via the stylus interface 4010. Steps 4210 and 4220 may be performed simultaneously.
可选的步骤4290：根据该电信号的第一部分与第二部分的信号强度比例，计算该触控笔的开关状态。Optional step 4290: Calculate the switch state of the stylus pen according to the signal strength ratio of the first part and the second part of the electrical signal.
请参考图43所示，其为根据本发明一实施例的适用于触控处理装置130的流程示意图。该流程可以适用于图40所示的触控处理装置130，其用于控制如图41A至41C所示的一只有线触控笔3910。举例来说，该流程图可以由该触控处理装置130的嵌入式处理器所执行的指令来实施。除非有说明因果关系，本发明并不限定图43任两个步骤的执行顺序。在流程中所包含的步骤3880已经在图38A与38B所示的实施例当中解释过了。此外，可选的步骤4290也已经在图42所示实施例当中解释过了。Please refer to FIG. 43, which is a flowchart applicable to a touch processing device 130 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The flowchart can be applicable to the touch processing device 130 shown in FIG. 40, which is used to control a wired stylus 3910 as shown in FIGS. 41A to 41C. For example, the flowchart can be implemented by instructions executed by an embedded processor of the touch processing device 130. Unless there is a causal relationship, the present invention does not limit the execution order of any two steps in FIG. 43. Step 3880 included in the flowchart has been explained in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 38A and 38B. In addition, the optional step 4290 has also been explained in the embodiment shown in FIG. 42.
步骤4310：在第一时段内传送根据第一虚拟随机数码所编码的第一前置码至触控笔的第一电路。Step 4310: Transmit a first preamble code encoded according to a first pseudo random number to a first circuit of the stylus within a first time period.
步骤4320：在该第一时段内通过触控面板的电极接收电信号。Step 4320: Receive electrical signals through the electrodes of the touch panel during the first time period.
步骤4330：根据该第一虚拟随机数码，对于在该第一时段内所接收的电信号所包含的该第一前置码进行解展频。Step 4330: De-spread the first preamble included in the electrical signal received in the first time period according to the first pseudo random digital number.
步骤4340：在第二时段内传送根据第二虚拟随机数码所编码的第二前置码至该触控笔的第二电路。Step 4340: Transmit a second preamble encoded according to a second pseudo random number to a second circuit of the stylus within a second time period.
步骤4350：在该第二时段内通过触控面板的电极接收电信号。Step 4350: Receive electrical signals through the electrodes of the touch panel during the second time period.
步骤4360：根据该第二虚拟随机数码，对于在该第一时段内所接收的电信号所包含的该第二前置码进行解展频。Step 4360: De-spread the second preamble included in the electrical signal received within the first time period according to the second pseudo random digital number.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种传送携带压力信息的电信号的触控笔，包含：具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件，其中该第一元件用于接收以第一虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；具有固定阻抗的第二元件，其中该第二元件用于接收以第二虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；以及导电笔尖段，其用于：同时自该第一元件接收该第一信号以及自该第二元件接收该第二信号；以及传送包含该第一信号与该第二信号的电信号，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a stylus pen for transmitting an electrical signal carrying pressure information, comprising: a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure, wherein the first element is used to receive a first signal encoded with a first virtual random number; a second element having a fixed impedance, wherein the second element is used to receive a second signal encoded with a second virtual random number; and a conductive pen tip segment, which is used to: simultaneously receive the first signal from the first element and the second signal from the second element; and transmit an electrical signal including the first signal and the second signal, wherein the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了在该触控笔上提供该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码，该触控笔还包含控制器，用于：根据该第一虚拟随机数码产生该第一信号；根据该第二虚拟随机数码产生该第二信号；传送该第一信号至该第一元件；以及传送该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number on the stylus, the stylus further includes a controller for: generating the first signal according to the first virtual random number; generating the second signal according to the second virtual random number; transmitting the first signal to the first element; and transmitting the second signal to the second element.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该触控笔还包含：连接至该控制器的至少一个笔上传感器。该控制器还用于：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该第一虚拟随机数码产生第一数据码；以及传送该第一数据码至该第一元件。该第一元件还用于：自该控制器接收该第一数据码。该导电笔尖段还用于：自该第一元件接收该第一数据码；以及传送该第一数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the stylus pen further comprises: at least one sensor on the stylus pen connected to the controller. The controller is further configured to: generate a data code according to the state of the at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generate a first data code according to the data code and the first pseudo random number; and transmit the first data code to the first element. The first element is further configured to: receive the first data code from the controller. The conductive tip segment is further configured to: receive the first data code from the first element; and transmit the first data code.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该触控笔还包含：连接至该控制器的至少一个笔上传感器。该控制器还用于：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该第二虚拟随机数码产生第二数据码；以及传送该第二数据码至该第二元件。该第二元件还用于：自该控制器接收该第二数据码。该导电笔尖段还用于：自该第二元件接收该第二数据码；以及传送该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the stylus pen further comprises: at least one sensor on the stylus pen connected to the controller. The controller is further configured to: generate a data code according to the state of the at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generate a second data code according to the data code and the second pseudo random number; and transmit the second data code to the second element. The second element is further configured to: receive the second data code from the controller. The conductive pen tip segment is further configured to: receive the second data code from the second element; and transmit the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了要与触控面板的触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该控制器还用于：自电子装置接收同步信号；以及在接收到该同步信号之后，执行该产生步骤与该传送步骤。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize with the receiving procedure of the touch processing device of the touch panel, the controller is further used to: receive a synchronization signal from the electronic device; and after receiving the synchronization signal, execute the generating step and the transmitting step.
在一实施例中，为了要与该触控笔近接的该触控面板的该触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该控制器耦合至该导电笔尖段以接收该同步信号，该同步信号是由该电子装置的触控面板的电极所发出。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel to which the stylus is in close contact, the controller is coupled to the conductive pen tip segment to receive the synchronization signal, which is emitted by the electrode of the touch panel of the electronic device.
在一实施例中，为了当在触控面板上操作多只触控笔时避免虚拟随机数码的冲突，该触控笔还包含人机接口以供用户输入虚拟随机数码，其中该控制器还用于自该人机接口接收设定指令，其指定该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码的组合。In one embodiment, in order to avoid conflicts of virtual random numbers when operating multiple styluses on a touch panel, the stylus also includes a human-machine interface for a user to input a virtual random number, wherein the controller is also used to receive a setting instruction from the human-machine interface, which specifies a combination of the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了提供虚拟随机数码信息给用户，该触控笔包含下列连接至该控制器的装置之一，以指示该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码的组合：视效指示器；以及音效指示器。In one embodiment, in order to provide virtual random digital information to the user, the stylus includes one of the following devices connected to the controller to indicate the combination of the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number: a visual indicator; and a sound indicator.
在一实施例中，为了触控处理装置与有线触控笔之间的有线连接，该触控笔还包含：第一信号电路，耦合至该第一元件与触控处理装置，用于自该触控处理装置传播该第一信号至该第一元件；以及第二信号电路，耦合至该第二元件与该触控处理装置，用于自该触控处理装置传播该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the touch processing device and the wired stylus, the stylus further includes: a first signal circuit coupled to the first element and the touch processing device, for transmitting the first signal from the touch processing device to the first element; and a second signal circuit coupled to the second element and the touch processing device, for transmitting the second signal from the touch processing device to the second element.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该触控笔还包含：用于接收该第一信号的第三开关；以及具有固定阻抗的第三元件，耦合至该第三开关与该导电笔尖段，其中该第三开关可选择性地开路或闭路，当该第三开关闭路时，该第一信号经由该第三开关与该第三元件传播自该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the stylus further includes: a third switch for receiving the first signal; and a third element with a fixed impedance, coupled to the third switch and the conductive pen tip segment, wherein the third switch can be selectively opened or closed, and when the third switch is closed, the first signal is transmitted from the conductive pen tip segment via the third switch and the third element.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该触控笔还包含：用于接收该第二信号的第四开关；以及具有固定阻抗的第四元件，耦合至该第四开关与该导电笔尖段，其中该第四开关可选择性地开路或闭路，当该第四开关闭路时，该第二信号经由该第四开关与该第四元件传播自该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the stylus further includes: a fourth switch for receiving the second signal; and a fourth element with a fixed impedance, coupled to the fourth switch and the conductive pen tip segment, wherein the fourth switch can be selectively opened or closed, and when the fourth switch is closed, the second signal is transmitted from the conductive pen tip segment via the fourth switch and the fourth element.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种自触控笔传送携带压力信息的电信号的方法，包含：由具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件接收以第一虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；由具有固定阻抗的第二元件接收以第二虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；由导电笔尖段同时自该第一元件接收该第一信号以及自该第二元件接收该第二信号；以及由该导电笔尖段传送包含该第一信号与该第二信号的电信号，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a method for transmitting an electrical signal carrying pressure information from a stylus, comprising: receiving a first signal encoded with a first virtual random number by a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure; receiving a second signal encoded with a second virtual random number by a second element having a fixed impedance; receiving the first signal from the first element and the second signal from the second element simultaneously by a conductive pen tip segment; and transmitting an electrical signal including the first signal and the second signal by the conductive pen tip segment, wherein the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了在该触控笔上提供该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码，该方法还包含：根据该第一虚拟随机数码产生该第一信号；根据该第二虚拟随机数码产生该第二信号；传送该第一信号至该第一元件；以及传送该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number on the stylus, the method further includes: generating the first signal according to the first virtual random number; generating the second signal according to the second virtual random number; transmitting the first signal to the first element; and transmitting the second signal to the second element.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该第一虚拟随机数码产生第一数据码；传送该第一数据码至该第一元件；由该第一元件传送该第一数据码至该导电笔尖段；以及由该导电笔尖段传送该第一数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of a sensor on the stylus pen, the method further includes: generating a data code based on the state of at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generating a first data code based on the data code and the first pseudo random number; transmitting the first data code to the first element; transmitting the first data code from the first element to the conductive pen tip segment; and transmitting the first data code from the conductive pen tip segment.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该第二虚拟随机数码产生第二数据码；传送该第二数据码至该第二元件；由该第二元件传送该第二数据码至该导电笔尖段；以及由该导电笔尖段传送该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the method further includes: generating a data code based on the state of at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generating a second data code based on the data code and the second pseudo random number; transmitting the second data code to the second element; transmitting the second data code from the second element to the conductive pen tip segment; and transmitting the second data code from the conductive pen tip segment.
在一实施例中，为了要与触控面板的触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该方法还包含：自电子装置接收同步信号；以及在接收到该同步信号之后，执行该产生步骤与该传送步骤。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize with the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel, the method further includes: receiving a synchronization signal from the electronic device; and after receiving the synchronization signal, executing the generating step and the transmitting step.
在一实施例中，为了要与该触控笔近接的该触控面板的该触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该同步信号是由该电子装置的触控面板的电极所发出。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel to which the stylus is in close contact, the synchronization signal is sent by the electrodes of the touch panel of the electronic device.
在一实施例中，为了当在触控面板上操作多只触控笔时避免虚拟随机数码的冲突，该方法还包含：自该人机接口接收设定指令，其指定该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码的组合。In one embodiment, in order to avoid conflicts of virtual random numbers when multiple styluses are operated on the touch panel, the method further includes: receiving a setting instruction from the human-machine interface, which specifies a combination of the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了提供虚拟随机数码信息给用户，该方法还包含下列步骤其中之一：令该触控笔的视效指示器指示该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码的组合；以及令该触控笔的音效指示器指示该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码的该组合。In one embodiment, in order to provide virtual random digital information to the user, the method further includes one of the following steps: allowing the visual indicator of the stylus to indicate the combination of the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number; and allowing the sound indicator of the stylus to indicate the combination of the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number.
在一实施例中，为了触控处理装置与有线触控笔之间的有线连接，该方法还包含：由第一信号电路自该触控处理装置接收该第一信号；由该第一信号电路传播该第一信号至该第一元件；由第二信号电路自该触控处理装置接收该第二信号；以及由该第二信号电路传播该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, for a wired connection between a touch processing device and a wired stylus, the method further includes: receiving the first signal from the touch processing device by a first signal circuit; propagating the first signal to the first element by the first signal circuit; receiving the second signal from the touch processing device by a second signal circuit; and propagating the second signal to the second element by the second signal circuit.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该方法还包含：选择性地由具有固定阻抗的第三元件接收该第一信号；以及选择性地由该第三元件传送该第一信号至该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the method further includes: selectively receiving the first signal by a third element having a fixed impedance; and selectively transmitting the first signal to the conductive tip segment by the third element.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该方法还包含：选择性地由具有固定阻抗的第四元件接收该第二信号；以及选择性地由该第四元件传送该第二信号至该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the method further includes: selectively receiving the second signal by a fourth element having a fixed impedance; and selectively transmitting the second signal to the conductive tip segment by the fourth element.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种触控处理装置，用于接收由第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号，包含：感测电路，用于自触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；以及处理器，耦合至该感测电路，用于：根据第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for receiving an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by a first stylus, comprising: a sensing circuit for receiving the electrical signal from some electrodes of a touch panel; and a processor coupled to the sensing circuit for: de-spreading a first preamble code of the received signal according to a first virtual random number; de-spreading a second preamble code of the received signal according to a second virtual random number; and calculating the pressure information based on a first signal strength ratio of a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble code, the second part includes the second preamble code, and the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了触发该触控笔同步地传送电信号，该触控处理装置还包含耦合至该触控面板的该些电极的驱动电路，其中该处理器还用于：在该接收步骤被执行之前，令该驱动电路通过该触控面板的该些电极传送灯塔信号。In one embodiment, in order to trigger the stylus to synchronously transmit electrical signals, the touch processing device also includes a driving circuit coupled to the electrodes of the touch panel, wherein the processor is also used to: before the receiving step is executed, enable the driving circuit to transmit a lighthouse signal through the electrodes of the touch panel.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码，其中该第一数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is further used to: decode the first data code of the received signal according to the first pseudo random number, wherein the first data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码，其中该第二数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is further used to: decode a second data code of the received signal according to the second pseudo random number, wherein the second data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了正确地接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to correctly receive the state of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is also used to: decode the first data code of the received signal according to the first virtual random digital number; decode the second data code of the received signal according to the second virtual random digital number; and when the first data code is the same as the second data code, determine the data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了在较长的传送中接收更平滑与更平均的压力信息，该第一部分还包含该第一数据码，该第二部分还包含该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to receive smoother and more average pressure information in a longer transmission, the first portion further includes the first data code, and the second portion further includes the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了更快地同步该触控笔的传送，该处理器还用于：耦合该触控面板的至少两条第二电极作为同步通道，其中该第一前置码与该第二前置码的解展频步骤是对该同步通道所接收的该接收信号上进行，以分别取得第一同步信息与第二同步信息，其中该些条第二电极彼此平行。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the transmission of the stylus more quickly, the processor is also used to: couple at least two second electrodes of the touch panel as a synchronization channel, wherein the de-spreading step of the first preamble code and the second preamble code is performed on the received signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain the first synchronization information and the second synchronization information respectively, wherein the second electrodes are parallel to each other.
在一实施例中，为了利用同步信息以正确地与快速地接收触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该第一虚拟随机数码与该第一同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第一数据码的译码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码与该第二同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第二数据码的译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态，其中多条该第一电极彼此平行，且该多条第一电极与该些条第二电极交会。In one embodiment, in order to utilize synchronization information to correctly and quickly receive the state of a sensor on the stylus, the processor is further used to: decode the first data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the first virtual random number and the first synchronization information; decode the second data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the second virtual random number and the second synchronization information; and determine a data code when the first data code is the same as the second data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus, wherein a plurality of the first electrodes are parallel to each other, and the plurality of first electrodes intersect with the second electrodes.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该处理器还用于：根据第三虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第三前置码进行解展频；根据第四虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第四前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第三部分与第四部分的第二信号强度比例来计算第二触控笔的压力信息，其中该第三部分包含该第三前置码，该第四部分包含该第四前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码、该第二虚拟随机数码、该第三虚拟随机数码、与该第四虚拟随机数码彼此正交。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the processor is further used to: de-spread a third preamble of the received signal according to a third virtual random digital number; de-spread a fourth preamble of the received signal according to a fourth virtual random digital number; and calculate pressure information of the second stylus according to a second signal strength ratio of a third part and a fourth part of the received signal, wherein the third part includes the third preamble, and the fourth part includes the fourth preamble, and wherein the first virtual random digital number, the second virtual random digital number, the third virtual random digital number, and the fourth virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other.
在一实施例中，为了在有线触控笔与该触控处理装置之间提供有线连接，该触控处理装置还包含触控笔接口，耦合至该第一触控笔的第一信号电路与第二信号电路，其中该处理器耦合至该触控笔接口，还用于：根据该第一虚拟随机数码产生该第一前置码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码产生该第二前置码；以及通过该触控笔接口分别将该第一前置码与该第二前置码分别传送至该第一信号电路与该第二信号电路。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the wired stylus and the touch processing device, the touch processing device further includes a stylus interface coupled to the first signal circuit and the second signal circuit of the first stylus, wherein the processor is coupled to the stylus interface and is also used to: generate the first preamble code based on the first virtual random number; generate the second preamble code based on the second virtual random number; and transmit the first preamble code and the second preamble code to the first signal circuit and the second signal circuit respectively through the stylus interface.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔的开关状态，该处理器还用于：根据该接收信号的该第一部分与该第二部分的该第一信号强度比例，来计算该第一触控笔的开关状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the switch state of the stylus pen, the processor is further configured to: calculate the switch state of the first stylus pen according to the first signal strength ratio of the first part and the second part of the received signal.
在一实施例中，为了同时连接到多只有线触控笔，该触控笔接口还耦接到第二触控笔的第三信号电路与第四信号电路。连接到该触控笔接口的该处理器还用于：根据第三虚拟随机数码产生第三前置码；根据第四虚拟随机数码产生第四前置码；以及通过该触控笔接口分别传送该第三前置码与该第四前置码至该第三信号电路与该第四信号电路，其中该第一虚拟随机数码、该第二虚拟随机数码、该第三虚拟随机数码、与该第四虚拟随机数码彼此正交。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously connect to multiple wired styluses, the stylus interface is further coupled to a third signal circuit and a fourth signal circuit of a second stylus. The processor connected to the stylus interface is further used to: generate a third preamble code according to a third virtual random number; generate a fourth preamble code according to a fourth virtual random number; and transmit the third preamble code and the fourth preamble code to the third signal circuit and the fourth signal circuit respectively through the stylus interface, wherein the first virtual random number, the second virtual random number, the third virtual random number, and the fourth virtual random number are orthogonal to each other.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供用于接收由第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号的方法，包含：通过触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；根据第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a method for receiving an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by a first stylus, comprising: receiving the electrical signal through some electrodes of a touch panel; de-spreading a first preamble code of the received signal according to a first virtual random number; de-spreading a second preamble code of the received signal according to a second virtual random number; and calculating the pressure information based on a first signal strength ratio of a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble code, the second part includes the second preamble code, and the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了触发该触控笔同步地传送电信号，该方法还包含：在该接收步骤被执行之前，令该驱动电路通过该触控面板的该些电极传送灯塔信号。In one embodiment, in order to trigger the stylus to synchronously transmit an electrical signal, the method further includes: before the receiving step is executed, causing the driving circuit to transmit a beacon signal through the electrodes of the touch panel.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码，其中该第一数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding a first data code of the received signal according to the first pseudo random number, wherein the first data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码，其中该第二数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the state of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding a second data code of the received signal according to the second pseudo random number, wherein the second data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了正确地接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to correctly receive the state of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding a first data code of the received signal according to the first virtual random digital number; decoding a second data code of the received signal according to the second virtual random digital number; and when the first data code is the same as the second data code, determining a data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了在较长的传送中接收更平滑与更平均的压力信息，该第一部分还包含该第一数据码，该第二部分还包含该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to receive smoother and more average pressure information in a longer transmission, the first portion further includes the first data code, and the second portion further includes the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了更快地同步该触控笔的传送，该方法包含：耦合该触控面板的至少两条第二电极作为同步通道，其中该第一前置码与该第二前置码的解展频步骤是对该同步通道所接收的该接收信号上进行，以分别取得第一同步信息与第二同步信息，其中该些条第二电极彼此平行。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the transmission of the stylus more quickly, the method includes: coupling at least two second electrodes of the touch panel as a synchronization channel, wherein the de-spreading step of the first preamble code and the second preamble code is performed on the received signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain the first synchronization information and the second synchronization information respectively, wherein the second electrodes are parallel to each other.
在一实施例中，为了利用同步信息以正确地与快速地接收触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该第一虚拟随机数码与该第一同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第一数据码的译码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码与该第二同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第二数据码的译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态，其中多条该第一电极彼此平行，且该多条第一电极与该些条第二电极交会。In one embodiment, in order to utilize synchronization information to correctly and quickly receive the state of a sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding the first data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the first virtual random number and the first synchronization information; decoding the second data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the second virtual random number and the second synchronization information; and determining a data code when the first data code is the same as the second data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus, wherein a plurality of the first electrodes are parallel to each other, and the plurality of first electrodes intersect with the second electrodes.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该方法还包含：根据第三虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第三前置码进行解展频；根据第四虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第四前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第三部分与第四部分的第二信号强度比例来计算第二触控笔的压力信息，其中该第三部分包含该第三前置码，该第四部分包含该第四前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码、该第二虚拟随机数码、该第三虚拟随机数码、与该第四虚拟随机数码彼此正交。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the method further includes: de-spreading a third preamble of the received signal according to a third virtual random digital number; de-spreading a fourth preamble of the received signal according to a fourth virtual random digital number; and calculating pressure information of the second stylus according to a second signal strength ratio of a third part and a fourth part of the received signal, wherein the third part includes the third preamble, and the fourth part includes the fourth preamble, and wherein the first virtual random digital number, the second virtual random digital number, the third virtual random digital number, and the fourth virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other.
在一实施例中，为了在有线触控笔与该触控处理装置之间提供有线连接，该方法还包含：根据该第一虚拟随机数码产生该第一前置码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码产生该第二前置码；以及分别将该第一前置码与该第二前置码分别传送至该第一信号电路与该第二信号电路。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the wired stylus and the touch processing device, the method further includes: generating the first preamble code based on the first virtual random digital number; generating the second preamble code based on the second virtual random digital number; and transmitting the first preamble code and the second preamble code to the first signal circuit and the second signal circuit respectively.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔的开关状态，该方法还包含：根据该接收信号的该第一部分与该第二部分的该第一信号强度比例，来计算该第一触控笔的开关状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the switch state of the stylus pen, the method further includes: calculating the switch state of the first stylus pen according to the first signal strength ratio of the first part and the second part of the received signal.
在一实施例中，为了同时连接多只有线触控笔，该方法还包含：根据第三虚拟随机数码产生第三前置码进行解展频；根据第四虚拟随机数码产生第四前置码进行解展频；以及分别传送该第三前置码与该第四前置码至第二触控笔的第三信号电路与第四信号电路，其中该第一虚拟随机数码、该第二虚拟随机数码、该第三虚拟随机数码、与该第四虚拟随机数码彼此正交。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously connect multiple wired styluses, the method further includes: generating a third preamble code based on a third virtual random digital number for de-spreading; generating a fourth preamble code based on a fourth virtual random digital number for de-spreading; and transmitting the third preamble code and the fourth preamble code to a third signal circuit and a fourth signal circuit of the second stylus, respectively, wherein the first virtual random digital number, the second virtual random digital number, the third virtual random digital number, and the fourth virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种触控系统，其包含触控面板；第一触控笔；以及用于接收由该第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号的触控处理装置。该触控处理装置包含：感测电路，用于自该触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；以及处理器，耦合至该感测电路，用于：根据第一虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据第二虚拟随机数码对该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, which includes a touch panel; a first stylus; and a touch control processing device for receiving an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by the first stylus. The touch control processing device includes: a sensing circuit for receiving the electrical signal from some electrodes of the touch panel; and a processor coupled to the sensing circuit for: de-spreading a first preamble of the received signal according to a first virtual random number; de-spreading a second preamble of the received signal according to a second virtual random number; and calculating the pressure information according to a first signal strength ratio of a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble, the second part includes the second preamble, and the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，该触控笔包含：具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件，其中该第一元件用于接收以第一虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；具有固定阻抗的第二元件，其中该第二元件用于接收以第二虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；以及导电笔尖段，其用于：同时自该第一元件接收该第一信号以及自该第二元件接收该第二信号；以及传送包含该第一信号与该第二信号的电信号，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。In one embodiment, the stylus pen includes: a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure, wherein the first element is used to receive a first signal encoded by a first virtual random number; a second element having a fixed impedance, wherein the second element is used to receive a second signal encoded by a second virtual random number; and a conductive pen tip segment, which is used to: simultaneously receive the first signal from the first element and the second signal from the second element; and transmit an electrical signal including the first signal and the second signal, wherein the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种传送携带压力信息的电信号的触控笔，包含：具有反应压力之阻抗的第一元件，其中该第一元件用于在第一时段接收以虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；具有固定阻抗的第二元件，其中该第二元件用于在第二时段接收以该虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；以及导电笔尖段，其用于：在该第一时段自该第一元件接收该第一信号；在该第二时段自该第二元件接收该第二信号；在第一时段传送包含该第一信号的该电信号；以及在第二时段传送包含该第二信号的该电信号，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a touch pen for transmitting an electrical signal carrying pressure information, comprising: a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure, wherein the first element is used to receive a first signal encoded with a virtual random number in a first time period; a second element having a fixed impedance, wherein the second element is used to receive a second signal encoded with the virtual random number in a second time period; and a conductive pen tip segment, which is used to: receive the first signal from the first element in the first time period; receive the second signal from the second element in the second time period; transmit the electrical signal containing the first signal in the first time period; and transmit the electrical signal containing the second signal in the second time period, wherein the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了在该触控笔上提供该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码，该触控笔还包含控制器，用于：根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第一信号；根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第二信号；传送该第一信号至该第一元件；以及传送该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number on the stylus, the stylus further includes a controller for: generating the first signal according to the virtual random number; generating the second signal according to the virtual random number; transmitting the first signal to the first element; and transmitting the second signal to the second element.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该触控笔还包含：连接至该控制器的至少一个笔上传感器。该控制器还用于：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该虚拟随机数码产生第一数据码；以及传送该第一数据码至该第一元件。该第一元件还用于：在该第一时段自该控制器接收该第一数据码。该导电笔尖段还用于：自该第一元件接收该第一数据码；以及传送该第一数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the stylus pen further comprises: at least one sensor on the stylus pen connected to the controller. The controller is further used to: generate a data code according to the state of the at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generate a first data code according to the data code and the pseudo random number; and transmit the first data code to the first element. The first element is further used to: receive the first data code from the controller during the first time period. The conductive pen tip segment is further used to: receive the first data code from the first element; and transmit the first data code.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该触控笔还包含：连接至该控制器的至少一个笔上传感器。该控制器还用于：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该第二虚拟随机数码产生第二数据码；以及传送该第二数据码至该第二元件。该第二元件还用于：在该第二时段自该控制器接收该第二数据码。该导电笔尖段还用于：自该第二元件接收该第二数据码；以及传送该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the stylus pen further comprises: at least one sensor on the stylus pen connected to the controller. The controller is further used to: generate a data code according to the state of the at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generate a second data code according to the data code and the second pseudo random number; and transmit the second data code to the second element. The second element is further used to: receive the second data code from the controller during the second time period. The conductive pen tip segment is further used to: receive the second data code from the second element; and transmit the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了要与触控面板的触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该控制器还用于：自电子装置接收同步信号；以及在接收到该同步信号之后，执行该产生步骤与该传送步骤。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize with the receiving procedure of the touch processing device of the touch panel, the controller is further used to: receive a synchronization signal from the electronic device; and after receiving the synchronization signal, execute the generating step and the transmitting step.
在一实施例中，为了要与该触控笔近接的该触控面板的该触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该控制器耦合至该导电笔尖段以接收该同步信号，该同步信号是由该电子装置的触控面板的电极所发出。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel to which the stylus is in close contact, the controller is coupled to the conductive pen tip segment to receive the synchronization signal, which is emitted by the electrode of the touch panel of the electronic device.
在一实施例中，为了当在触控面板上操作多只触控笔时避免虚拟随机数码的冲突，该触控笔还包含人机接口以供用户输入虚拟随机数码，其中该控制器还用于自该人机接口接收设定指令，其指定该虚拟随机数码。In one embodiment, in order to avoid conflicts of virtual random numbers when operating multiple styluses on the touch panel, the stylus further includes a human-machine interface for a user to input a virtual random number, wherein the controller is further used to receive a setting instruction from the human-machine interface, which specifies the virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了提供虚拟随机数码信息给用户，该触控笔包含下列连接至该控制器的装置之一，以指示该虚拟随机数码：视效指示器；以及音效指示器。In one embodiment, in order to provide virtual random digital information to the user, the stylus includes one of the following devices connected to the controller to indicate the virtual random digital information: a visual indicator; and a sound indicator.
在一实施例中，为了触控处理装置与有线触控笔之间的有线连接，该触控笔还包含：第一信号电路，耦合至该第一元件与触控处理装置，用于自该触控处理装置传播该第一信号至该第一元件；以及第二信号电路，耦合至该第二元件与该触控处理装置，用于自该触控处理装置传播该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the touch processing device and the wired stylus, the stylus further includes: a first signal circuit coupled to the first element and the touch processing device, for transmitting the first signal from the touch processing device to the first element; and a second signal circuit coupled to the second element and the touch processing device, for transmitting the second signal from the touch processing device to the second element.
为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该触控笔还包含：用于接收该第一信号的第三开关；以及具有固定阻抗的第三元件，耦合至该第三开关与该导电笔尖段，其中该第三开关可选择性地开路或闭路，当该第三开关闭路时，该第一信号经由该第三开关与该第三元件传播自该导电笔尖段。In order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the stylus also includes: a third switch for receiving the first signal; and a third element with a fixed impedance, coupled to the third switch and the conductive pen tip segment, wherein the third switch can be selectively opened or closed, and when the third switch is closed, the first signal is transmitted from the conductive pen tip segment via the third switch and the third element.
为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该触控笔还包含：用于接收该第二信号的第四开关；以及具有固定阻抗的第四元件，耦合至该第四开关与该导电笔尖段，其中该第四开关可选择性地开路或闭路，当该第四开关闭路时，该第二信号经由该第四开关与该第四元件传播自该导电笔尖段。In order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the stylus also includes: a fourth switch for receiving the second signal; and a fourth element with a fixed impedance, coupled to the fourth switch and the conductive pen tip segment, wherein the fourth switch can be selectively opened or closed, and when the fourth switch is closed, the second signal is transmitted from the conductive pen tip segment via the fourth switch and the fourth element.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种自触控笔传送携带压力信息的电信号的方法，包含：在第一时段由具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件接收以虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；在第二时段由具有固定阻抗的第二元件接收以该虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；由导电笔尖段在该第一时段自该第一元件接收该第一信号；由该导电笔尖段在该第二时段自该第二元件接收该第二信号；由该导电笔尖段在该第一时段传送包含该第一信号的电信号；以及由该导电笔尖段在该第二时段传送包含该第二信号的电信号。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a method for transmitting an electrical signal carrying pressure information from a stylus, comprising: receiving a first signal encoded with a virtual random number by a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure in a first time period; receiving a second signal encoded with the virtual random number by a second element having a fixed impedance in a second time period; receiving the first signal from the first element by a conductive pen tip segment in the first time period; receiving the second signal from the second element by the conductive pen tip segment in the second time period; transmitting an electrical signal containing the first signal by the conductive pen tip segment in the first time period; and transmitting an electrical signal containing the second signal by the conductive pen tip segment in the second time period.
在一实施例中，为了在该触控笔上提供该虚拟随机数码，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第一信号；根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第二信号；传送该第一信号至该第一元件；以及传送该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, in order to provide the virtual random number on the stylus, the method further includes: generating the first signal according to the virtual random number; generating the second signal according to the virtual random number; transmitting the first signal to the first element; and transmitting the second signal to the second element.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该虚拟随机数码产生第一数据码；传送该第一数据码至该第一元件；由该第一元件传送该第一数据码至该导电笔尖段；以及由该导电笔尖段传送该第一数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the method further includes: generating a data code based on the state of at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generating a first data code based on the data code and the virtual random number; transmitting the first data code to the first element; transmitting the first data code from the first element to the conductive pen tip segment; and transmitting the first data code from the conductive pen tip segment.
在一实施例中，为了传送触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该至少一个笔上传感器的状态产生数据码；根据该数据码与该虚拟随机数码产生第二数据码；传送该第二数据码至该第二元件；由该第二元件传送该第二数据码至该导电笔尖段；以及由该导电笔尖段传送该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to transmit the state of the sensor on the stylus pen, the method further includes: generating a data code based on the state of the at least one sensor on the stylus pen; generating a second data code based on the data code and the virtual random number; transmitting the second data code to the second element; transmitting the second data code from the second element to the conductive pen tip segment; and transmitting the second data code from the conductive pen tip segment.
在一实施例中，为了要与触控面板的触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该方法还包含：自电子装置接收同步信号；以及在接收到该同步信号之后，执行该产生步骤与该传送步骤。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize with the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel, the method further includes: receiving a synchronization signal from the electronic device; and after receiving the synchronization signal, executing the generating step and the transmitting step.
在一实施例中，为了要与该触控笔近接的该触控面板的该触控处理装置的接收程序同步，该同步信号是由该电子装置的触控面板的电极所发出。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the receiving process of the touch processing device of the touch panel to which the stylus is in close contact, the synchronization signal is sent by the electrodes of the touch panel of the electronic device.
在一实施例中，为了当在触控面板上操作多只触控笔时避免虚拟随机数码的冲突，该方法还包含：自该人机接口接收设定指令，其指定该虚拟随机数码。In one embodiment, in order to avoid conflicts of virtual random numbers when multiple styluses are operated on the touch panel, the method further includes: receiving a setting instruction from the human-machine interface, which specifies the virtual random number.
在一实施例中，为了提供虚拟随机数码信息给用户，该方法还包含下列步骤其中之一：令该触控笔的视效指示器指示该虚拟随机数码；以及令该触控笔的音效指示器指示该虚拟随机数码。In one embodiment, in order to provide virtual random digital information to the user, the method further includes one of the following steps: allowing the visual indicator of the stylus to indicate the virtual random digital number; and allowing the sound indicator of the stylus to indicate the virtual random digital number.
在一实施例中，为了触控处理装置与有线触控笔之间的有线连接，该方法还包含：由第一信号电路自该触控处理装置接收该第一信号；由该第一信号电路传播该第一信号至该第一元件；由第二信号电路自该触控处理装置接收该第二信号；以及由该第二信号电路传播该第二信号至该第二元件。In one embodiment, for a wired connection between a touch processing device and a wired stylus, the method further includes: receiving the first signal from the touch processing device by a first signal circuit; propagating the first signal to the first element by the first signal circuit; receiving the second signal from the touch processing device by a second signal circuit; and propagating the second signal to the second element by the second signal circuit.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该方法还包含：选择性地由具有固定阻抗的第三元件接收该第一信号；以及选择性地由该第三元件传送该第一信号至该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the method further includes: selectively receiving the first signal by a third element having a fixed impedance; and selectively transmitting the first signal to the conductive tip segment by the third element.
在一实施例中，为了提供开关状态给触控处理装置，该方法还包含：选择性地由具有固定阻抗的第四元件接收该第二信号；以及选择性地由该第四元件传送该第二信号至该导电笔尖段。In one embodiment, in order to provide a switch state to the touch processing device, the method further includes: selectively receiving the second signal by a fourth element having a fixed impedance; and selectively transmitting the second signal to the conductive tip segment by the fourth element.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种触控处理装置，用于接收由第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号，包含：感测电路，用于自触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；以及处理器，耦合至该感测电路，用于：根据虚拟随机数码对在第一时段的该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据该虚拟随机数码对在第二时段的该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for receiving an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by a first stylus, comprising: a sensing circuit for receiving the electrical signal from some electrodes of a touch panel; and a processor coupled to the sensing circuit, for: de-spreading a first preamble code of the received signal in a first time period according to a virtual random digital number; de-spreading a second preamble code of the received signal in a second time period according to the virtual random digital number; and calculating the pressure information based on a first signal strength ratio of a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble code and the second part includes the second preamble code.
在一实施例中，为了触发该触控笔同步地传送电信号，该触控处理装置还包含耦合至该触控面板的该些电极的驱动电路，其中该处理器还用于：在该接收步骤被执行之前，令该驱动电路通过该触控面板的该些电极传送灯塔信号。In one embodiment, in order to trigger the stylus to synchronously transmit electrical signals, the touch processing device also includes a driving circuit coupled to the electrodes of the touch panel, wherein the processor is also used to: before the receiving step is executed, enable the driving circuit to transmit a lighthouse signal through the electrodes of the touch panel.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第一时段的该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码，其中该第一数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is further used to: decode the first data code of the received signal in the first time period according to the virtual random digital number, wherein the first data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第二时段的该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码，其中该第二数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is also used to: decode the second data code of the received signal in the second time period according to the virtual random number, wherein the second data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了正确地接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第一时段的该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码；根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第二时段的该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to correctly receive the state of the sensor on the stylus, the processor is also used to: decode the first data code of the received signal in the first time period according to the virtual random digital number; decode the second data code of the received signal in the second time period according to the virtual random digital number; and when the first data code is the same as the second data code, determine the data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了在较长的传送中接收更平滑与更平均的压力信息，该第一部分还包含该第一数据码，该第二部分还包含该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to receive smoother and more average pressure information in a longer transmission, the first portion further includes the first data code, and the second portion further includes the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了更快地同步该触控笔的传送，该处理器还用于：耦合该触控面板的至少两条第二电极作为同步通道，其中该第一前置码与该第二前置码的解展频步骤是对该同步通道所接收的该接收信号上进行，以分别取得第一同步信息与第二同步信息，其中该些条第二电极彼此平行。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the transmission of the stylus more quickly, the processor is also used to: couple at least two second electrodes of the touch panel as a synchronization channel, wherein the de-spreading step of the first preamble code and the second preamble code is performed on the received signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain the first synchronization information and the second synchronization information respectively, wherein the second electrodes are parallel to each other.
在一实施例中，为了利用同步信息以正确地与快速地接收触控笔上传感器的状态，该处理器还用于：根据该虚拟随机数码与该第一同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第一数据码的译码；根据该虚拟随机数码与该第二同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第二数据码的译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态，其中多条该第一电极彼此平行，且该多条第一电极与该些条第二电极交会。In one embodiment, in order to utilize synchronization information to correctly and quickly receive the state of a sensor on the stylus, the processor is further used to: decode the first data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the virtual random number and the first synchronization information; decode the second data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the virtual random number and the second synchronization information; and determine a data code when the first data code is the same as the second data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus, wherein a plurality of the first electrodes are parallel to each other, and the plurality of first electrodes intersect with the second electrodes.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该处理器还用于：根据第二虚拟随机数码对第三时段的该接收信号的第三前置码进行解展频；根据该第二虚拟随机数码对第四时段的该接收信号的第四前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第三部分与第四部分的第二信号强度比例来计算第二触控笔的压力信息，其中该第三部分包含该第三前置码，该第四部分包含该第四前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码彼此正交，其中该第三时段的部分与该第一时段的部分或该第二时段的部分重叠。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the processor is further used to: de-spread a third preamble code of the received signal in a third time period according to a second virtual random digital number; de-spread a fourth preamble code of the received signal in a fourth time period according to the second virtual random digital number; and calculate pressure information of the second stylus according to a second signal strength ratio of a third part and a fourth part of the received signal, wherein the third part includes the third preamble code and the fourth part includes the fourth preamble code, wherein the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other, and wherein a portion of the third time period overlaps with a portion of the first time period or a portion of the second time period.
在一实施例中，为了在有线触控笔与该触控处理装置之间提供有线连接，该触控处理装置还包含触控笔接口，耦合至该第一触控笔的第一信号电路与第二信号电路，其中该处理器耦合至该触控笔接口，还用于：根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第一前置码；根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第二前置码；通过该触控笔接口在该第一时段传送该第一前置码至该第一信号电路；以及通过该触控笔接口在该第二时段传送该第二前置码至该第二信号电路。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the wired stylus and the touch processing device, the touch processing device further includes a stylus interface coupled to the first signal circuit and the second signal circuit of the first stylus, wherein the processor is coupled to the stylus interface and is also used to: generate the first preamble code based on the virtual random digital number; generate the second preamble code based on the virtual random digital number; transmit the first preamble code to the first signal circuit during the first time period through the stylus interface; and transmit the second preamble code to the second signal circuit during the second time period through the stylus interface.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔的开关状态，该处理器还用于：根据该接收信号的该第一部分与该第二部分的该第一信号强度比例，来计算该第一触控笔的开关状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the switch state of the stylus pen, the processor is further configured to: calculate the switch state of the first stylus pen according to the first signal strength ratio of the first part and the second part of the received signal.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该触控笔接口还耦合至第二触控笔的第三信号电路与第四信号电路。该处理器耦接到该触控笔接口，还用于：根据第二虚拟随机数码在第三时段产生第三前置码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码在第四时段产生第四前置码；通过该触控笔接口在该第三时段传送该第三前置码至该第三信号电路；通过该触控笔接口在该第四时段传送该第四前置码至该第四信号电路，其中该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码彼此正交，其中第三时段的部分与该第一时段或该第二时段的部分重叠。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the stylus interface is also coupled to a third signal circuit and a fourth signal circuit of a second stylus. The processor is coupled to the stylus interface and is further used to: generate a third preamble code in a third time period according to the second virtual random number; generate a fourth preamble code in a fourth time period according to the second virtual random number; transmit the third preamble code to the third signal circuit through the stylus interface in the third time period; transmit the fourth preamble code to the fourth signal circuit through the stylus interface in the fourth time period, wherein the first virtual random number and the second virtual random number are orthogonal to each other, and a portion of the third time period overlaps a portion of the first time period or the second time period.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种用于接收由第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号的方法，包含：自触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；根据虚拟随机数码对在第一时段的该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据该虚拟随机数码对在第二时段的该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a method for receiving an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by a first stylus, comprising: receiving the electrical signal from some electrodes of a touch panel; de-spreading a first preamble code of the received signal in a first time period according to a virtual random digital number; de-spreading a second preamble code of the received signal in a second time period according to the virtual random digital number; and calculating the pressure information based on a first signal strength ratio between a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble code and the second part includes the second preamble code.
在一实施例中，为了触发该触控笔同步地传送电信号，该方法还包含：在该接收步骤被执行之前，令该驱动电路通过该触控面板的该些电极传送灯塔信号。In one embodiment, in order to trigger the stylus to synchronously transmit an electrical signal, the method further includes: before the receiving step is executed, causing the driving circuit to transmit a beacon signal through the electrodes of the touch panel.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第一时段的该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码，其中该第一数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding a first data code of the received signal in the first time period according to the pseudo random number, wherein the first data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第二时段的该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码，其中该第二数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the status of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding a second data code of the received signal in the second time period according to the pseudo random number, wherein the second data code represents the status of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了正确地接收该触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第一时段的该接收信号的第一数据码进行译码；根据该虚拟随机数码对在该第二时段的该接收信号的第二数据码进行译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态。In one embodiment, in order to correctly receive the state of the sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding the first data code of the received signal in the first time period according to the virtual random digital number; decoding the second data code of the received signal in the second time period according to the virtual random digital number; and when the first data code is the same as the second data code, determining a data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus.
在一实施例中，为了在较长的传送中接收更平滑与更平均的压力信息，该第一部分还包含该第一数据码，该第二部分还包含该第二数据码。In one embodiment, in order to receive smoother and more average pressure information in a longer transmission, the first portion further includes the first data code, and the second portion further includes the second data code.
在一实施例中，为了更快地同步该触控笔的传送，该方法还包含：耦合该触控面板的至少两条第二电极作为同步通道，其中该第一前置码与该第二前置码的解展频步骤是对该同步通道所接收的该接收信号上进行，以分别取得第一同步信息与第二同步信息，其中该些条第二电极彼此平行。In one embodiment, in order to synchronize the transmission of the stylus more quickly, the method further includes: coupling at least two second electrodes of the touch panel as a synchronization channel, wherein the de-spreading step of the first preamble code and the second preamble code is performed on the received signal received by the synchronization channel to obtain the first synchronization information and the second synchronization information respectively, wherein the second electrodes are parallel to each other.
在一实施例中，为了利用同步信息以正确地与快速地接收触控笔上传感器的状态，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码与该第一同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第一数据码的译码；根据该虚拟随机数码与该第二同步信息，对该触控面板的至少一条第一电极所接收的该接收信号进行该第二数据码的译码；以及当该第一数据码与该第二数据码相同时，决定数据码，其中该数据码表示该第一触控笔上至少一个传感器的状态，其中多条该第一电极彼此平行，且该多条第一电极与该些条第二电极交会。In one embodiment, in order to utilize synchronization information to correctly and quickly receive the state of a sensor on the stylus, the method further includes: decoding the first data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the virtual random number and the first synchronization information; decoding the second data code of the received signal received by at least one first electrode of the touch panel according to the virtual random number and the second synchronization information; and determining a data code when the first data code is the same as the second data code, wherein the data code represents the state of at least one sensor on the first stylus, wherein a plurality of the first electrodes are parallel to each other, and the plurality of first electrodes intersect with the second electrodes.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该方法还包含：根据第二虚拟随机数码对第三时段的该接收信号的第三前置码进行解展频；根据该第二虚拟随机数码对第四时段的该接收信号的第四前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第三部分与第四部分的第二信号强度比例来计算第二触控笔的压力信息，其中该第三部分包含该第三前置码，该第四部分包含该第四前置码，其中该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码彼此正交，其中该第三时段的部分与该第一时段的部分或该第二时段的部分重叠。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the method further includes: de-spreading a third preamble code of the received signal in a third time period according to a second virtual random digital number; de-spreading a fourth preamble code of the received signal in a fourth time period according to the second virtual random digital number; and calculating pressure information of the second stylus according to a second signal strength ratio of a third part and a fourth part of the received signal, wherein the third part includes the third preamble code, and the fourth part includes the fourth preamble code, wherein the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other, and wherein a portion of the third time period overlaps with a portion of the first time period or a portion of the second time period.
在一实施例中，为了在有线触控笔与该触控处理装置之间提供有线连接，该方法还包含：根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第一前置码；根据该虚拟随机数码产生该第二前置码；在该第一时段传送该第一前置码至该第一触控笔的该第一信号电路；以及在该第二时段传送该第二前置码至该第一触控笔的该第二信号电路。In one embodiment, in order to provide a wired connection between the wired stylus and the touch processing device, the method further includes: generating the first preamble code based on the virtual random digital number; generating the second preamble code based on the virtual random digital number; transmitting the first preamble code to the first signal circuit of the first stylus during the first time period; and transmitting the second preamble code to the second signal circuit of the first stylus during the second time period.
在一实施例中，为了接收该触控笔的开关状态，该方法还包含：根据该接收信号的该第一部分与该第二部分的该第一信号强度比例，来计算该第一触控笔的开关状态。In one embodiment, in order to receive the switch state of the stylus pen, the method further includes: calculating the switch state of the first stylus pen according to the first signal strength ratio of the first part and the second part of the received signal.
在一实施例中，为了同时自多只触控笔接收电信号，该方法还包含：根据第二虚拟随机数码在第三时段产生第三前置码；根据该第二虚拟随机数码在第四时段产生第四前置码；在该第三时段传送该第三前置码至第二触控笔的第三信号电路；在该第四时段传送该第四前置码至该第二触控笔的第四信号电路，其中该第一虚拟随机数码与该第二虚拟随机数码彼此正交，其中第三时段的部分与该第一时段或该第二时段的部分重叠。In one embodiment, in order to simultaneously receive electrical signals from multiple styluses, the method further includes: generating a third preamble code in a third time period based on a second virtual random digital number; generating a fourth preamble code in a fourth time period based on the second virtual random digital number; transmitting the third preamble code to a third signal circuit of the second stylus in the third time period; transmitting the fourth preamble code to a fourth signal circuit of the second stylus in the fourth time period, wherein the first virtual random digital number and the second virtual random digital number are orthogonal to each other, and wherein a portion of the third time period overlaps with a portion of the first time period or the second time period.
本发明的目的之一，在于提供一种触控系统，包含：触控面板；第一触控笔；以及触控处理装置。该触控处理装置用于接收由该第一触控笔所传送的携带压力信息的电信号，包含：感测电路，用于自该触控面板的一些电极接收该电信号；以及处理器，耦合至该感测电路，用于：根据虚拟随机数码对在第一时段的该接收信号的第一前置码进行解展频；根据该虚拟随机数码对在第二时段的该接收信号的第二前置码进行解展频；以及根据该接收信号的第一部分与第二部分的第一信号强度比例来计算该压力信息，其中该第一部分包含该第一前置码，该第二部分包含该第二前置码。One of the purposes of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, comprising: a touch panel; a first stylus; and a touch control processing device. The touch control processing device is used to receive an electrical signal carrying pressure information transmitted by the first stylus, and comprises: a sensing circuit, used to receive the electrical signal from some electrodes of the touch panel; and a processor, coupled to the sensing circuit, used to: de-spread a first preamble of the received signal in a first time period according to a virtual random number; de-spread a second preamble of the received signal in a second time period according to the virtual random number; and calculate the pressure information according to a first signal strength ratio of a first part and a second part of the received signal, wherein the first part includes the first preamble, and the second part includes the second preamble.
在一实施例中，该第一触控笔包含：具有反应压力的阻抗的第一元件，其中该第一元件用于在该第一时段接收以该虚拟随机数码所编码的第一信号；具有固定阻抗的第二元件，其中该第二元件用于在该第二时段接收以该虚拟随机数码所编码的第二信号；以及导电笔尖段，其用于：在该第一时段自该第一元件接收该第一信号；在该第二时段自该第二元件接收该第二信号；在第一时段传送包含该第一信号的该电信号；以及在第二时段传送包含该第二信号的该电信号，其中该第一虚拟随机数码正交于该第二虚拟随机数码。In one embodiment, the first stylus includes: a first element having an impedance that responds to pressure, wherein the first element is used to receive a first signal encoded with the virtual random number during the first time period; a second element having a fixed impedance, wherein the second element is used to receive a second signal encoded with the virtual random number during the second time period; and a conductive pen tip segment, which is used to: receive the first signal from the first element during the first time period; receive the second signal from the second element during the second time period; transmit the electrical signal including the first signal during the first time period; and transmit the electrical signal including the second signal during the second time period, wherein the first virtual random number is orthogonal to the second virtual random number.
上述的实施例仅用于描述本发明的大纲，且不应用于限制本发明的范围。本领域普通技术人员可以修改上述的实施例，而不偏离权利要求所定义的本发明的范围。The above embodiments are only used to describe the outline of the present invention and should not be used to limit the scope of the present invention. A person skilled in the art may modify the above embodiments without departing from the scope of the present invention as defined in the claims.
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW108140049 | 2019-11-04 | ||
| TW108140049ATWI809219B (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2019-11-04 | Stylus and operating method thereof for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information |
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN112783343A CN112783343A (en) | 2021-05-11 |
| CN112783343Btrue CN112783343B (en) | 2024-06-18 |
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202011133174.7AActiveCN112783343B (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2020-10-21 | Touch pen for transmitting electric signal with pressure information and operation method thereof |
| CN202011133171.3AActiveCN112783342B (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2020-10-21 | Touch pen for transmitting electric signal with pressure information and operation method thereof |
| CN202011133200.6AActiveCN112783345B (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2020-10-21 | Touch processing device and method for receiving electric signal carrying pressure information |
| CN202011133194.4AActiveCN112783344B (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2020-10-21 | Touch processing device and method for receiving electrical signal carrying pressure information |
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202011133171.3AActiveCN112783342B (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2020-10-21 | Touch pen for transmitting electric signal with pressure information and operation method thereof |
| CN202011133200.6AActiveCN112783345B (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2020-10-21 | Touch processing device and method for receiving electric signal carrying pressure information |
| CN202011133194.4AActiveCN112783344B (en) | 2019-11-04 | 2020-10-21 | Touch processing device and method for receiving electrical signal carrying pressure information |
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (4) | CN112783343B (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI809219B (en) |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN103440055A (en)* | 2013-08-16 | 2013-12-11 | 汉王科技股份有限公司 | Active capacitance pen, capacitance touch panel and touch device |
| CN105404436A (en)* | 2014-05-13 | 2016-03-16 | 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 | Touch processing device and detection method thereof, and touch system |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH06506080A (en)* | 1991-04-03 | 1994-07-07 | ヒューレット・パッカード・カンパニー | position sensing device |
| US20110286025A1 (en)* | 1999-12-01 | 2011-11-24 | Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd | Method of authenticating a print medium with plurality of coded data portions |
| ATE321402T1 (en)* | 2000-05-17 | 2006-04-15 | Symstream Technology Holdings | OPD (OCTAVE PULSE DATA) - METHOD AND APPARATUS |
| US7084860B1 (en)* | 2001-06-08 | 2006-08-01 | Intertact Corporation | Method and apparatus for a touch sensitive system employing direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) technology |
| US7388881B2 (en)* | 2004-03-02 | 2008-06-17 | Ittiam Systems (P) Ltd. | Method and apparatus for frame synchronization |
| US7243193B2 (en)* | 2004-05-27 | 2007-07-10 | Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd | Storage of program code in arbitrary locations in memory |
| US8259830B1 (en)* | 2009-10-14 | 2012-09-04 | Google Inc. | Simultaneous use of multiple radio frequency channels |
| US8482539B2 (en)* | 2010-01-12 | 2013-07-09 | Panasonic Corporation | Electronic pen system |
| US20120327040A1 (en)* | 2011-06-22 | 2012-12-27 | Simon David I | Identifiable stylus |
| EP2774253A2 (en)* | 2011-11-01 | 2014-09-10 | Frederick Johannes Bruwer | Capacitive sensing enabled switch mode power supply and data transfer |
| JP5826971B2 (en)* | 2013-04-22 | 2015-12-02 | シャープ株式会社 | Stylus pen, touch panel system, and electronic device |
| TWI603228B (en)* | 2015-06-16 | 2017-10-21 | 禾瑞亞科技股份有限公司 | Touch sensitive processing apparatus and system for despreading and method thereof |
| US11181994B2 (en)* | 2013-11-08 | 2021-11-23 | Egalax_Empia Technology Inc. | Transmitter and controlling method thereof |
| CN108279815B (en)* | 2013-11-08 | 2020-07-07 | 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 | Transmitter and its position detection and calculation method, touch processing device and system |
| US10503318B2 (en)* | 2015-06-16 | 2019-12-10 | Egalax_Empia Technology Inc. | Touch sensitive processing apparatus and system for despreading and method thereof |
| US20170192549A1 (en)* | 2014-06-30 | 2017-07-06 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Touch panel controller, stylus pen, touch panel system, and electronic device |
| KR102249736B1 (en)* | 2014-10-27 | 2021-05-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | sensor panel driving method and electronic device supporting the same |
| WO2016092447A1 (en)* | 2014-12-07 | 2016-06-16 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Stylus for operating a digitizer system |
| TW201712487A (en)* | 2015-09-21 | 2017-04-01 | Chicony Electronic Co Ltd | Active stylus and method of using the same providing a programmable active stylus for operating a touch panel of an electronic device |
| CN107357446B (en)* | 2015-12-17 | 2021-04-16 | 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 | Wired Active Stylus |
| CN107422877B (en)* | 2016-03-08 | 2020-07-17 | 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 | Touch control pen providing inclination angle and pen body axial direction and control method thereof |
| KR102553493B1 (en)* | 2016-07-01 | 2023-07-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Touch sensing device and pen and method for measuring position |
| KR102509605B1 (en)* | 2016-09-06 | 2023-03-14 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Stylus pen, touch sensor, and driving method of touch sensor |
| TWI653555B (en)* | 2017-04-26 | 2019-03-11 | 禾瑞亞科技股份有限公司 | Stylus and electronic system thereof |
| KR102371154B1 (en)* | 2017-09-29 | 2022-03-07 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Touch display device, touch circuit, active pen, touch system and multi-pen sensing method |
| TWI671662B (en)* | 2018-02-08 | 2019-09-11 | 英屬開曼群島商敦泰電子有限公司 | Stylus pen and mobile system using the same |
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN103440055A (en)* | 2013-08-16 | 2013-12-11 | 汉王科技股份有限公司 | Active capacitance pen, capacitance touch panel and touch device |
| CN105404436A (en)* | 2014-05-13 | 2016-03-16 | 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 | Touch processing device and detection method thereof, and touch system |
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TWI809219B (en) | 2023-07-21 |
| CN112783345B (en) | 2024-07-02 |
| TW202119176A (en) | 2021-05-16 |
| CN112783344A (en) | 2021-05-11 |
| CN112783342B (en) | 2024-07-02 |
| CN112783342A (en) | 2021-05-11 |
| CN112783344B (en) | 2024-06-11 |
| CN112783343A (en) | 2021-05-11 |
| CN112783345A (en) | 2021-05-11 |
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN112162651B (en) | Force sensor | |
| US10890987B2 (en) | Stylus and operating method thereof for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information | |
| US11392221B2 (en) | Touch sensitive processing apparatus, system and operating method thereof for receiving electrical signals carrying pressure information | |
| US10895921B2 (en) | Touch sensitive processing apparatus, system and operating method thereof for receiving electrical signals carrying pressure information | |
| TWI579736B (en) | Transmitter, touch sensitive processing apparatus and controlling method thereof and touch sensitive system | |
| US11409379B2 (en) | Stylus and operating method thereof for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information | |
| CN105404436A (en) | Touch processing device and detection method thereof, and touch system | |
| TWI775237B (en) | Stylus and operating method thereof for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information | |
| TWI856345B (en) | Controller of stylus for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information | |
| TWI775242B (en) | Touch sensitive processing apparatus and method thereof and system for receiving electrical signals carrying pressure information | |
| CN112783343B (en) | Touch pen for transmitting electric signal with pressure information and operation method thereof | |
| TWI888824B (en) | Stylus and method for transmitting electrical signals carrying pressure information | |
| TWI775236B (en) | Touch sensitive processing apparatus and method thereof and system for receiving electrical signals carrying pressure information |
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| GR01 | Patent grant | ||
| GR01 | Patent grant |